A Golden Chaine, OR THE DESCRIPTION of Theologie, containing the order of the causes of Saluation and Damnation, according to Gods woord. A view of the order wherof, is to be seene in the Table annexed.
Written in Latin by William Perkins, and Translated [...]an other.
Hereunto is adioyned the Order which M. Theodore Beza vsed in comforting troubled consciences.
AT LONDON Printed by Edward Alde, and are to be sold by Edward White, at the little North doore of S. Paules Church at the signe of its Gunne. 1591.
CHristian Reader, there are at this day foure seuerall opinions of the order of Gods diuine Predestination.
The first, is of the old and newe Pelagians; who place the cause of Gods Predestination in man: in that they hold, that God did ordeine men either to life or death, according as he did foresee, that they would by their naturall free will, either reiect or receiue grace offered.
The second of them, who (of some) are termed Lutherans; which teach, that God foreseeing how all mankinde being shut vp vnder vnbeliefe, would therfore reiect grace offered, did hereupon purpose to choose some to saluation of his meer mercy with out any respect of their faith or good works, and the rest to reiect being moued to do this, because he did eternallye foresee that they would reiect his grace offered them in the Gospell.
The third, of Sempelagian Papists, which ascribe Gods Predestination, partlye to mercye, and partly to mens foreseen preparations and meritorious workes.
The fourth, of such as teach, that the cause of the execution of Gods Predestination in his mercye in Christ, in them which are saued, and in them which perish, the fall and corruption of man: yet so, as that the decree and eternal counsell of God, concerning them both, hath not any cause beside his will and [Page] pleasure. Of these foure opinions, the three former, I haue laboured to oppugne as erronious; and to maintaine the last, as being a trueth which wil beare weight in the ballance of the Sanctuary.
A further discourse wherof, here I make bold to offer to thy godly consideration: in reading wherof regard not so much the thing it selfe, penned verye slenderly, as mine intent and affection: who desire among the rest to cast my myte into the treasurie of the Church of England; and for want of gold, pearle and precious stone, to bring a Rammes Skinne or twaine, and a little Goates haire, to the building of the Lords Tabernacle. Exod. 35.23.
The Father of our Lord Iesus Christ graunt that according to the ritches of his glory, thou maiest be strengthened by his Spirite in the inner man, that Christ may dwel in thy hart by faith, to the end that thou being rooted and grounded in loue, maiest be able to comprehend with all Saints, what is the breadth and length and deapth, and height thereof: and to know the loue of Christ which passeth knowledge, that thou maist be filled with all fulnes of God. Amen. Farwell. Aprill 18. the yeere of the last patience of Saints. 1591.
CHAPTER. 1. ¶ Of the bodie of Scripture, and Theologie.
THe bodie of Scripture, is a doctrine sufficient to liue well.
It comprehendeth many holy sciences, wherof one is principall, others are handmaids or retainers.
The principall science is Theologie.
Theologie is the science of liuing blessedly for euer. Blessed life consisteth in the knowledge of God. Ioh. 17.3. This is life eternall, that they know thee to be the only very God, and whom thou hast sent Iesus Christ. Esay. 53.11. By his knowledge shall my righteous seruant (viz. Christ) iustifie many. And therfore it consisteth likewise in the knowledge of our selues, because we know God by looking into our selues.
Chap. 2. Of God, and the nature of God.
GOd is Iehouah Elohim. Exod. 6.2. And Elohim spake vnto Moses and saide vnto him, I am Iehouah. And I appeared vnto Abraham, to Isaac, and to Iaacob, by the name of God Almightie, but by my name Iehouah was I not knowen vnto them. Exod. 3.13. If they say vnto me, what is his Name? what shall I says [Page] vnto them? And God answered Moses, I am that I am. Also he said, thus shalt thou say vnto the children of Israel I am hath sent me vnto you. And God spake further to Moses, thus shalt thou saye vnto the Children of Israel, Iehouah Elohim &c. hath sent me vnto you
The first title of God, declareth his Nature, the second his Persons.
The nature of God, is his liuely and most perfect essence.
The perfection of the nature of God, is his absolute constitution, by the which he is wholye complete within himselfe. Exod. 3.13. I am that I am, Act. 17.24. God that made the worlde, and all thinges that are therein, seeing that he is Lord of heauen and earth, dwelleth not in Temples made with handes, neyther is worshipped with mens handes. As though he needed any thing, seeing he giueth to all life & breath and all things.
The perfection of his nature is either the Simplenes or the infinitenes thereof.
The simplenes of his nature, is that by which he is voide of all Logicall relation. He hath not in him, subiect or adiunct. Ioh. 5.26. As the Father hath life in himselfe, so hath he giuen to the Sonne to haue life in him selfe: Conferred with Ioh. 14.6. I am the way, the trueth, and the Life. 1. Ioh. 1.7. But if we walk in light as he is in light, conferred with the 5. God is light & in him is no darknes. Hence it is manifest, that to haue Life, and to be Life: to be in Light, and to be Light: in God are all one. Neither is God subiect to generalitie or specialitie: whole, or partes: matter, [Page] or that which is made of matter: for so ther shold be in God diuers things, and one more perfect then another: therfore whatsoeuer is in God, is his essence. and all that he is, he is by his essence.
Hence it is manifest, that the Nature of God, is immutable and Spirituall.
Gods immutabilitie of nature, is that by which he is void of all composition, diuision, and change. Iam. 1.17. With God there is no variablenes nor shadow of changing. Mal. 3.6. I am the Lord and am not changed.
Gods nature is spiritual in that it is corporal, and therefore inuisible. Ioh. 4.24. God is a spirite. 2. Cor. 3.17. The Lord is the spirite. 1. Tim. 1.17. To the King eternall, immortall, inuisible, only wise God be glorye and honour for euer and euer. Coloss. 1.15. Who is the Image of the inuisible God.
The infinitenes of God is two folde: his Eternitie, and exceeding greatnes.
Gods eternitie, is that by which he is without beginning and ending. Psal. 90.2. Before the mountains were made, and before thou hadst formed the earth and the round worlde, euen from euerlasting to euerlasting thou art our God. Reuel. 1.8. I am Alpha and Omega, that is, the beginning and ending, saith the Lord, Which is, which was, and which is to come.
Gods exceeding greatnes, is that by which his incomprehensible nature is euerye where present, both within and without the worlde. Psal. 145.3. Great is the Lord & worthy to be praised, and his greatnes is incomprehensible. 1. King. 8.27. Is it true indeede [Page] that God will dwell on the earth? beholde the heauens, and the heauens of heauens are not able to containe thee: how much lesse is this house that I haue built? Iere. 23.23. Doo not I fill the heauen and earth saith the Lord? Hence it is plaine: firste, that he is onelye one, and indivisible, not many. Ephe. 4.5. One Lord, one faith, one Baptisme, one God and Father of all. Deut. 4.35. Vnto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest know that the Lord he is God, and that there is none but he alone. 1. Cor. 8.4. We know that an Idole is nothing in the worlde, and that there is none other God but one. And there can be but one thing infinite in nature.
Secondly, that God is the knower of the heart. For nothing is hidden from that nature, which is within al things and without all things, which is included in nothing, nor excluded from anye thing. Because 1. King. 28.9. The Lord searcheth all hearts, and vnderstandeth euery woork of the minde. Psal. 139.1.2. Thou knowest my sitting downe and my rising vp, thou vnderstandest my cogitation a farre off.
Chap. 3. Of the life of God.
HItherto haue we spoken of the perfection of Gods nature. Now followeth the life of God, by which the Diuine Nature is in perpetuall action, liuing and mouing it selfe. Psal. 42.2. My soule thirsteth for God, euen for the liuing God: when shal I come and appeare before the presence of God? Heb. 3.12. See that there be not at any time in any of you an euill hart to depart from the liuing God.
The deuine nature is especiallye in perpetuall operation [Page] by three attributes, the which doo manifest the operation of God towardes his creatures. These are his wisedome, will, and omnipotencie.
The wisedome or knowledge of God, is that by the which God dooth not successiuelye, and by discourse of reason, but by one eternall and immutable act of vnderstanding distinctlye, and perfectlye know himselfe, and al other things, though infinite, whether they haue bene or not. Math. 11.27. No man knoweth the Sonne but the Father, nor the Father but the Sonne, and he to whome the Sonne, will reueale him. Heb. 4.13. There is nothing created which is not manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and open to his eyes, with whome we haue to doo. Psal. 147.5. His wisdome is infinite.
Gods wisedome hath these partes. His foreknowledge and his counsell.
The foreknowledge of God, is that by which he most assuredly foreseeth all thinges that are to come. Act. 2.23. Him haue ye taken by the handes of the wicked, being deliuered by the determinate counsell and foreknowledge of God, and haue crucified and slain, Rom. 8. Those which he knew before, he also predestinated to be made like to the image of his Sonne. This is not properly spoken of God, but by reason of men to whom things are past, or to come.
The counsell of God, is that by which he doth most straightlye perceiue the best reason of all things that are Pro. 8.14. I haue counsell & wisedome: I am vnderstanding, and I haue shrength.
The will of God, is that by the which he both [Page] most freely, and straitly with one act willeth all thinges. Rom. 9.18. He hath mercie on whom he will, and whom he will he hardeneth. Eph. 1.5. Who hath predestinate vs to be adopted through Iesus Christ vnto himselfe, according to the good pleasure of his will. Iam. 4.15. For that which you should say, if the Lord will, we will liue and doe this or that.
God willeth that which is good, by approuing it, that which is euill, in as much as it is euill, by disalowing and not willing it. And yet he voluntarily doth permit euill: Because it is good that there should be euill. Act. 14.16. Who in times past suffered all the Gentils to walke in their owne waies. Psal. 81.12. So I gaue them vp to the hardnes of their heart, and they haue walked in their owne counsels.
The will of God, by reason of diuers obiectes hath diuers Names, and is either called Loue and Hatred, or Grace and Iustice.
The loue of God, is that, by the which God approueth first, himselfe, and then all his creatures without their desert, & in them doth take delight. 1. Ioh. 4.16. God is loue, and who so remaineth in loue, remaineth in God, and God in him. Ioh. 3.16. So God loued the world, that he gaue his onely begotten Sonne, &c. Rom. 5.8. God setteth out his loue toward vs, seeing that while we were yet sinners, Christ died for vs.
The hatred of God, is that by the which he disliketh, and detesteth his creature offending, for his fault. 1. Cor. 10.5. But manie of them the Lord misliked, for they perished in the wildernes. Psal. 5.5. Thou hatest all the workers of iniquitie. Psal. 44.8. Thou hast [Page] loued iustice and hated iniquitie.
The grace of God, is that by which hee freely declareth his fauour to his creatures. Rom. 11.6. If it be of Grace, it is no more of workes: otherwise Grace is not grace, but if it be of workes, it is no more grace. Titus. 2.11. The sauing grace of God shined to all men teaching vs to dente impietie, &c.
The grace of God, is eyther his Goodnesse, or his Mercie.
The goodnesse of God, is that by which he being in himselfe absolutely good, doth freely exercise his liberalitie vpon his creatures Matth. 19.17. Why callest thou me good, none is good but one, euen God. Matth. 5.45. He maketh his sunne to shine vpon the good and the bad, and he raineth vpon the iust and vniust.
Gods mercie, is that by which he freely assisteth all his creatures in their miseries. Esay. 30.18. Yet will the Lord waite, that he may haue mercie vpon you. Leuit. 3.22. It is the Lordes mercies, that we are not consumed, because his compassion faile not. Exod. 33.19. I take pitie on whom I take pitie, and am mercifull on whom I am mercifull.
Gods Iustice, is that by which he in all thinges willeth that which is iust. Psal. 10. The iust Lord loueth iustice. Psal. 3.4. For thou art not a God that loueth wickednesse.
Gods iustice, is in word, or deede.
Iustice in word, is that truth by which he constantly, & indeede willeth that which he hath said Rom. 3.4. Let God be true, & euery man a lyar. Mat [...] [...] [Page] vp children to Abraham, Phil. 3.21. According to the working, wherby he is able to subdue euen all things vnto himselfe.
Gods actuall power, is that by which he causeth all things to be, which he freely will. Psalm. 135.6. All things which God will, those be doth in heauen and in earth, and in all depthes.
Chap. 4. Of Gods glory and blessednes.
OVt of the former attributes by which the true Iehouah is distinguished from a fained God, and from idoles, arise the glorye of God and his blessednes.
Gods glorie or maiestie, is the infinite excellencie of his most simple and most holye diuine Nature. Heb. 1.3. Who being the brightnes, of his glorye, and the ingraued forme of his person &c. Dan. 3. Thou Lord art only God, and glorious vpon the earth,
By this we see, that God onely can knowe him selfe perfectly. Iohn. 6.46. Not that any man hath seene the Father, saue he which is of God, he hath seene the Father. 1. Tim. 6.16. Who only hath immortalitie, and dwelleth in the light, that none can attaine vnto, whome neuer man sawe, neither can see. Exod. 33.18. Thou canst not see my face.
Notwithstanding there is a certaine manifestation of Gods glorie: partlye more obscure, partlye more apparant.
The more obscure manifestation, is the vision of Gods maiestie in this life, by the eyes of the [Page] minde, through the helpe of thinges perceiued by the outward sences.
Esai. 6.1. I saw the Lord sitting vpon an high throne, and lifted vp, and the lower partes thereof filled the temple. Exod. 33.22. And while my glorye passeth by, I will put thee in a cleft of the Rocke, and will couer thee with mine hands while J passe by: after J wil take away mine hand, and thou shalt see my backeparts, but my face shall not be seene. 1. Cor. 13.12. Now we see as through a glasse, darkely.
The more apparant manifestation of God, is the contemplation of him in Heauen face to face. 1. Cor. 13.12. But then shall we see face to face. Daniel. 7.9.10. I behelde till the thrones were set vp, and the Ancient of dayes did sit, whose garment was white as Snowe, &c.
Gods blessednes, is that by which God is in himselfe, and of him selfe all sufficient. Gen. 17.1. I am God all sufficient, walke before me and be thou vpright. Col. 2.4. For in him dwelleth all the fulnes of the Godhead bodily. 1. Tim. 6.5. Which in due time he shall shew, that is blessed and prince onely, &c.
Chap. 5. Concerning the persons of the Godhead.
THe persons, are they, which subsisting in one Godhead, are distinguished by incommunicable properties. 1. Iohn. 5.7. There are three that beare recorde in heauen, the Father, the Worde, and the holye Ghoast, and these 3. are one. Gen. 19.24. Then Jehouah rained vpon Sodome, and vpon Gomorah, brimstone, and [Page] fire from Jehouah in heauen. Ioh. 1.1. Jn the beginning was the word, and the word was with God, and that word was God.
The constitution of a person is, when as a personall proprietie, or the proper manner of subsisting is adioyned to the Deitie, or one diuine nature.
Distinction of persons, is that, which albeit euery person is one and the same perfect God, yet the Father is not the Sonne or the holye Ghost, but the Father alone; the Sonne is not the Father or the holy Ghost, but the Sonne alone; and the holy Ghoast is not the Father or the Sonne, but the holy Ghoast alone: so that in these there is diuersitie of persons, but vnitie of essence.
The communion of the persons, or rather vnion, is that by which eche one is in the rest, and with the rest, by reason of the vnitie of the Godhead: and therefore euerye eche one doth possesse loue, and glorifie another, and work the same thing. Ioh. 14.10. Beleeuest thou not that J am in the Father, and the Father is in me? the wordes that I speak vnto you, J speake not of my selfe but my Father that dwelleth in me, he doth the workes. Pro. 8.22. The Lord hath possessed me in the beginning of his way: J was before his workes of olde. And vers. 30. Then was J with him as a nourisher, and J was dayly his delight, reioycing alwaye before him. Ioh. 1.1. Jn the beginning was the word, & the word was with God, and that word was God. & Chap. 5.19. The Sonne can doo nothing of himselfe, saue that he seeth the Father doo: for whatsoeuer things he doth, the same doth the Sonne also.
[Page]There be three persons, the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost. Math. [...].16.17. And Iesus when he was baptized, came straight out of the water, and loe, the heauens were opened vnto him, and Iohn saw the Spirite of God, discending like a Doue, and lighting vpon him. And loe, a voice came from heauen, saying. This is my beloued Sonne in whom I am well pleased.
The Father, is a person without beginning, who from all eternitie begate the Sonne. Heb. 1.3. Who being the brightnesse of the glorie, and the ingraued forme of his person. Psalm. 2.7. Thou art my Sonne this daye haue I begotten thee.
The incommunicable propertie of the Father, is to be vnbegotten. He is the beginning of actions, because he beginneth euery action of himselfe, effecting it by the Sonne & the holy ghost. 1. Cor. 8.6. Yet vnto vs, there is but one God, which is the Father of whome are all things, and we in him, and one Lord Iesus Christ, by whome are all thinges, and we by him. Rom. 11.36. For of him, and through him, and for him are all things.
The other two persons haue the Godhead, or the whole diuine essence, of the Father by communication, namely the Sonne and the holy Ghost.
The Sonne is the second person, begotten of the Father, from all eternitie. Heb. 1.5. For vnto which of the Angels said he at any time, thou art my Sonne this day begat I thee? Col. 1.15. Who is the [...]age of the inuisible God, the first borne of euery creature. Ioh. 1.14. And we saw the glorie therof as the glory of the onely begotten Sonne of the Father. Rom. 8.32. He who spared [Page] not his owne Sonne.
For this cause he is saide to be sent from the Father. Ioh. 8.42. I proceeded forth and came from God, neither came I of my selfe but he sent me. This sending taketh not away the equalitie of essence and power, but declareth the order of the persons. Ioh. 5.18. Therefore the Iewes sought the more to kill him, not only because he had broken the Sabaoth, but said also that god was his Father, and made himself equall with God. Phil. 2.6. Who being in the forme of God, thought is no robbery to be equall with God.
For this cause also he is the WORD of the father, not a vanishing but an essentiall woord, because as a word, is as it were begotten of the minde, so is the Sonne begotten of the Father. And also, because he bringeth glad tidinges from the bosome of his Father. Nazian in his oration of the Sonne, Basil in his preface before Iohns gospell.
The propertie of the Sonne, is to be begotten.
His proper manner of working, is to execute actions from the father by the holy ghost, 1. Cor. 8.6. Our Lord Jesus Christ, by whome are all things and we by him. Ioh. 5.19. Whatsoeuer things he dooth, the same doth the sonne also.
The holy Ghost is the third person, proceeding from the Father and the Sonne. Ioh. 15.26. But whē the comforter shall come, whom I wil send vnto you from the Father, euen the Spirite of trueth, which proceedeth of the Father, he shall testifie of me. Rom. 8.9. But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirite, seeing the Spirite of God dwelleth in you. But if there be any that hath not [Page] the Spirite of Christ, he is not his. Ioh. 16.13.14. But when that Spirite of trueth shall come, he shall conduct you into all trueth: for he shall not speake of himselfe, but whatsoeuer he heareth, he shall speake, and shall declare vnto you such thinges as are to come. He shall glorifie me, for he shall receiue of mine, and shew it vnto you.
What may be the essentiall difference betwixte proceeding, and begetting; neither the Scriptures determine, nor the Church knoweth.
The incommunicable propertie of the holye Ghost, is to proceede.
His proper manner of woorking, is to finish an action effecting it, as from the Father & the Sonne.
Chap. 6. Of Gods workes and his decree.
THus far concerning the first part of Theologie: the second followeth, of the works of God.
The works of God, are all those; which he doth out of himselfe, that is, out of his diuine essence.
These are common to the Trinitie, alwaies reserued the peculier māner of working in euery person.
The end of all these is the manifestation of the glorie of God. Rom 11.36. For him are all thinges, to him be all glory for euer.
The woorke of action of God, is either his decree or the execution of his decree.
The decree of God, is that by which God in himself, hath necessarily and yet freelye, from all eternitie determined all things. Ephe. 1.11. Jn whome also we are chosen when we were predestinate, according to the purpose of him, which woorketh all thinges after the [Page] counsell of his own will. and ver. 4, as he hath chosen vs in him before the foundation of the world. Math. 10.29. Are not two Sparrowes solde for a farthing, and not one of them falleth on the ground, without your father? Rom 9.21. Hath not the potter power on the claie to make of the same lumpe one vessell to dishonor, and another to ho [...]er.
Therefore the Lord according to his good pleasure, hath most certainly decreed euery both thing and action whether past, present, or to come, together with their circumstances of place, time, means, and end.
Y [...], be hath most iustlye decreede the wicked workes of the wicked. For if it had not so pleased him, they had neuer been at all. And albeit they of their owne nature, are and remaine wicked; yet in respect of Gods decree, they are to be accounted good. For there is not anyething absolutelye euill. 1. Pet. [...].17. For it is better (if the wil of God be so) that ye suffer for well dooing, then for euill dooing.
The thing which in the one nature is euill, in Gods eternall counsell comes in the place of a good thing; in that it is some occasion, & way to manifest the glory of God in his iustice, and in his mercie.
The execution of Gods decree, is that by which all thinges in their time are accomplished, which were foreknowen, or decreed, & that euen as they were foreknowen and decreed.
The same decree of God, is the first & principall working cause of al things, which is in order & time before all other causes. For with Gods decree is alwaies [Page] his will annexed, by the which he can willinglye effect that he hath decreede. And it were a signe of impotencie, to decree anye thing which he could not willingly compasse. And with Gods will is cōioyned an effectuall power, by which the Lord can bring to passe whatsoeuer he hath frely decreed.
This first and principall cause, how be it in it selfe it be necessary, yet it doth not take away freedome of will in election, or the nature and propertie of second causes, but only brings them into a certain order, that is, it directeth thē to the determinate end: wherupon the effects and euents of things are contingent or necessarye, as the nature of the second cause is. So Christ according to his Fathers decree died necessarily. Act. 17.3. But yet willinglye. Mat. 25.39. And if we respect the tēperature of Christs body, he might haue prolonged his life; & therfore in this respect might be said to haue died cōtingētly.
The execution of Gods decree hath two braunches, his operation and his operatiue permission.
Gods operation, is his effectuall producing of al good things, which either haue being or mouing, or which are done.
Gods operatiue permission, is that by which he only permitteth one and the same work to be done of others, as it is euill; but as it is good, he effectually worketh the same. Gen. 50.20. You indeed had purposed euill against me, but God decreed that for good, that he might as he hath doon this day, preserue his people aliue. and Gen. 45.7. God hath sent me before you to preserue your posteritie in this Land. Esay. 10.5.6.7. Woe [Page] vnto Asshur, the rod of my wrath, and the staffe in their handes is mine indignation. I will send him to a dissembling nation, and I will giue him a charge against the people of [...]y wrath, to take the spoyle, and to take the praye, and to tread them vnder feete like the mire in the street. But he thinketh not so, neither doth his hart esteeme it so but he imagineth to destroy, and to cut off not a fewe nations.
God permitteth euill, by a certain voluntary permission, in that he forsaketh the second cause in working euil. And he forsaketh his creature, either by detracting the grace he had, or not bestowing that which he wanteth. Rom. 1.26. For this cause god gaue them vp vnto vile affections. 2. Tim. 2.25.26. instructing them with meeknes that are contrary minded, prouing if God at any time wil giue thē repentance, that they may know the trueth, and that they may come to amendment out of the snare of the Deuill, which are taken of him at his will.
Neither must we think God vniust, who is indebted to none. Rom 9.15. I will haue mercy on him, to whome I will shewe mercie. Yea, it is in Gods pleasure to bestowe how much grace, and vpon whom he will. Math. 20.15. Is it not lawfull for me to doo as I will with mine own?
That which is euill hath some respect of goodnes with God.
First, in that it is the punishment of sinne, and punishment is accounted a morrall good; in that, it is the parte of a iust iudge to punish sinne.
Secondly, as it is a meere action oract.
[Page]Thirdlye, as it is a chastisement, a triall of ones faith, martirdome, propitiation for sinne, as the death and passion of Christ. Act. 2.23. & 4.28. And if we obserue these caueates, God is not onelye a bare permissiue agent in an euill worke, but a powerfull effect or of the same, yet so, as he neither instilleth an aberration into the action, nor yet supporteth, or intendeth the same, but that he most freely suffereth euill, and best disposeth of it to his owne glory. The like we may see in this similitude. Let a man spurre forward a lame horse; In that he moueth forward the rider is the cause, but that he halteth, he himselfe is the cause. And again, we see the Sunne beames gathering themselues into a Sunne glasse, they burne such thinges as they light vpon: now, that they burne, the cause is not in the Sunne, but in the glasse. The like may be saide of Gods action in an euill subiect.
Chap. 7. Of Predestination and creation.
GOds decree, in as much as it concerneth man, is called predestination: which is the decree of God, by the which he hath ordeined all men, to a certain and euerlasting estate; that is, either to saluation or condemnation, for his own glory. 1. Thes. 5.9. For God hath not appointed vs vnto wrath, but to obtaine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ. [Page] Rom. 9.13. As it is written, I haue loued Jacob & hated Esais. and ver. 12. What and if God would to shewe his wrath and make his power knowne, suffer with long patience the vessels of wrath prepared to destruction, and that he might declare the riches of his glorye vpon the vessels of mercy, which he hath prepared vnto glory.
The meanes of accomplishing Gods predestination are two folde.
The creation, and the fall.
The creation, is that by which God made all things, very good, of nothing, that is of no matter, which was before the creation. Gen. 1.1. In the beginning God created the heauen, &c. to the end of the chap.
Gods manner of creating as also of gouerning, is such as that by his woord alone, he, without any instrumentes, meanes, assistance, or motion produced all sortes of thinges. For to will any thing with God, is both to be able, and to performe it. Heb. 11.3. By faith we vnderstand, that the worlde was ordeined by the word of God, so that the thinges which we see, are not made of things which did appeere. Psal. 148.5. Let them praise the name of the Lord, for he commaunded and they were created.
The goodnes of the creature, is a kinde of excellencie, by which it was voide of all sinne, that is, free from punishment and transgression.
The creation, is of the world, or inhabitantes in the world.
The world, is a most beautifull pallace, framed out of a deformed substāce, and fit to be inhabited.
The parts of the world, are the heauens, and earth.
[Page]The heauens are threefolde, the first is the aire, the second the Skye, the third an inuisible and incorporall essence, created to be the seate of all the blessed, both men and Angels. This third heauen is called Paradise. 2. Cor. 14.4.
The inhabitants of the worlde are reasonable creatures, made according to Gods owne image, they are either angels or men. Gen. 1.26. Furthermore God saide, let vs make man in our owne image, according to our likenesse. Iob. 1.16. When the children of God came and stoode before the Lorde: Satan came also among them.
The image of God is the integritie of the reasonable creature, resembling God in holinesse. Eph. 4.24. And put on the new man which after God is created in righteousnesse and true holinesse.
Chap. 8. Of Angels.
THe Angels ech of them being created in the beginning, were setled in an vpright estate. In whom these thinges are to be noted. First their nature. Angels are spirituall, and incorporall essences. Heb. 2.16. For be in no sort tooke the Angels, but he tooke the seede of Abraham. Heb. 1.7. And of the angels, he saith, he maketh the spirite his messengers, & his ministers a flame of fire.
Secondly, their qualities. First they are wise 2. Sam. 14.18. My Lord the king is eue [...] at an [...]ell of God in h [...]aring good and bad. 2. They are of great might. 2. Thess. 1.7. When the Lord Iesus shall sh [...] [Page] himselfe from heauen with his mightie angels. 2. Sam. [...]4. Dauid sawe the Angell that smote the people. 2. King. 19.35. The same night the Angell of the Lorde want out and smote in the campe of Asshur, an hundreth, fourscore, and fiue thousand. 3. They are swift and of great agelitie. Esay. 6.6. Then flew one of the Seraphius vnto me with an hote cole in his hand, Dan. 9.21. The man Gabriell whom I had seene before in a vision, came flying and touched me. This is the reason why the cherubims in the tabernacle were painted with winges.
Thirdly, they are innumerable. Gen. 3.2. Nowe Iacob went forth on his iourney and the Angels of God met him. Dan. 7.10. Thousand thousands ministred vnto him, and ten thousand thousandes stoode before him. Matth. 26.53. Thinkest thou I cannot pray to my father and he will giue me me then twelue legions of Angels? Heb. 12.22. to the cōpanie of innumerable angels.
Fourthly, they are in the highest heauen, where they euer attend vpon God, and haue societie with him. Matth. 18.10. In heauen their angels alwaies behold the face of my father which is in heauen. Psal. 78.17. The charets of God are twentie thousand thousande angels, and the Lord is among them. Mar. 12.25. But are as angels in heauen.
Fiftly, their degree. That there are degrees of angels, it is most plaine. Coloss. 1.16. By him were all things created, which are in heauen, & in earth, things visible and inuisible: whether they be thrones or dominions, or principalities, or powers. Rom. 8.38. Neither Angels, nor principalities, nor powers, &c. 1. Thess. 4.16. [Page] The Lord shal descend with the voice of the archangel, and with the trumpet of God. But it is not for vs to search, who, or how many be of ech order, neither ought we curiously to enquire howe they are distinguished, whether in essence, or qualities. Colos. 2.18. Let no man at his pleasure beare rule ouer you by humblenesse of minde, and worshipping of Angels, aduauncing himselfe in those thinges which he neuer saw.
Sixtly, their office. Their office, is partly to magnifie God, and partly to performe his commaundements to them. Psal. 103.20, 21. Prayse the Lorde, ye his Angels that excell in strength, that doe his commaundement in obeying the voyce of his worde. Praise the Lorde, all ye his hostes, ye his seruants that doe his pleasure.
Seuenthly: The establishing of some Angels in that integritie, in which they were created.
Chap. 9. Of man, and the estate of innocencie.
MAn, after he was created of God, was established in an excellent estate of innocencie. In this estate seuen thinges are chiefely to be regarded.
I. The place. The garden of Heden, that most pleasant garden. Gen. 2.15. Then the Lord tooke the man, and put him into the garden of Heden.
II. The integritie of mans nature. Which was Ephes. 4.24. created in righteousnes and true holines. This integritie hath two partes.
The first is wisedome, which is a true and [Page] perfect knowledg of God, & of his will, in as much as it is to be performed of man, yea, and of the counsaile of God in all his creatures. Col. 3.10. And haue put on the newe man, which is renewed in knowledge, after the image of him that created him. Gen. 2.19. When the Lord God had formed of the earth euerie beast of the field, and euery foule of the heauen, he brought them vnto the man, to see how he would cal thē: for howsoeuer the man called the liuing creature, so was the name thereof.
To second, is Iustice, which is a conformitie of the will, affections, and powers of the bodie to the will of God.
III. Mans dignitie, consisting of foure partes. First, his communion with God, by which as God reioyced in his owne image, so likewise man was incensed to loue God: This is apparant by Gods familiar conference with Adam. Gen. 1 29. And God sayd, Behold, I haue giuen vnto you euerie herbe bearing seede, &c. that shall be to you for meate. Secondly, his dominion ouer all the creatures of the earth. Gen. 2.19. Ps. 8.6. Thou hast made him Lord ouer the workes of thine handes, and hast set all thinges vnder his feete, &c. Thirdly, the decencie, and dignitie of the bodie, in which, though naked, nothing was vnseemely. Psal. 8.5. Thou hast made him little lower then God, and crowned him with glorie and worshippe. Gen. 2.25. They were both naked, and neither ashamed. 1. Cor. 12.22. Vpon those members of the bodie, which we thinke most vnhonest, put wee more honestie [...], and our vncomely [...]artes haue more comelinesse on. [Page] Fourthly, labour of the bodie without paine or griefe. Gen. 3.17.19. Because thou hast obeyed the voyce of thy wife, &c. cursed is the earth for thy sake, in sorrow shalt thou eate of it all the daies of thy life, &c.
IIII. Subiection to God, whereby man was bound to performe obedience to the commaundementes of God: which were two. The one was concerning the two trees: the other, the obseruation of the Sabboth.
Gods commaundement concerning the trees, was ordeined to make examination, and triall of mans obedience. It consisteth of two partes: the first, is the eating of the tree of life, that as a signe, it might confirme to man, his perpetuall abode in the garden of Heden, if still he persisted in obedience. Reuel. 2.7. To him that ouercōmeth will I giue to eate of the tree of life, which is in the middest of the paradise of God. Prou. 3.18. She is a tree of life to them which lay holde on her: and blessed is he that retaineth her. The second, is the prohibition to eate of the tree of the knowledge of good and euill, together with a commination of temporal & eternall death, after the transgression of this commaundement. Gen. 2.17. Of the tree of knowledge of good and euill, thou shalt not eate of it, for in the day that thou eatest thereof, thou shalt die the death. This was a signe of death, and had his name of the euent, because the obseruation thereof would haue brought perpetuall happinesse, as the violation gaue experience of euill, that is, of all miserie, that is, of punishment and of guiltinesse of sinne.
[Page]Gods commaundement concerning the obseruation of the Sabboth, is that, by which God ordained the sanctification of the Sabboth. Gen. 2.3. God blessed the seuenth day, and sanctified it.
V. His calling, which is his seruice of God, in the obseruation of his commaundements, and the dressing of the garden of Heden. Prou. 16.4. God made all thinges for him selfe. Gen. 2.15. He placed him in the garden of Heden, to dresse and keepe it.
VI. His diet was the herbes of the earth, and fruit of euery tree, except the tree of the knowledg of good and euill. Gen. 1.29. And God sayd, Behold, I haue giuen vnto you euery herbe bearing seede, which is vpon all the earth, and euery tree, wherein is the fruite of a tree bearing seede, that shall be to you for meate. and 3.17. But of the tree of knowledge of good and euill, thou shalt not eate.
VII. His free choice, both to will, and performe the commaundement concerning the two trees, and also to neglect & violate the same. Wherby we see that our first parents were indeede created perfect, but mutable: for so it pleased God to prepare a way to the execution of his decree.
Chap. 10. Of the fall of Angels.
THe fall, is a reuolting of the reasonable creature from obedience to sinne.
Sinne is the corruption, or rather depriuation of the first integritie. More plainely it is a falling [Page] or turning from God, binding the offendor by the course of Gods iustice, to vndergoe the punishment.
The fall was effected on this manner. First, God created his reasonable creatures good indeede, but withall changeable, as we haue shewed before. For to be vnchangeably good, is proper to God alone. Secondly, God tryed their obedience, in those things, about whi [...]h they were conuersant. Deut. 13.13. Thou shalt not hearken to the wordes of the Prophet, or vnto that dreamer of dreames: for the lord your God prooueth you, to knowe whether you loue the Lord your God, with all your heart, and with all your soule. Thirdly, in this tryall God dooth not assist them with new grace to stande, but for iust causes forsaketh them. Lastly, after God hath forsaken them, and left them to themselues, they fall quite from God: no otherwise, then when a man staying vp a staffe from the ground, it standeth vpright, but if he neuer so little withdrawe his hande, it falleth of it selfe.
The fall, is of men, and Angels.
The fall of Angels, that is, by which the vnderstanding, pointing at a more excellent estate, and of it owne accord approouing the same, together with the will making especial choyce therof: they, albeit they might freely by their integritie, haue chosen the contrarie, were the sole instruments of their fall from God. 2. Pet. 2.4. If God spared not the Angels which sinned, but cast them downe into hell, & deliuered them into chaines of darkenes, to be kept vnto [Page] damnation, &c. Iude 6. The Angels which kept not their first estate, but left their owne habitation, he hath reserued in euerlasting chaines, &c. Ioh. 8.44. He was a murtherer from the beginning, and continued not in the truth: for there is no truth in him.
In the fall of Angels, consider: First, their corruption, arising from their fall, which is the deprauation of their nature. And is eyther that fearefull malice and hatred, by which they set them selues against God, or their insatiable desire to destroy mankinde, to the effecting whereof, they neglect neither force nor fraude. 1. Ioh. 3.8. He that committeth sinne is of the deuill, because the deuill sinned from the beginning. For this cause was the Sonne of God reuealed, to dissolue the workes of the deuill. 1. Pet. 5.8. Your aduersarie the deuill goeth about like a roaring lyon, seeking whom he may deuour. Ephes. 6.12. You striue not against flesh and bloud, but against principalities, and power, and worldly gouernours, the princes of darkenesse of this world, against spirituall wickednesses, which are in supercelestiall thinges.
II. Their degree, and diuersitie: for of these Angels, one is chiefe, and the rest attendants. The chiefe, is Beelzebub, Prince of the rest of the deuils, and the world, farre aboue them all in malice. Matth. 25.41. Away from me ye cursed, into euerlasting fire, prepared for the deuill and his Angels. 2. Cor. 4.4. Whose mindes the god of this world hath blinded. Reuel. 12.7. And there was war in heauen, Michael, and his Angels fought with the Dragon, and the Dragon and his angels fought.
[Page]Ministring angels, are such as waite vpon the deuill, in accomplishing his wickednesse.
III. Their punishment. God, after their fall, gaue them ouer to perpetuall tormentes, without any hope of pardon. Iude ver. 6.2. Pet. 2.4. God spared not the Angels that had sinned, but cast them downe into hell, and deliuered them into chaines of darkenesse, to be kept vnto damnation. This he did, first, to admonish men, what great punishment they deserued. Secondly, to shew, that grieuous sinnes must more grieuously be punished.
The fall of Angels was the more grieuous, because both their nature was more able to resist, and the deuill was the first founder of sinne.
Their punishment is easier, or more grieuous.
Their easier punishment is double. The first, is their deiection from heauen. 2. Pet. 2.4. God cast the Angels that sinned, into hell. The seconde, is the abridging and limitation of their power. Iob. 1.12. The Lord sayd vnto Satan, Behold, all that he hath, i [...] in thine hande, only vpon him lay not thine hand.
The more grieuous paine, is that torment in the deepe, which is endlesse and infinite, in time and measure. Luke 8.31. And they besought him, that he would not commaund them to go downe into the deepe.
Chap. 11. Of mans fall, and disobedience.
ADams fall, was his willing reuolting to disobedience by eating the forbidden [...]ate. In Adams fall we may note the manner greatnesse, and [Page] fruit of it.
I. The manner of Adams fall was on this sort. First, the death, hauing immediatly before, fallen him selfe, insinuateth vnto our first parents, that both the punishment for eating the forbidden fruit was vncertaine, and that God was not true in his word vnto them.
Secondly, by his legerdemaine he blinded the eyes of their vnderstanding. Thirdly, being thus blinded, they begin to distrust God, & to doubt of Gods fauour. Fourthly, they thus doubting are moued to be hold the forbidden fruite. Fiftly, they no sooner so the beautie therof, but they desire it. Sixtly, that they may satisfie their desire, they eate of the fruit, which by the hands of the woman was taken from the tree: by which act they become vtterly disloyall to God. Gen. 3.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
Thus without constraint, they willingly fall frō their integritie, God vpon iust causes leauing them to themselues, and freely suffered them to fall. For wee must not thinke that mans fall was either by chaunce, or God not knowing it, or barely winking at it, or by his bare permission, or against his will: but rather miraculously, not without the will of God, but yet without all approbation of it.
II. The greatnes of this transgression must be esteemed, not by the externall obiect, or the basenesse of an apple, but by the offence it contayneth against Gods maiestie. This offence appeareth, by many trespasses committed in that action. 1. The first, is doubting of Gods word [...]. Want of fayth. [Page] For they beleeue not Gods threatning. (In the day ye eate thereof, you shall die the death.) But being bewitched with the deuils promise, (ye shalbe like gods) they cease to feare Gods punishment, and are inflamed with a desire of greater dignitie. 3. Their curiositie, in forsaking Gods word, and seeking other wisedome. 4. Their pride, in seeking to magnifie themselues, and to become like God. 5. Contempt of God, in transgressing his cōmandement against their owne conscience. 6. In that they preferre the deuill before God. 7. Ingratitude, who, in as much as in them lyeth, expell Gods spirite dwelling in them, and despise that blessed vnion. 8. They murther both them selues and their progenie.
III. The fruite or effectes. Out of this corrupt estate of our first parents, arose the estate of vnbeliefe, whereby God hath included all men vnder sinne, that he might manifest his mercy in the saluation of some, and his iustice in condemnation of others. Rom. 11.32. God hath shut vp all men in vnbeliefe, that he might haue mercie on all. Gal. 3.22. The Scripture hath concluded all vnder sinne, that the promise by the faith of Iesus Christ should be giuen to them that beleeue.
In this estate, we must consider sinne, and the punishment of sinne. Sinne is threefolde.
The first, is the participatiō of Adams both transgression and guiltinesse: whereby, in his sinne, all his posteritie sinned. Rom. 5.12. As by one man sinne entred into the world, and by sinne death, so death entred vpon all men, in that all man haue sinned. The reason [Page] of this is readie. Adam was not then a priuate man, but represented all mankinde, and therefore looke what good he receiued from God, or euill elsewhere, both were common to others with him. 1. Cor. 15.22. As in Adam all men die, so in Christ all men rise againe.
Againe, when Adam offended, his posteritie was in his loynes, from whom they should, by the course of nature, issue: and therefore take part of the guiltinesse with him Heb. 7.9.10. And to say as the thing is, Leu [...] &c. payde tythes & Abraham, for he was yet in the loines of his father Abraham, when Melchi sedec met him.
Chap. 12. Of originall sinne.
OVt of the former transgression ariseth another, namely, Original sinne, which is corruption ingendred in our first conception, whereby euery facultie of soule and bodie is prone and disposed to euill. Ps. 51.5. I was borne in iniquitie, and in sinne hath my mother conceiued me. Gen. 6.5. Tit. 3.3. We our selues were in times past vnrise, disobedient, deceiued, serued the lustes, and diuers pleasures, liuing in maliciousnesse, and enuie, hatefull, and hating one another. Heb. 12.1. Let vs cast away euery thing that presseth downe, and the sinne that hangeth so fast on.
By this, we see that sinne is not a corruption of mans substance, but onely of faculties: otherwise neither could mens soules be immortal, nor Christ take vpon him mans nature.
[Page]The propagation of sinne, from the parents to the children, is either because the soule is infected by the contagion of the body, as a good ointment by a fustie vessell: or because God, in the very moment of creation & infusion of soules into infants, doth vtterly forsake them. For as Adam receiued the image of God both for himselfe and others: so did he loose it from himselfe and others.
That we may the better know originall sinne in the seuerall faculties of mans nature, three circumstances must be considered.
- 1. How much of Gods image we yet retaine.
- 2. How much sinne man receiued from Adam.
- 3. The increase thereof afterward.
I. In the minde. The remnant of Gods image, is certaine motions concerning good & euill: as, that there is a God, and that the same God punisheth transgressions: that there is an euerlasting life: that we must reuerence our superiors, and not harme our neighbour. But euen these motions, they are both seuerall and corrupt, and haue none other vse, but to bereaue man of all excuse before Gods iudgement seat. Rom. 1.19.20. That which may be knowen concerning God, is manifest in them: for God hath shewed it vnto them. For the inuisible thinges of him, that is, his eternal power and Godhead, are seene by the creation of the world, being considered in his workes, to the intent they should be without excuse.
Mens minds receiued from Adam, 1. Ignorance, namely, a want, or rather a depriuation of knowledge in the things of God, whether they concerne [Page] his sincere worship, or eternall happines. 1. Cor. 2.14. The natural mā perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnes vnto him, nether can he knew thē, because they are spiritually discerned. Rom. 8.7. The wisedome of the flesh is enimitie with God, for it is not subiect to the law of God, neither indeed can be.
II. Impotencie, whereby the mind of it selfe is vnable to vnderstand spiritual things, though they be taught. Luk. 24.45. Then opened he their vnderstanding, that they might vnderstand the scriptures. 2. Cor. 3.5. Not that we are sufficiēt of our selues, to think any thing as of our selues: but our sufficiencie is of God.
III. Vanitie, in that the mind thinketh falshood truth, and truth falshood. Eph. 4.7. Walke no more as other Gentils, in the vanitie of your vnderstanding. 1. Cor. 1.21. It pleased God by the foolishnes of preaching, to saue those which beleeue. 23. We preach Christ crucified, to the Iewes a stumbling blocke, but to the Grecians foolishnes. Prou. 14.12. There is a way which seemeth good in the eies of mē, but the end therof is death.
IV. A naturall inclination only to conceiue, & deuise the thing which is euill. Gen. 6.5. The Lorde saw that the wickednesse of man was great vpon earth, and al the imaginations of the thoughts of the hart were onely euill continually. Ier. 4.22. They are wise to doe euill, but to doe well they haue no knowledge.
Hence it is apparant, that the originall, and as I may say, the matter of all heresies, is naturally engraffed in mans nature. This is worthy the obseruation of students in Diuinitie.
The increase of sinne in the vnderstanding, is I [...] [Page] reprobate sense, when God withdraweth the light of nature. Ioh. 12.40. He hath blinded their eyes, & hardened their hearts, least they should see with their eies, and vnderstand with their harts, and I should heale them, and they be conuerted. Rom. 1.28. As they regarded not to know God, so God deliuered them vp vnto are probate minde, to do those things which are not conuenient. II. The spirit of slumber. Rom. 11.8. God hath giuen them the spirit of slumber, &c. III. A spirituall drunkennesse. Esay. 29.9. They we drunken, but not with wine, they stagger, but not by strong drinke. IIII. Strong illusions. 2. Thess. 2.11. God shall sende them strong illusions, and they shall beleeue lies.
The remnant of Gods image in the conscience, is an obseruing and watchfull power, like the eye of a keeper, reserued in man, partly to reprooue, and partly to represse the vnbrideled course of his affections. Rom. 2.15. Which shew the effect of the Lawe written in their heartes, their conscience also bearing witnesse, and their thoughts accusing one another or excusing.
That which the conscience hath receiued of Adam, is the impurenesse thereof. Tit. 1.15. To them that are defiled and vnbeleeuing nothing is pure, but euen their mindes and consciences are defiled. This impuritie hath three effectes, the first is to excuse sinne: as, if a man serue God outwardly, hee will excuse and cloake his inwarde impietie. Ma. 10.19.20. Thou knowest the commaundemente thou shalt not, &c. Then be answered and sayd, Master all these things haue I obserued from my youth. Againe it [Page] excuseth intents not warranted in Gods worde. 1. Chro. 13.9. When they came to the threshing floore of Chi [...]en, Vzza put fo [...]rth his hande to holde the Arke, for the oxe did shake i [...].
The second is to accuse, and terrifie for dooing good. This we may see in superstitious idolaters, who are grieued whē they omit to performe counterfaite, and idolatrous worship to their gods. Col. 2.21.22. Touch not, taste not, handle not, which all perish with vsing, and are after the commandements and doctrines of men. Esay. 29.13. and their feare towarde [...] was taught them by the precept of men.
The third is to accuse and terrifie for sinne. Gen. 50.15. When Iosephs brethren sawe that their father was dead, they saide, it may be that Joseph will hate vs, and well [...]ay vs againe all the euill, which we did vnto him. Ioh. 8.9. And when they heard it, being accused by their owne consciences they went out one by one. 1. Ioh. 3.20. Jf our heart condemne vs, God is greater then our heart. Though the conscience shall accuse a man truely: yet that will not argue any holinesse in it. Which appeareth, in that Adam in his innocencie had a God, yet no accusing conscience.
Impurenesse increased in the conscience, is first such a senselesse numnesse, as that it can hardly accuse a man of sinne. Ephes. 4.19. Who being past feeling haue giuen themselues to wantonnesse, to worke all vnleannesse, euen with greedines. 1. Tim. 4.2. Hauing their consciences burned with an hoat yron. This sen [...] [...] from a custome in sinning. [Page] 1. Sam. 25.37. Thou in the morning when the wine was gone out of Nabal, his wife tolde him those woordes, and his hart died within him, and he was like a Stone.
II. Some greeuous horror, and terror of the conscience. Gen. 4.14. Beholde thou hast cast me this day from the earth, and from thy face shall I be hid? & vers. 13. My punishment is greater, then I can beare. The Symptomes of this disease, are blasphemies, trembling of body, fearefull dreames. Actes. 24.26. And as he disputed of righteousnes, and temperance, and the Iudgement to come, Felix trembled &c. Daniel. 5.6. Then the Kinges countenance was chaunged and his thoughts troubled him, so that the ioyntes of his loines were loosed, and his knees smot one against the other.
In the will, the remnant of Gods image, is a free choyce. First, in euerye naturall action, belonging to eche liuing creature, as to nourish, to engender, to moue, to perceiue. Secondly, in euerye humane action, that is, such as belong to all men. And therfore man hath free will in outward actions, whether they concerne manners, a familie, or the common wealth, albeit both in the choice, and refusall of thē it be very weak. Rom. 2.14. The Gentiles which haue not the Lawe, by nature doo those things which are of the Lawe.
The will receiued. I. An impotencie. wherby it cannot will, or so much as lust after that, which is indeed good, that is, which may please & be acceptable to God. 1. Cor. 2.14. The naturall man perc [...] ueth not the things of the Spirite of God, for they are foolishnes vnto him: neither can he knowe them, be [...] [Page] they are spiritually discerned. Rom. 5.6. Christ, when we were yet of no strength, at his time dyed for the vngodlye. 2. Tim. 2.26. Phil. 2.13. It is God which woorketh in you both the will and the deed, euen of his good pleasure.
II. An inward rebellion, wherby it vtterly abhorreth that which is good, desiring and willing that alone which is euill.
By this it appeareth, that the will is no agent, but a meere patient in the firste acte of conuersion to God, and that by it selfe it can neither begin that conuersion, or any other inward and sound obedience due to Gods Law.
That which the affections receiue, is a disorder, by which they therefore are not well affected, because they eschewe that which is good, and pursue that which is euill. Galat. 5.24. They that are Christs, haue crucified the flesh with their affections, and lustes thereof. Rom. 1.26. therfore God gaue them ouer to filthy lustes. 1. King. 22.9. The King of Israell saide vnto Iehosophat, yet is there one of whome thou maiest take counsel, but him I hate, &c. And 21.4. Therfore Achab came home to his house discontented, and angrie, for the word which Naboth spake vnto him, and he laid himselfe on his bed, turning away his face least he should eat meat.
That which the body hath receiued, is, I. Fitnes to begin sinne, This doth the body in transporting all obiects and occasions of sinne to the soule, Gen. 3.6. The woman seeing that the tree was good for meat, and pleasant to the eyes, &c. tooke of the fruit therof and did eate. II. A fitnes to execute sinne, so soone as the heart hath begun it. Rom. 6. Neither giue your [Page] members as weapons of iniustice to sinne and ver. 19. As you haue giuen your members as seruantes to vncleannes and iniquitie, to commit iniquity, &c.
Chap. 13. Of actuall sinne.
AFter originall sinne in Adams posteritie, actual transgression taketh place. It is either inwarde or outward. Inward, is of the minde, will, and affection.
The actuall sinne of the minde, is the euil thought or intent therof, contrary to Gods law. Examples of euil thoughts, God (the onlye knower of the hart) hath in diuers places set down in his word. I. That there is no God. Psalme. 10.4. The wicked is so proud that he seeketh not for God, he thinketh alwaies there is no God. Psal. 14.1. The foole saith in his hart there is no God. II. That there is neither prouidence nor presence of God in the worlde. Plal. 10.11. He hath said in his hart God hath forgotten; he hideth his face & will neuer see. ver. 13. Wherefore dooth the wicked contemne God? he saith in his hart thou wilt not regarde.
III. It imagineth safegarde to it selfe from all perrils. Psal. 10.6. He saith in his hart, I shall neuer be moued nor be in danger. Reuel. 18.7. She saith in her hart, I sit being a Queene, and am no widow, and shall see no mourning.
IIII. It esteemeth it selfe more excellent then others. Apoc. 18.7. J sit as a Queen, Luk. 18.11. The Pharisie standing thus praied to himselfe, I thanke thee [Page] O God, that I am not as other men, extertioners, vniust, adulterers, nor yet as this publican. ver. 12. I fast twise in the weeke, and giue tithe of all my possessions. ver. That the Gospell of Gods kingdome is meere foolishnes. 1. Cor. 2.14. The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the Spirite of God, for they are foolishnes vnto him.
VI. To think vncharitably and maliciouslye of such as serue God sincerelye. Mat. 12.24. When the Pharises heard that, they saide he casteth not out Deuils but by the Prince of Deuils. Psal. 74.8. They saide in their hartes let vs destroye them altogither.
VII. To thinke the day of death farre off. Esay. 28.15. Ye haue saide, we haue made a couenant with death, and with hell, we are at agreement; though a scourge runne ouer and passe through, it shall not come at vs.
VIII. That the paines of hell may be eschewed, in the place before mentioned they say, with hell haue we made agreement.
IX. That God will deferre his both perticular and last generall comming to iudgement. Luke. 12.19. I will saye vnto my soule, soule thou hast much goods laide vp for many yeeres: and ver. 45. If that seruant say in his hart, my maister will deferre his comming, &c.
Many carnal men pretend their good meaning: but when God openeth their eyes, they shall see these rebellious thoughts rising in their mindes, as sparcles out of a chimney.
The actuall sinne of both will; and affections is euery wicked motion, inclination, and desire. Gal. 5.17. The flesh lusteth against the Spirite.
[Page]An actual outward sinne, is that, to the committing wherof, the members of the bodye doo, together with the faculties of the soule, concurre. Such sinnes as these are infinite. Psal. 40.12. Innumerable troubles haue compassed me, my sinnes haue taken such holde vpon me, that I am not able to look vp, yea they are [...]oe in number then the haires of mine head.
Actuall sinne, is of omission or commission; Againe, both these are in wordes or deeds.
In the sinne of commission obserue these two pointes. The degrees in committing a sin, and the differences of sinnes committed.
The degrees are in number 4. Iam 1.14.15. Euery man is tempted, when he is drawne away by his owne concupiscence, and is entised: Then when lust hath conceiued, it bringeth foorth sinne; and sinne when it is finished, bringeth foorth death.
The firste degree is temptation, whereby man is allured to sinne, this dooth Sathan by offering to the minde that which is euill. Iohn. 13.2. The Dead had now put into the hart of Iudas Iscariot Simons Sonne, to betray him. Act. 5.3. Peter saide to Ananias, why hath Sathan filled thine hart that thou shouldst [...] 1. Chro. 21.1. And Sathan stood in against Israell, and prouoked Dauid to number Israell. This also is effected vpon occasion of some externall obiect, which the sences perceiue. Iob. 31.1. I haue made a couenan [...] with mine eyes, why then should I look vpon a maide?
Tentation hath two partes, abstraction, and inescation.
Abstraction, is the firste cogitation of committing [Page] sinne, whereby the minde is with-drawne from Gods seruice, to the which it shoulde be alwaies readye prest. Luke. 10.27. Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God with all thy hart, and all thy soule, with all thy thought.
Inescation, is that wherby an euill thought conceiued, and for a time retained in the minde, by delighting the will, and affections, doth as it were, lay a baite for them to draw them to consent.
The second degree, is conception, which is nothing else, but a consent and resolution to commit sinne. Psalm. 7.14. He shall trauaile with wickednes, hee hath conceiued mischeefe, but he shall bring foorth a lye.
The third degree, is the birth of sinne, namelye the committing of sinne, by the assistance both of the faculties of the soule, and the power of the bodye.
The fourth degree, is perfection, whē sin being by custome perfect, and as it were ripe, the sinner reapeth death, that is damnation.
This appeareth in the example of Pharaoh, wherfore custome in any sin is fearfull.
Sinne actually committed hath fiue differences.
First, to consent with an offender, and not actually to commit sinne. Ephe. 5.11. Haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull works of darkenes but reproue them rather. This is done three manner of waies.
I. When as a man in iudgement somewhat alloweth the sinne of another. Nomb. 29.6.10. Moses and Aaron gathered the congregation together before the [Page] rocke, and Moses saide vnto them, heare now ye rebelles: shall we bring you water out of the rocke? 12. The Lord spake to Moses and Aaron, because ye beleeued me not, to sanctifie me in the presence of the children of Israell, into the land which I haue giuen them.
II. When the hart approueth in affection and consent. Hitherto maye we referre both the ministers, and maiestrates concealing, and winking at offences. 1. Sam. 2.23. Ely saide, why do ye such thinges? For of all this people J heare euill of you. Doo no more my Sonnes, &c. Now that Elyes will agreeth with his sonnes sinnes it is manifest. ver. 26. Thou honourest thy Children aboue me. III. Indeed, by counsaile, presence, entisement. Rom. 1.13. They not onelye do the same, but also fauour them that do them. Mark. 6.25.26. She saide vnto her mother, what shall I aske, and she sayde John Baptists head. &c. Act. 22.20. When the blood of thy Martyr Stephen was shedde, J also stoode by, and consented vnto his death, and kept the clothes of them that slue him.
The second essence, is to sinne ignorantlye, as when a man dooth not expresselye and distinctlye know, whether that which he dooth, be a sinne or not, or if he knew it, did not marke it. 1. Tim. 1.23. I before was a blasphemer, a persecutor, and an oppressor; but I was receiued to mercye, for I did it ignorauntlye through vnbeliefe. Nom. 35.22.23.24. If he pushed him vnaduisedly & not of hatred, or cast vpon him any thing without laying of waite, or any Stone, (wherby he might be slaine) and saw him not, or caused it to fall vpon him, and he dye, and was not his enemy, neither sought him any [Page] harme. Then the congregation shall iudge between the slayer and the auenger of blood according to these lawes. 1. Cor. 4.4. I know nothing by my selfe, yet am I not therby iustified. Psal. 19.13. Cleanse me from my secret sinnes.
The third difference, is to sinne vpon knowledge, but of infirmity, as when a man fearing some imminēt danger, or amazed at the horror of death, doth against his knowledge deny that truth, which otherwise he would acknowledge and embrace. Such was Peters fall, arising from the ouermuch rashnes of the minde mingled with some feare.
Thus all men offend, when the flesh, and inordinate desires so ouer rule the will, and euery good endeuour, that they prouoke man to that, which he from his hart detesteth. Rom. 7, 19. I do not the thing which I would, but the euill which I would not, that doo I.
The fourth difference, is presumptuous sinning vpon knowledge. Psal. 19.13. Keepe thy seruant from presumptuous sinnes: let them not reigne ouer me. Hitherto belongeth. I. Euery sinne committed with an high hand, that is in some contempt of GOD. Nom. 15.30. The person that doth presumptuously, &c. shall be cut off from amongst his people: because he hath despised the woord of the Lord, and hath broken his commaundement. II. Presumption of Gods mercye in going euill. Eccles. 8.11. Because sentence against an euill worke is not executed speedily, therefore the hart of the children of men is fully set in them to doe e [...]ill. Rom. [...].4. Despisest thou the riches of his b [...]fulness &c. [Page] not knowing that the bountifulnes of God leadeth thee to repentance. &c.
The fifth difference, is to sinne vpon knowledge and set mallice against God, and to this is the sinne against the holy Ghost referred.
Chap. 14. Of the punishment of sinne.
HItherto we haue entreated of sinne, wherewith all mankinde is infected: in the next place succeedeth the punishment of sinne, which is threefolde.
The firste is in this life, and that diuers wayes. The first concerneth the body, either in the prouision with trouble for the thinges of this life. Gen. 3.17. Or a pronnesse to disease. Math. 9.2. Sonne be of good comfort, thy sinnes be forgiuen thee. Ioh. 5.14. Beholde thou art made whole, sinne no more, least a woorse thing fall vpon thee. Deut. 28.21.22. The Lord shall make the pestilence cleaue vnto thee, vntill he hath consumed thee from the land, &c. Or shame of nakednes. Gen. 3.7. Or in women paines in childbirth. Gen. 3.16. Vnto the woman hee said, J will greatlye increase thy sorrowes, and thy conceptions: in sorrow shalt thou bring fo [...]h Children.
II. The soule is punished with trēbling of conscience, care, trouble, hardnes of hart, and madnes. Deut. 28.28. The Lord shal smite thee with madnes, & with blindnes, and with astonying of hart.
III. The whole man is punished, I. with feareful subiection to the regiment of Sathan. Coloss. 1.13. [Page] Which freede vs from the power of darknes, and translated vs into the kingdome of his beloued Sonne. Heb. 2.14. He also himself tooke parte with them, that he might destroy, through death, him that had power of death, that is, the deuill. II. A seperation from the fellowship of God, and trembling at his presence. Eph. 4.18. Hauing their cogitation darkened, and being strangers from the life of God. Gen. 3.10. I heard thy voice in the Garden, and was afraide, because I was naked, therefore I hid myselfe. IV. Vpon a mans goods, diuers calamities and dammages. Deut. 28.29. Thou shalt euer be oppressed with wrong, and be powled, and no man shall succour thee, &c. To the ende of the Chap. Also distinction of Lordships: and of this commeth a care to inlarge them, and bargaining, with all manner of euill seruitudes. V. The losse of that lordly authoritie, which man had ouer all creatures: also their vanitie, which is not onelye a weakening, but also a corrupting of that excellencye of the vertues and power, which God at the first put into them. Rom. 8.20.21. The creature is subiect to vanitie, not of it own will, but by reason of him, which hath subdued it vnder hope, &c. VI. In a mans name, infamie and ignominie after his death. Iere. 24 9.
The second, is at the last gaspe, namely, death, or a change like vnto death. Rom. 6.23. The wages of sinne is death.
The third, is after this life, euen eternal destruction from Gods presence, and his exceeding glory. 2. Thes. 1.9. Who shalbe punished with euerlasting perdition, from the presence of God and the glory of his power.
Chap. 15. Of Election, and of Iesus Christ the foundation thereof.
PRedestination hath two partes; Election, and reprobation. 1. Thes. 5.9. God hath not appointed vs to wrath, but to obtaine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ.
Election, is Gods decree, whereby on his owne free will, he hath ordeined certaine men to saluation, to the praise of the glorie of his grace. Ephes. 1.4.5.6. He hath chosen vs in him, before the foundation of the world, according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glorie of his grace.
This decree, is that booke of life, wherein are written the names of the Elect. Reuel. 20.12. Another booke was opened, which is the booke of life, and the dead were iudged of those thinges, that were written in the bookes, according to their workes. 2. Tim. 2.19. The foundation of God remaineth sure, and hath this seale, the Lord knoweth who are his.
The execution of this decree, is an action, by which God, euen as he purposed with himself, worketh all those things, which he decreede for the saluation of the elect. For they whome God elected to this end, that they should inherite eternall life, were also elected to those subordinat means, wherby, as by steppes, they might attaine this ende, and without which it were impossible to obtaine it. Rom. 8.29.30. Those which he knew before, he also predestinate [Page] to be made like the image of his sonne, that hee might be the first born amongst many brethren: moreouer whom he predestinate, them he called, whom he called, thē he iustified, and whom he iustified, them also he glorified.
There appertaine three things to the execution of this decree. First, the foundation. Secondlye, the meanes. Thirdly, the degrees.
The foundation is Christ Iesus, called of his Father from all eternitie, to performe the office of the Mediatour, that in him, all those which should be saued, might be chosen. Heb. 5.5. Christ tooke not to himselfe this honor, to be made the high Preest, but he that saide vnto him, Thou art my Sonne this day begat I thee, gaue it him, &c. Esay. 42.1. Beholde, my seruant: I will stay vpon him: mine elect, in whom my soule delighteth: I haue put my spirit vpon him: he shall bring forth iudgement to the Gentiles. Ephes. 1.4. He hath chosen vs in him, meaning Christ.
In Christ we must especially obserue two things: his Incarnation and his Office.
To the working of his Incarnation, concurre: Firste, both his Natures. Secondlye, their Vnion. Thirdly, their distinction.
Christs first Nature, is the Godhead, in as much as it belongeth to the Sonne, whereby he is God, Phil. 2.6. Who being in the forme of God, thought it no robbery to be equall with God. Ioh. 1.1. In the beginning was the word, and the word was with God, and that word was God.
It was requisite for the Mediatour to be GOD. I. That he might the better sustaine that great miserie, [Page] wherwith mankinde was ouerwhelmed; the greatnes wherof, these foure things declare. I. The greeuousnes of sinne, wherwith Gods Maiesty was infinitely offended, Gods infinite anger against this sinne, the fearfull power of death, and the Deuils tyrannie, who is Prince of this world. II. That he might make his humaine nature both of plentifull merite, and also of sufficient efficacie, for the worke of mans redemption. III. That he might in still into the elect eternall life and holines. Esay. 43.12. I am the Lord, and there is none besides me a Sauiour, I haue declared, and I haue saued, and I haue shewed, when there was no strange God among you: therfore ye are my witnesses, saith the Lord, that I am God.
I say, the Godhead, in as much as it is the Godhead of the Son, is Christs diuine nature: not as it is the Godhead of the Father, or the holye Ghost, for it is the office of the Sonne, to haue the administration of euery outward action of the Trinitie, from the Father to the holy Ghost. 1. Cor. 6.8. And he being by nature the Sonne of the Father, bestoweth this priuiledge on those that beleeue, that they are the Sonnes of God by adoptiō. Ioh. 1.12. As many as receiued him, to them he gaue to be the Sonnes of God.
Christes other nature, is his humanitie, whereby he, the Mediatour, is very man. 1. Tim. 2.5. One God, and one Mediator between God & man, the man Christ Iesus.
It was necessary that Christ should be man. First that God might be pacified in that nature, wherein he was offended.
[Page]II. That he might vndergoe punishment due to sin, the which the Godhead could not, being voyde and free from all passion.
Furthermore, Christ as he is man, is like vnto vs in al things, sinne onely excepted. Heb. 2.17. In all things it became him to be made like vnto his brethren. 1. Cor. 13.4.
Christ therfore is a perfect man, consisting of an essentiall and true soule and bodye, wherevnto are ioyned such faculties and properties, as are essential vnto both. In his soule, is vnderstanding, memorie, will, and such like: in his body, length, breadth, and thicknes: yea, it is comprehended in one place, visible, subiect to feeling, neither is there anye thing wanting in him, which maye either adorne, or make for the being of mans nature.
Againe, Christ in his humanitie, was subiect to the infirmities of mans nature, which are these. I. To be tempted. Mat. 9.1. Iesus was caried by the spirit into the desert, to be tempted of the deuill. II. To feare. Heb. 5.7. Who in the dayes of his flesh did offer vp praiers and supplications with strong crying and teares, vnto him that was able to saue him from death, and was also heard in that which he feared. III. To be angrie. Mar. 3.5. Then he looked round about on them angerly, mourning also for the hardnes of their hartes, and saide to the man, Stretch foorth thine hand. IV. Forgetfulnes of his office imposed vpon him, by reason of the agony astonishing his sences. Matth. 26.39. He went a little further, and fell on his face, and praied, saying: O Father if it be possible, let this cup passe from me: Neuertheles, [Page] not as I will, but as thou wilt. These infirmities are not essentiall qualities, but accidentall to mans nature, and therfore may be left of Christ.
Chap. 16. Of the vnion of two natures in Christ.
NOw followeth the vnion of the two Natures in Christ, which especially concerneth his mediation, for by it his humanitie did suffer death vpon the crosse in such sort, as he could neither be ouercome, nor perpetuallye ouerwhelmed by it. Three things belong to the vniting of Natures.
I. Conception, by which his humane nature was by the wonderfull power and opperation of God, both immediatly, that is without mans help, and miraculously framed of the virgin Mary. Luke. 1.35. The holy Ghost shall come vpon thee, and the power of the most High, shall ouershadowe thee.
II. Sanctification, whereby the same humane nature was purified, that is, altogither seuered by the power of the Holy Ghost, from the least staine of sinne, to the ende that it might be holye, and be made fit to dye for others. Luk. 1.35. That holy thing which shalbe borne of thee, shall be called the Sonne of God. 1. Pet. 3.18. Christ hath once suffered for sinnes, the iust, for the vniust. 1. Pet. 2.22. Who did not sinne, neither was there guile found in his mouth.
III. Assumption, wherby the Woord, namelye, the second person in trinitie tooke vpon him flesh, [Page] and the seed of Abraham, namely, that his humaine nature, to the ende, that it being destitute of a proper and personall substance, might in the person of the Word obtaine it: subsisting, and as it were, being supported of it for euer. Ioh. 1.14. That Word was made flesh. Heb. 2.16. He took not vpon him the nature of Angels, but the seede of Abraham.
By this wee maye see, that Christ is one onelye Sonne of God, not two: yet in two respectes is hee one. As he is the eternall Word, he is by nature the Sonne of the Father. As he is man, the same Sonne also, yet not by nature or by adoption, but onlye by personall vnion. Luke. 1.35. Mat. 3.17. This is my beloued Sonne, &c.
The phrase in Scripture agreeing to this Vnion, is the cōmunion of proprieties, concerning which, obserue two rules.
I. Of those things, which are spoken or attributed to Christ, some are onlye vnderstoode of his diuine nature. As that Ioh. 8.58. Before Abraham was, I am. And that Colos. 1.15. Who is the image of the inuisible God, the firste borne of euerye creature. Some againe agree only to his humanitie, as, borne, suffered, dead, buried, &c. Luke. 2.52. And Iesus encreased in wisdome and stature, and in fauour with God and men. Lastly, other things are vnderstoode, onlye of both natures vnited together. As Matth. 17.5. This is my beloued Sonne, in whom only I am wel pleased, heare him. Ephe. 1.22. He hath made subiect all thinges vnder his feet, and hath appointed him ouer all thinges to be the head to the Church.
[Page]II. Some thinges are spoken of Christ, as he is God, which must be interpreted according to his humane natures. Act. 20.28. To feede the Church of God. I. Christ, which he (namely, according to his manhood) hath purchased with his owne bloud, 1. Cor. 2.8. If they had knowen this they would neuer haue crucified the Lord of glorie. Contrarily, some things are mentioned of Christ, as he is man, which onely are vnderstoode of his diuine Nature. No man ascended vp to heauen, but he that hath descended from heauen, the Sonne of man which is in heauen. This is spoken of his manhood, whereas we must vnderstand, that only his Deitie came downe from heauen. Ioh. 6.62. What if ye should see the Sonne of man, (vz. Christs humane nature) ascend vp, where he (vz. his deitie) was before?
Lastly, by reason of this Vnion, Christ, as hee is man, is exalted aboue euery name: yea, he is adored, & hath such a great (though not infinite) measure of giftes, as farre surpasse all Saintes and Angels. Eph. 1.21. And set him at his right hande in heauenly places, farre aboue all principality and power, and might, and dominion, and euery name that is named, not in this world only, but in that also that is to come. Heb. 1.6. When he bringeth his first begotten Sonne into the world, he saith, And let all the Angels of God worshippe him. Colloss. 2.3. Jn whom all the treasures of wisedom and knowledge are hidden. Philip. 2.9, 10. Therefore God exalted him on hie, and gaue him a name aboue all names, that at the name of Iesus, euery knee should bow (namely, worship, and be subiect to him) both [Page] of thinges in heauen, and things in earth, and thinges vnder the earth.
Chap. 17. Of the distinction of both natures.
THe distinction of both natures, is that, wherby they, with their properties & effectes, remaine, without composition, mingling or conuersion, distinct. Ioh. 10.17, 18. Therefore doth my Father loue me, because I lay downe my life, that J might take it againe. No man taketh it from me, but J lay it downe of my selfe: I haue power to lay it downe, and haue power to take it againe. Ioh. 13.31, 32. Now is the Sonne of man glorified, and God is glorified in him. If God be glorified in him, God shal also glorifie him in himselfe. Here we may obserue, that there is one will in Christ, as God: another, as man. Matth. 26.39. Not as I will, but as thou wilt. This also approoueth that sentence of the Calcedon Creede. We confesse, that one & the same Christ Iesus, both Sonne, Lord, and onely begotten, is knowen, and preached to be in two natures without confusion, mutation, distinction, or separation.
Lastly, hereby it is manifest, that Christ, when he became that which he was not, (namely man) continued still that which he was (very God.)
Chap. 18. Of Christes Office.
THus much concerning Christs incarnation. His Office followeth, to the perfect accomplishing whereof, he was annointed of his Father, that is, he [Page] was sufficiently furnished both with giftes and authoritie. Hebr. 1.9. Therefore God, euen thy God annointed thee with the oyle of gladnesse aboue thy fellowes. Esay. 61.1. The Spirit of the Lord was vpon me, therefore he annointed me. Ioh. 3.33. God giueth him not the spirite by measure.
This office is so appropriate to Christ, that neither in whole, or in part can it be translated to any other. Heb. 7.24. This man because he endureth for euer, hath an euerlasting Priesthood, or a Priesthoode, that can not passe from one to an other.
Therefore Christ, as he is God, hath vnder him, Emperours, Kinges, Princes, to bee his Vicegerents: who therefore are called Gods. Psal. 82.1. But as he is Mediatour, that is, a Priest, a Prophet, and King of the Church, he hath no Vicegerent, Vicar, or Lieutenant, who, in his eyther Kingly, or Priestly office, in both, or but one, can be in his steede.
Christs office, is threefold: Priestly, Propheticall, Regall. Psal. 110.1, 2, 3, 4. Esay. 42.1.
Christes Priesthood, is an office of his, whereby he performed all those things to God, whereby is obtayned eternall life. Heb. 5.9. And being cōsecrate, was made the author of eternall saluation vnto all them that obey him: & is called of God an hie Priest, after the order of Melchisedec. chap. 7.24, 25. This man because he endureth for euer, hath an euerlasting Priesthoode, wherefore he is able also perfectly to saue all them that come vnto God by him.
His Priesthood consisteth of two partes: Satisfaction, [Page] and intercession.
Satisfaction, is that, whereby Christ is a full propitiation to his Father, for the elect. Iob. 33.23. If there be a messenger with him, or an interpreter, one of a thousand to declare vnto man his righteousnes, then will he haue mercie vpon him, and will say, deliuer him, that he goe not downe into the pit, for I haue founde a Reconciliation. Rom. 3.24. And are iustified freely by his grace, through the Redemption that is in Christ Iesus, 25. whom God hath set foorth to be a reconciliation through faith in his bloud. 1. Ioh. 2.2. He is a propitiation for our sinnes.
Christ satisfied Gods anger for mans offence, according to his humanitie, by perfourming perfect obedience to the wil of God: according to his Deitie, by ministring such especiall dignitie to his perfect obedience, as was both of full merite and efficacie before God, for the saluation of the Elect. Ioh. 17.19. For their sakes sanctifie I my selfe, that they also may be sanctified through the truth. Act. 20.28. To seede the flocke of God, which he hath purchased with his own bloud. 2. Cor. 5.19. God was in Christ, and reconciled the world to himselfe, not imputing their sinnes vnto them.
Satisfaction comprehendeth his Passion, and fulfilling the Law.
His passion, is the first part of satisfaction, by which he, he hauing vndergone the punishment of sinne, satisfied Gods iustice, and appeased his anger for the sinnes of the faithfull. His passion was on this manner.
[Page] a Somewhat before his death, partly feare arising from a sense of Gods wrath imminent vpon him, partly griefe possessing, as it were, ech part of him, so disturbed his sacred minde, b that inwardly for a while it stroke into him a straunge kinde of astonishment, or rather obliuion of his duetie imposed vpon him: and outwardly c made him pray vnto his Father, (if he would) to remooue that cup from him, the which he did expresse with no small crie, many teares, and a bloudie sweate, d trickling from his bodie vnto the ground. But when he came againe vnto himselfe, e hee freely yeelded himselfe vnto his Father, to satisfie vpon the crosse for the transgression of man. After this his agonie was ouerpassed, f by Iudas his trecherie Christ is apprehended, and g first he is brought to Annas, after to Caiphas, where Peter denieth him: h frō Caiphas is he led bound to Pilate, i Pilate posteth him ouer to Herod, he k trāsposteth him again to Pilate, l who acknowledgeth his innocēcy, & yet cōdēneth him as an offender. This innocent thus cōdemned, is m pitifully scourged, crowned with thornes, scoffed, spitted at, spitefully adiudged to the death of the crosse n on which, his handes and feete are fastened with nayles. Here stayed not his passions, but after all these o he became accursed to God the Father, that is, God powred vpon him, being thus innocent, such a sea of his wrath, as was equiualent to the sinnes of the whole world. He now being vnder this curse, through the sense and feeling of this strange terror, p complaineth to his Father, that he [Page] is forsaken: who notwithstanding encountering then with Satan and his Angels, did vtterly vanquish qand ouercome them. When this was ended, his heart r was pearced with a speare, till the bloud gushed out from his sides, & he gaue svp the ghost: and t commended his spirit to his fathers protection: the which immediately went into paradise. His bodie, u whereof not one bone was broken, was buried. and three dayes was x ignominiously captiuated of death. a Mar. 4.34. Mat. 26.38. b Ioh. 12.27. c Mat. 14.35. Ioh. 12.29. Heb. 5.7. d Luke 22.44. e Heb. 9.5. 1. Cor. 5.5, 7. Esay. 53.10, 11. f Matt. 26.47. gIoh. 18.13, 14. hIoh. 18.29. i Luk. 23.7, 8. kLuk. 23.15. l Mat. 27.24, 26. m the same place. nIoh. 19.18. o Gal. 3.13. p Mat. 27.35, 46. q Coloss. 1.14, 15. rIoh. 19.34. sHeb. 9.15, 16. t Luke 23.43, 46. uIoh. 19.33, 42. x Act. 1.13.
In this discription of Christes passion, wee may note fiue circumstances especially.
I. His Agony, namely, a vehement anguish arising vpon the conflict of two contrarie desires in him. The first, was to be obedient to his Father. The second, to auoyd the horror of death. Luk. 22.44. Being in an agonie he prayed more earnestly, and his sweate was like drops of bloud, trickling downe to the ground. Heb. 5.7. In the daies of his flesh did offer vp prayers and supplications with strong crying and teares vnto him, that was able to saue him from death, and was also heard in that which he feared.
II. His sacrifice, which is an action of Christes offering himselfe to God the Father, as a ransome [Page] for the sinnes of the elect. Heb. 9.26. Now in the end of the world hath he appeared once to put away sinne, by the sacrifice of himselfe.
In this sacrifice, the oblatiō was Christ, as he was man, Heb. 10.10. By the which will we are sanctified, euē by the offering of the body of Iesus Christ once made.
The Altar also was Christ, as he was God. Heb. 13.10. We haue an altar, wherof they haue no authority to eate which serue in the tabernacle. Heb. 9.14 How much more shall the bloud of Christ, which through the eternal spirit offered himselfe without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead workes, to serue the liuing God? Hence is it that Christ is sayd to sanctifie him selfe, as he is man. Ioh. 17.19. For their sakes sanctifie I my selfe. Matth. 23.17. As the altar, the gift, and the temple, the gold. Matt. 23.17.
Christ is the Priest, as he is God and man. Heb. 5.6. Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchisedec. 1. Tim. 5.6. One Mediator betweene God & man, the man Christ Iesus, who gaue himselfe a ransome for all men, to be a testimonie in due time.
III. God the Fathers acceptation of that his sacrifice, in which he was well pleased. For, had it bin that God had not allowed of it, Christes suffering had bin in vaine. Matt. 3.17. This is my beloued son, in whom I am well pleased. Eph. 5.1. Euen as Christ loued vs and gaue himselfe for vs to be an offering and a sacrifice of a sweete smelling sauour to God.
IV. Imputation of mans sinne to Christ, wherby his father accounted him as a transgressor, hauing translated the burden of mans sinnes to his [Page] shoulders. Esay. 53.4. He [...] [...]orne our infirmities, and carried our sorrowes: yet we did iudge him as plagued, and smitten of God, and humbled: But hee was wounded for our transgressions, he was broken for our iniquities, &c. and ver. 12. He was counted with the transgressors, and he bore the sinnes of many. 2. Cor. 5.21. He hath made him to be sinne for vs, which knewe no sinne, that we should be made the righteousnesse of God in him.
V. His wonderfull humiliation, consisting of two partes. I. In that he made himselfe of small or no reputation in respect of his Deitie. Philip. 2.7, 8. He made him selfe of no reputation, &c. he humbled himselfe, and became obedient vnto the death, euen to the death of the crosse.
We may not thinke, that this debasing of Christ came, because his diuine nature was either wasted or weakened, but because his Deitie did, as it were, lay aside, and conceale his power and maiestie for a season. And as Irenaeus saith, The Worde rested, that the humane nature might be crucified, and dead.
II. In that he became execrable, which is, by the Law accursed for vs. Gal. 3.10. Cursed is euerie one, that remaineth not in all thinges written in the booke of the Law, to doe them.
This accursednes, is either inward, or outward.
Inward, is the sense of Gods fearefull anger vpon the crosse. Reuel. 19.15. He it is that treadeth the winepresse of the fiercenesse and wrath of Almightie God. Esay. 53.5. He is grieued for our transgressions, the [Page] chastis [...]ent of our p [...] was vpon him, and with hi [...] stripes we were healed. This appeared by those drops of bloud, which issued from him, by his cryings to his Father vpon the crosse, and by sending of Angels to comfort him. Hence was it, that hee so much feared death, which many Martyrs entertained most willingly.
His outward [...]ednesse, standeth in three degrees. I. Death vpō the crosse, which was not imaginarie, but true, because bloud and water issued from his heart. For seeing that water and bloud gushed forth together, it is very like, the cas [...]et or coat which muested the heart, called Peri [...]rdion, was pearced. As Columbus obserueth in his Anotomy. 7. booke. Ioh. 19.34.
His death was necessarie, that he might confirme to vs the Testament, or couenant of grace promised for our sakes. Heb. 9.15, 16. For t [...] cause is h [...] the Mediatour of the nowe Testament, that through death, &c. they which were called, might receiue the promise of e [...]er all inheritance: for where a Testament i [...] there must be the death of him that made the Testament, &c. ver. 17.
II. Buriall, to raisie the certaintie of his death.
III. Descension into hel, which we must not vnderstand, that he went locally into the place of the damned, but that for the time of his abode in the graue he was vnder the ignominious dominion of death. Act. 2.24. Whom God hath raysed vp and loosed the sorrowes of death because in [...] aposstole [...] he should be holden of it. Eph. 4.9. In that [...]e as [...]n [...] [Page] what it is but that he had also descended first into the lowest part of the earth?
It was necessarie that Christ should be captiuated of death, that he might abolish the sting, that is, the power thereof. 1. Cor. 15.55. O death where is thy sting? O hell where is thy uictorie?
Thus we haue heard of Christs meruelous passion, the which (as we may further obserue) is a perfect ransome for the sinnes of all and euery one of the elect. 1. Tim. 2.6. Who gaue himselfe a ransome for all men. For it was more, that Christ the onely begotten sonne of God, yea, God himselfe for a smal while should beare the curse of the Law, then if the whole worlde should haue suffered eternall punishment.
This also is worthy our meditation, that then a man is well grounded in the doctrine of Christes passion, when his heart ceaseth to sinne, and is pricked with the griefe of those sinnes, whereby as with speares he pearced the sides of the immaculate lambe of God. 1. Ioh. 3.6. Who so sinneth, neither hath seene him, nor knowen him. Zach. 12.10. And they shall looke vpon me, whom they haue pearced, and they shall lament for him, as one lamenteth for his onely sonne, and be sorrie for him, as one is sorrie for his first borne.
After Christes passion followeth the fulfilling of the Lawe, by which he satisfied Gods iustice in fulfilling the whole Law. Rom. 8.3.4. God sent his owne sonne, that the righteousnesse of the law might be fulfilled by vs.
[Page]He fulfilled the lawe, partly by the holinesse of his humane nature, and partly by obedience in the workes of the law. Rom. 8.2. The lawe of the spirite of life, which is in Christ Iesus, hath freed me from the law of sinne and of death. Matth. 3.15. It becommeth vs to fulfill all righteousnesse, &c.
Now succeedeth the secōd part of Christs priesthood, namely intercession, whereby Christ is an Aduocate, and intreater of God the father for the faithfull. Rom. 8.34. Christ at the right hand of God, and maketh request for vs. Christs intercession is directed to God the father. 1. Ioh. 2.1. If any man sinne we haue an aduocate with the father, euen Iesus Christ, the iust. Now as the father is first of the Trinitie in order, so if he be appeased, the Sonne and the holy Ghost are appeased also. For there is one and the same agreement and will of all the persons of the Trinitie.
Christ maketh intercession according to both natures. First according to his humanitie, partly by appearing before his father in heauen, partly by desiring the saluation of the elect. Heb. 9.24. Christ is entred into very heauen to appeare now in the sight of God for vs. & 7.25. He is able perfectly to saue them that come to God by him, seeing he euer liueth to make intercession for them. Secondly, according to his deitie, partly by applying the merite of his death, partly by making request by his holy spirite, in the heartes of the elect, with sighes vnspeakeable. 1. Peter 1.2. Elect according to the foreknowledge of the father to the sanctification of the spirit. Rom. 8.26. [Page] The spirit helpeth our infirmities, for we know not what to pray as we ought, but the spirite it selfe maketh request for vs with sighes which cannot be expressed.
We are not therefore to imagine or surmise, that Christ prostrateth himselfe vpon his knees before his fathers throne for vs, neither is it necessary, seeing his very presence before his father, hath in it, the force of an humble petition.
The end of Christes intercession is, that such as are iustified by his merites, should by this meanes continue in the state of grace. Now Christes intercession preserueth the elect in couering their continuall slips, infirmities, and imperfect actions, by an especiall and continuall application of his merites. That by this meanes mans person may remaine iust, and mans workes acceptable to God. 1. Ioh. 2.2. He is a reconciliation for our sinnes, and not for ours only but for the sinnes of the whole worlde. 1. Pet. 2.5. Ye as liuely stones, be made a spirituall house and holy priesthood, to offer vp spirituall sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ. Reuel. 8.3.4. An other Angell came and stoode before the alter hauing a golden censer, and much odours was giuen vnto him that hee should offer with the praiers of all saints vpon the golden alter, which is before the throne, and the smoke of the odours with the praiers of the saintes, went vp before God out of the Angels hand.
Thus farre concerning Christs Priesthood, now follow his Propheticall and Regall offices.
His Propheticall office is that, wherby he immediately from his father reuealeth his worde and all [Page] the meanes of saluation comprised in the same. Ioh. 1.18. The Sonne, which is in the bosome of his father, he hath declared vnto you. Ioh. 8.26. Those thinges which I heare of my father J speake to the world.
The word was first reuealed, partly by visions by dreames, by speech: partly by the instinct & motion of the holy Ghost. Heb. 1.1.2. At sundrie times, & in diuers manners God spake in olde time to our fathers the Prophets: in these last daies he hath spoken to vs by his sonne. 2. Pet. 1.21. Prophecie came not in old time, by the will of man, but holy men of God spake as they were mooued by the holy Ghost.
The like is done ordinarily by the preaching of the word, where the holy Ghost doth inwardly illuminate the vnderstanding. Luke 24.45. Then opened he their vnderstanding, that they might vnderstād the scriptures. 21.15. I will giue you a mouth & wisedome, where against all your aduersaries shall not be able to speake nor resist. Act. 16.14. Whose heart the Lord opened, that she attended to the things that Paul spake.
For this cause Christ is called the Doctor, Lawgiuer and Counseller of his Church Mat. 23.10. Be ye not called Doctors, for one is your Doctor, Iesus Christ, Iam. 4.12. There is one lawgiuer which is able to s [...]e and to destroy. Esay. 9.6. He shall call his name Counseller, &c. Yea, he is the Apostle of our profession. Heb. 3.1. The Angell of the couenant. Mal. 3.1. And the Mediatour of the new couenant. Heb. 9.15. Therfore the soueraigne authoritie of expounding the Scripture, only belongs to Christ: and the Church hath onely the ministerie of iudgement and interpretation [Page] committed vnto her.
Christs Regall office, is that whereby he distributeth his gifts, and disposeth all things for the benefite of the elect. Psal. 2. & 110.31.2. The Lorde saide vnto my Lorde, sit thou on my right hande, till I make thine enemies thy footestoole.
The execution of Christs Regall office comprehendeth his exaltation.
Christs exaltation is that, by which he after his humiliation was by litle and little exalted to glory, and that in sundry respects according to both his natures.
The exaltation of his diuine nature, is an apparant declaration of his diuine properties in his humane nature, without the least alteration thereof. Rom. 1.4. Declared mightily to be the sonne of God, touching the spirite of sanctification by the resurrection from the dead. Act. 2.36. God hath made him both Lord and Christ, whom ye haue crucified.
The exaltation of his humanitie, is the putting off from him his seruile condition, and all infirmities, & the putting on of such habituall gifts, which albeit they are created and finite, yet they haue so great and so maruelous perfection, as possibly can be ascribed to any creature. The gifts of his mind, are wisedome, knowledge, ioy, and other vnspeakable vertues of his bodie, immortalitie, strength, agilitie, vprightnesse. Phil. 3.21. Who shall change our vile bodie, that it may be fashioned like vnto his glorious bodie. Matth. 17.2. He was transfigured before them, and his face did shine as the sunne, and his clothes were [Page] as white as the light. Heb. 1.9. God euen thy God hath annointed thee with oyle of gladnesse aboue thy fellowes.
Christs bodie, although it be thus glorified, yet is it still of a solide substance compassed about, visible, palpable and shall perpetually remaine in some certaine place. Luc. 24.39. Behold my hands, and my feete, it is euen I, touch me, and see: A spirite hath not flesh and bones, as ye see me haue.
There be three degrees of Christs exaltation.
I. His resurrection, wherein by his diuine power he subdued death, & raised vp himselfe to eternall life. 2. Cor. 13 4. Though he was crucified concerning his infirmitie, yet liueth he through the power of God. Mat. 38.6. He is not here, for he is risen, as he sayde, come see the place where the Lord was layde.
The end of Christs resurrectiō, was to shew that his satisfactiō, by his passiō & death, was fully absolute. For one only sin wold haue deteined the Mediator vnder the dominion of death, though he had fully satisfied for al the rest. 1. Cor. 15.17. If Christ be not raised, your faith is in vaine: ye are yet in your sins. Rom. 4.25. Who was deliuered to death for our sinnes, and is risen againe for our iustification.
II. His ascention into heauen, which is a true, locall, and visible translation of Christes humane nature from earth into the highest heauen of the Blessed by the vertue and power of his deitie. Act. 1.9. When he had spoken these thinges, while they beheld, he was takē vp: for a cloud tooke him vp out of their sight: And while they looked stedfastly towards heauē, as he went, behold two men stood by thē in white apparell, [Page] which also said, [...] men of Galile, why stand ye gazing into heauen, this Iesus which is taken vp from you into heauen shall come, as ye haue seene him come into heauen. Eph. 4.10. He ascended far aboue all the heauens.
The end of Christs ascention was, that he might prepare a place for the faithfull, giue them the holy Ghost, and there eternall glorie. Ioh. 14. [...]. In my fathers house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would haue tolde you: I goe to prepare a place for you. chap. 16.7. If I goe not away, the comforter will liue to me and you: but if I depart, I will send him vnto you, &c.
III. His sitting at the right hand of God the father, which figuratiuely signifieth that Christ hath in the highest heauens actually all glory, power, and dominiō. Heb. 1.3. By himself he hath purged our sins, and sitteth at the eight hand of the maiestie in the highest places. Psal. 110.1. The Lord sayde vnto my Lord sit thou at my right hande, till I make thine enemies thy footestoole. 1. Cor. 15.25. He must reigne till hee hath put all his enemies vnder his feete. Act. 7.55. He being full of the holy Ghost looked stedfastly into heauen, and saw the glorie of God and Iesus standing at the right hand of God.
His Regall office hath two parts. The first is his rigiment of the Kingdome of heauen, part whereof is in heauen, part vppon the earth, namely the congregation of the faithfull.
In the gouernment of his Church he exerciseth two prerogatiues royall. The first is to make lawes. Ia. 4.12. Ther is one lawgiuer which is able to saue & to [Page] destroy. The second is to ordeine his ministers. Eph, 4.11. He gaue some to be Apostles, others prophets, others Euangelists, some pastors and teachers, &c. 1. Cor. 12.28. God hath ordeined some in the Church, as first Apostles, secondly prophets, thirdly teachers, then them that do miracles, after that the gifts of healing, helpers, gouernours, diuersitie of tungs.
Christs gouernment of the Church, is either his collection of it out of the worlde, or conseruation being collected. Eph. 4.12. Psal. 10.
The second parte of his Regall office, is the destruction of the kingdome of darkenes. Colos. 1.13. Who hath deliuered vs from the kingdome of darkenes. Psal. 2.9. Thou shalt crush them with a Scepter of Iron. and break them in peeces like a potters vessell. Luke. 19.27. Those mine enemies, that would not, I should reigne ouer them, bring hether, and slay them before me.
The kingdome of darknes, is the whole company of Christs enemies.
The Prince of this kingdome, and of all the members thereof, is the deuill. Ephes. 2.2. Ye walked once according to the course of the worlde, and after the Prince that ruleth in the aire, euen the Prince that now worketh in the children of disobedience. 2. Cor. 4.4. The God of this worlde hath blinded the eyes of the infidels, 2. Corinth. 6.15. What concorde hath Christ with Belial, or what parte hath the beleeuer with the infidel.
The members of this kingdome, and Subiectes to Satan, are his Angels, and vnbeleeuers, amongst whome, the principall members are Atheistes, who say in their hart, there is no God. Psalm. 14.1. And [Page] Magitians, who bargaine with the deuill, to accomplish their desires. 1. Sam. 28.7. Psal. 58.5. Idolaters, who either adore false Gods, or the true God in an idole. 1. Corinth. 10.7.20. Turks and Iewes are of this bunch, so are Heretikes, who are such as erre with pertinacie in the foundation of Religion. 2. Tim. 2.18. Apostates, or reuolts from faith in Christ Iesus. Heb. 6.6. False Christs, who beare men in hand, they are true Christs. Matth. 24.26. There were many such, about the time of our Sauiour Christ his firste comming, as Iosephus witnesseth, book 20. of Iewish antiquitie, the 11, 12. and 14. Chapters. Lastlye, That Antichrist, who, as it is now apparant, can be none other but the Pope of Rome. 2. Thes. 2.3. Let no man deceiue you by any meanes, for that day shall not come, except there come a departing firste, and that that man of sin be disclosed, euen the Sonne of perdition, which is an aduersarie, and exalteth himselfe against all that is called God, or that is worshipped: so that he dooth sit as God in the Temple of God, shewing himselfe that he is God. Reuel. 13.11. And I behelde another beast comming out of the earth, which had two hornes like the lambe, but he spake like the dragon. And he did all that the first beast could doo before him, and caused the earth, and them that dwell therein, to worshippe the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.
There were then, first, Antichrist at Rome, when the Bishops therof would be entitled Vniuersal, or supreme gouernours of the whole world, but then were they complete, when they, with ecclesiasticall censure vsurped ciuill authoritie.
Chap. 19. Concerning the outward meanes of Executing the decree of election, and of the Decalogue.
AFter the foundation of election, which hath hitherto bene deliuered, it followeth, that we should entreat of the outward means of the same.
The meanes are Gods couenant, and the seale thereof.
Gods couenant, is his contract with man, concerning life eternall, vpon certain conditions.
This couenant consisteth of two partes: Gods promise to man, Mans promise to God.
Gods promise to man, is that, wherby he bindeth himselfe to man to be his God, if he breake not the condition.
Mans promise to God, is that, whereby he voweth his allegiance vnto his Lord, and to perfourme the condition between them.
Againe, there are two kindes of this couenaunt. The couenant of works, and the couenant of grace. Iere. 31.31, 32, 33. Beholde, the dayes come saith the Lord, that I will make a newe couenaunt with the house of Israell, and with the house of Iudah, Not according to the couenaunt that I made with their Fathers, when I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egipt: the which my couenaunt they brake although I was husband to them, saith the Lord. But this shalbe the couenāt, that I wil make with the house of Israel: after those [Page] dayes, saith the Lord, I will put my lawe in their inward partes, and write it in their harts, and will be their God, and they shalbe my people.
The couenant of works, is Gods couenant, made with condition of perfect obedience, and is expressed in the morrall Law.
The Morrall Law, is that parte of Gods woord, which commandeth perfect obedience vnto man, as well in his nature, as in his actions, and forbiddeth the contrarie. Rom. 10.5. Moses thus describeth the righteousnes which is of the Law, that the man which doth these things, shall liue therby. 1. Tim. 1.5. The end of the commaundements, is loue aut of a pure ba [...]t, and of a good conscience, and faith vnfained. Luk. 16.27. Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God, with all thine hart, with all thy soule, and with all thy strength. Rom. 7. We knowe that the Law is spirituall.
The Law hath two partes. The Edict, commanding obedience, and the condition binding to obedience. The condition, is eternall life to such as fulfill the Lawe: but to transgressors, euerlasting death.
The Decalogue or ten commaundements, is an abridgement of the whole Lawe, and the couenant of workes. Exo. 34.27. And the Lord said vnto Moses, write thou these woordes, for after the tenor of these words, I haue made a couenant with thee, and with Jsrael. And was there with the Lord forty dayes, and forty nights, and did neither eate bread, nor drinke water, and he wrote in the Tables the wordes of the couenant, euen the ten commaundements. 1. King. 8.9. Nothing was in [Page] the Arke, saue the two Tables of Stone, which Moses had put there at Horeb, where the Lord made a couenaunt with the Children of Israell, when he brought them out of the Land of Egipt. Matth. 22.40. On these two Commaundementes hangeth the whole Lawe and the Prophets.
The true interpretation of the Decalogue, must be according to these rules.
I. In the negatiue, the affirmatiue must be vnderstood: and in the affirmatiue, the negatiue.
II. The Negatiue, bindeth at all times, and to all times: but the affirmatiue bindeth at all times, but not to all times: and therfore negatiues are of more force.
III. Vnder one vice expressely forbidden, are comprehended all of that kinde, yea, the least cause occasion, or entisement thereto, is aswel forbidden, as that. 1. Ioh. 3.15. VVhosoeuer hateth his brother, is a manslayer. Mat. 5.21. to the end. Euill thoughtes are condemned, as well as euill actions.
IV. The smallest sinnes are entituled with the same names, that that sinne is, which is expresselye forbidden in that commaundement, to which they appertaine. As in the former places, hatred is named murther, and to looke after a woman with a lusting eye, is adulterie.
The Decalogue, is described in two Tables.
The summe of the firste Table, is, that we loue God vvith our minde, memorie, affections, and all our strength, Mat. 22.37. This is the first, (to wit, in nature and order) and great commaundement, (namely, [Page] in excellencie, and dignitie.)
Chap. 20. Of the first Commaundement.
THe first Table hath foure commaundements.
The first, teacheth vs to haue and choose the true God for our God. The words are these.
I am Jehouah thy God, which brought thee out of the Land of Aegipt, out of the house of bondage. Thou shalt haue none other God but me.
The Resolution.
J am. If any man rather iudge, that these wordes are a preface to all the commaundementes, then a parte of the first, I hinder him not: Neuertheles, it is like, that they are a perswasion to the keeping of the first commaundement: and that they are set before it, to make way vnto it: as being more hard to be receiued, then the rest. And this may appeare, in that the three commaundements next following, haue their seuerall reasons.
Iehouah. Namely, such one, as from all eternitie, was of, and in himselfe, causing all things to be, whē they were not, partly by creating, partlye by gouerning them. Here beginneth the first reason of the firste commaundement, taken from the name of God: it is thus framed.
The proposition is wanting: the assumption is [Page] in these words (J am Jehouah) the conclusion is the commaundement.
Thy God. These are the wordes of the couenant of grace. Iere. 32.33. Whereby the Lord promiseth to his people, remission of sinnes, and eternall life. These woordes are as a second reason of the commaundement, drawen from the equalitie of that relation, which is between God and his people.
If J be thy God, thou againe must be my people, and take me alone for thy God.
But J am thy God.
Therefore thou must be my people, and take me alone for thy God.
The assumption or second part of this reason, is confirmed by an argumēt taken from Gods effects, whē he deliuered his people out of Egipt, as it were, from the seruitude of a moste tirannous maister. This deliuery was not appropriate onely to the Israelites, but in some sorte to the Church of God in all ages: in that it was a tipe of a more surpassing deliuery, from that fearefull kingdome of darkenes, 1. Cor. 10.1, 2. J would not haue you ignorant, bretheren, that all our Fathers were vnder the cloude, and all passed through the red Sea, and were all baptized vnto Moses in the cloude, and in the Sea, Colos. 1.13. Who hath deliuered vs from the power of darkenes, and translated vs into the kingdome of his deere Sonne.
Other Gods, or strange Gods. They are so called, not that they by nature are such, or can be, but because the corrupt, and more then diuelish hart of carnall man esteemeth so of them. Philip. 3.19. Whose God [Page] is their belly. 1. Cor. 4.4. Whose mindes the God of this worlde hath bewitched.
Before my fate. That is, (figuratiuely) in my sight or presence to whome the secret imaginations of the hart are knowen: and this is the third reason of the first commaundement as if he should saye, If thou in my presence reiect me, it is a [...]hemous offence: see therfore thou do it not. After the same manner reasoneth the Lord. Gen. 17.1. I am God almightie, therfore walke vpright.
The Affirmatiue parte.
Make choice of Jehouah to be thy God. The duties here commaunded, are these.
I. To acknowledge God, that is, to know and confesse him, to be such a God, as he hath reueiled himselfe to be in his worde, and creatures. Col. 1.10. Increasing in the knowledge of God. Iere. 24.7. And I will giue them an [...]rt to know me, that I am the Lord, and they shall be my people, and I will be their God: for they shall returne vnto me with their whole hart. In this knowledge of god must we glory. Ier. 9.24. Let him that glorieth, glorye in this, that he vnderstandeth and knoweth me: for I am the Lord which shew mercy, iudgment, and righteousnes in the earth.
II. An vnion with God, wherby man is knit in hart to God. Iosh. 23.8. Sticke fast vnto the Lord your God, as ye haue done vnto this day. Act. 11.23. He exhorted all, that with purpose of hart, they would cleaue to the Lord. Man cleaueth vnto God three manner of [...]ayes: in affiance, in loue, and feare of God.
[Page]Affiance, is that, whereby a man acknowledging the power and mercy of GOD, and in him, against all assaultes whatsoeuer, doth stedfastlye rest himselfe. 2. Chro. 20.20. Put your trust in the Lord your God, and ye shalbe assured, beleeue his Prophets, and ye shall prosper. Psal. 27.1. God is my light, and my saluation, whom should J feare? God is the strength of my life, of whom should J be afraide? vet, 3, Though an hoste pitched against me, mine hart should not be afraide: though warre be raised against me, J will be secure.
Hence ariseth patience, and alacritie in present perils. Psal. 39.19. J should haue bene dumbe, and not opened my mouth, because thou diddest it. 2. Sam. 16.10. The King said, what haue J to doo with you, ye Sonnes of Zeruiah? Jf he cursed, because the Lord saide curse Dauid, what is he that dare say, why doost thou so? Gen. 45.5. Be not sadde, neither greeued with your selues, that ye solde me hither: for God did send me before you, for your preseruation. ver. 8. Now then, you sent me not, but God himselfe. 2. Kings. 6.16. Feare not, for they that be with vs, are moe, then they, that be with them.
This affiance engendreth hope, which is a patient exspectation of Gods presence and assistance, in all things that are to come. Psalm. 37.5. Commit thy way vnto the Lord, and trust in him, and he shal bring it to passe. vers. 7. Waeite patiently vpon the Lord, and hope in him. Pro. 16.3. Commit thy woorkes vnto the Lord, and thy thoughts shalbe directed.
The loue of God, is that, whereby man, acknowledging Gods goodnes and fauour towardes him, doth again loue him aboue al things. Deut. 6.5. [Page] Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God, with all thine hart, with all thy soule, and with al thy strength.
The marks of the true loue of God, are these.
I. To heare willinglye his woorde. II. To speake often of him. III. To think often of him. IIII. To doo his will without irkesomnes. V. To giue bodye, and all for his cause. VI. To desire his presence aboue all, and to bewaile his absence. VII. To embrace all such thinges as appertaine to him. VIII. To loue and hate that, which he loueth and hateth. IX. In all thinges to seeke to please him. X. To drawe others vnto the loue of him. XI. To esteeme lightly of such giftes and graces as he bestoweth. XII. To staye our selues vpon his counsailes reueiled in his word. Lastly, to call vpon his name with affiance.
The feare of God, is that wherby man, acknowledging Gods both mercye and iustice, dooth, as it were a capitall crime, feare to displease God. Psal. 130.3. With thee is mercie, that thou maist be feared. Haba. 3.16. When I heard it, my bellye trembled, my lyps shooke at the voice: rottennes entred into my bones, and I trembled in my selfe, that I might rest in the daye of trouble, when he commeth vp against the people to destroy them. Psal. 4.4. Tremble and sinne not.
Hence ariseth the godly mans desire, to approue himselfe in all thinges to his God. Gen. 5.22. And Henoch walked with GOD, after that, &c. Gen. 17.1. God saide to him, I am all sufficient, walke before me and be thou perfect.
Out of these three former vertues, proceedeth [Page] humilitye, where by a man acknowledging Gods free bounty, and prostrating himselfe before him, dooth ascribe vnto him all praise and glory. 1. Cor. 1.13. Let him that glorieth, glory in the Lord. 1. Pet. 15.5. Decke your selues inwardlye with lowlines of minde, for God resisteth the proude, and giueth grace to the humble. Verse. 6. Humble your selues therefore vnder the mighty hand of God, that he may exalte you in due time. 1, Chron, 29.10.11. And Dauid saide, Blessed be thou O Lord God of Israell our fathers for euer, and Thine, O Lord, is greatnes, and power, and glorye, and victorye, and prayse: for all that is in heauen, and in earth is thine, &c. And verse 14. But who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to offer willinglye on this sort, for all things come of thee, and of thine own hand we haue giuen thee, &c.
The negatiue parte.
Account not that as God, which is by nature no God, In this place, are these sinnes forbidden.
I. Ignorance of the true God, and his wil, which is not only not to know, but also to doubt of such things, as God hath reueiled in his word. Iere. 4.22. My people is foolish, they haue not knowne me: they are foolish children, and haue none vnderstanding, they are wise to doo euill, but to doo well, they haue no knowledge. Iere. 9.3. They proceed from euill to worse, and haue not knowen me, saith the Lord.
II. Atheisme, when the hart denyeth either God, or his attributes: as his Iustice, Wisdome prouidence, presence. Psal. 14.1. The foole hath saide [...] [Page] his hart, there is no God. Ephe. 2.12. Ye had no hope, and were without God in the worlde. Malach. 1.2. I loue you saith the Lord, and ye say, wherin louest thou vs? Mala. 3.13. Your woords haue bene stovt against me, saith the Lord, yet ye say, wherin haue we spoken against thee? ver. 14. Yee haue saide, it is in vaine to serue God: and what profit is it that we haue kept his commavndements, and that we walked humbly before the Lord of hostes?
III. Errours concerning God, the persons of the Deitie, or the attributes. Heere is to be reprooued Hellenisme, which is the acknowledging and adoring of a multitude of Gods. August. in his 6. book of the Cittie of God, chap. 7.
Againe, Iudaisme is heere condemned, which worshippeth one God without Christ.
The like may be said of the heresies of the Maniches, and Marcia, who denye God the Father: of Sabellius, denying the distinction of three persons: and Arrius, who saith, that Christ the sonne of God, is not very God.
IIII. To withdrawe and remoue the affections of the hart, from the Lord, and set them vpon other things. Esay. 26.13. The Lord saide, this people draweth neere me with their mouth, and honour me with their lippes, but their hart is farre from me. Iere. 12.2. Thou art neere in their mouth, and far from their reines. The hart is many waies withdrawen from God.
I. By distrust in God. Heb. 10.38. The iust shall liue by faith, but if any withdraw himselfe, my soule shall haue no pleasure in him. From this diffidence arise: I. Impatience in suffering afflictions. Iere. 10.14. [Page] Cursed be the day wherin I was borne, and let not the day wherin my mother bare me, be blessed. Cursed be the man that shewed my Father, saying, a man Childe is borne vnto thee, and comforted him. Verse 18. How is it that I came forth of the womb, to see labour and sorrowe, that my dayes should be consumed with shame.
II. Tempting of God, when such as distrust, or rather contemne him, seeke signes of Gods trueth and power. Matth. 4.7. Thou shalt not tempt the Load thy God. 1. Corinth. 10.6. Neither let vs tempt God, as they tempted him, and were destroyed by Serpents. vers. 10. Neither murmure as some of them murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer. III. Desperation. Gen. 4.13. Mine iniquitie is greater then can be pardoned. 1. Thes. 4.13. Sorrow ye not as they which haue no hope. IIII. Doubtfulnes concerning the trueth of Gods benefits present, or to come. Psal. 116.11. I sayde in mine haste, all men are lyers.
II. Confidence in creatures, whether it be in their strength as Ieremy 17.5. Cursed is the man tha [...] hath his confidence in man, and maketh fleshe his arme, but his hart slideth from the Lord. Or riches. Matth. 6.24. Ye cannot serue God, and riches. Ephes. 5.5. No couetous person, which is an idolater, hath inheritance in the kingdome of Christ and of God. Or defenced places. Ieremy 49.16. Thy feare, and the pride of thine hart hath deceiued thee, thou that dwellest in the cleftes of the Rocke, and keepest the height of the hill: though thou shouldest make thy nest as high as the Eagle, I will bring thee downe from thence saith the Lord. Or pleasure, and dainties: to such their bollye is their God. [Page] Phil. 3.14. Or in Phisitians. 2. Chron. 16.12. And Asa in the nine and thirteth yeere of his reign, was diseased in his feet, and his disease was extreme, yet he sought not the Lord in his disease, but to the Phisitians. Briefly, to this place principallye maye be adioyned that diuelish confidence, which Magitians and all such as take aduise at them, doo put in the deuill, and his workes, Leuit. 20.6. If any turne after such as woorke with spirites, and after southsayers, to goe a whoring after them, then will I set my face against that person, and will cut him off from amongst his people. The Deuill is as it were Gods ape. For he hath also his words, his sacraments, his faith.
III. The loue of the creature, aboue the loue of God, Matth. 10.37. He that loueth Father or Mother more then me, is not woorthye of mee: and hee that loueth Sonne or Daughter more then mee, is not worthie of me. Iohn. 12.43. They loued the prayse of man, more then the praise of God. To this belongeth selfe loue. 2. Tim. 3.2.
IV. Hatred and contempt of God, when men flyeth from God and his wrath, when he punisheth offences. Romans 8.7. The wisdome of the flesh is enmytye with God, Rom. 1.30. Haters of God, doers of wrong.
V. Want of the feare of God, Psal. 36.1. Wickednes saith to the wicked man, euen in mine hart, that there is no feare of God before his eyes.
VI. Feare of the Creatures, more then the Creator. Reuelation 21.8. The fearefull and vnbeleeuing, shall haue their parte in the lake which burneth [Page] with fire and brimstone. Mathew 10.28. Feare not them which kill the bodye, but feare him that canne cast both body and soule into hell fire. Iere 10.2. Be not afraide of the signes of heauen, though the heathen be afraide of such.
VII. Hardnes of hart or carnall securitie, when a man neither acknowledge Gods iudgmēt, nor his owne sinnes, dreameth that he is safe from Gods vengeance, and such perils, as arise from sin. Romans. 2.5. Thou after thine hardnes, and hart that cannot repent, heapest to thy selfe wrath against the daie of wrath. Luke. 21.34. Take heed to your selues, least at any time, your harts be oppressed with surfeiting, and drunkennes, and cares of this life, and least that day come on you at vnawares.
These also doo ioyntly ingender pride, wherby man ascribeth all he hath that is good, not to God, but to his own merite and industrie, referring, and disposing them wholy vnto his own proper credit. 1. Corinth. 4.6. That ye might learne by vs, that no man presume aboue that which is written, that one swell not against another for any mans cause. Verse 7. For who seperateth thee? or what hast thou, that thou hast not receiued? if thou hast receiued it, why reioycest thou, as though thou hadst not receiued it? Gene. 3.5. God dooth know, that when ye shall eate thereof, your eyes shalbe opened, and ye shall be as Gods, knowing good and euill. The highest staier of prides ladder, is that fearefull presumption, by which manye clime rashelye into Gods seat of maiestie, as if they were Gods. Actes. 12.22, 23. The people gaue a showte, saying. The voice [Page] of God, and not of man: But immediatlye the Angell of the Lord smote him, because he gaue not glory vnto God, so that he was eaten vp of woorms, and gaue vp the ghost. 2. Thessalonians. 2.4. Which is an aduersarie, and ex [...]eth himselfe against all that is called God, or that is worshipped: so that he dooth sit in the Temple of God, shewing himselfe that he is God.
Chap. 21. Of the second Commaundement.
HItherto haue we entreated of the firste Commaundement, teaching vs to entertaine into our heartes, and to make choice of one onely God. The other three of the firste Table, concerne that holy profession, which we must make towards the same god. For first, it is necessary to make choise of the true God. Secondly, to make profession of God.
In the profession of God, we are to consider the partes thereof, and the time appointed for this profession.
The partes are two. The solemne worshipping of God, and the glorifying of him.
The second commaundement describeth such holy and solemne worship, as is due vnto God. The words of the commaundement are these.
Thou shalt make thee no gra [...]en Image, neither any similitude of any thinges that are in heauen aboue, neither that are in the earth beneath, nor in the water vnder the earth: thou shalt not bow downe to them, neither serue [Page] them, for I am the Lord thy God, a beloue God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children, vpon the third generation, and vpon the fourth of them that hate me, and shewing mercie vnto thousandes, vpon them that loue me and keepe my commaundements.
The resolution.
Thou shalt not make. This is the first part of the cō mandement, forbidding to make an idoll: Now an idoll is not onely a certaine representation, and image, of some feigned God, but also of the true Iehoua. The which may be proued against the papistes by these arguments. The first is Deut. 4.15.16. Take therefore good heeds vnto your selues, for ye saw no image in the day that the Lorde spake vnto you in Horeb, out of the middes of the fire, that ye corrupt not your selues, and make you a grauen image or representation of any figure: whether it be the likenesse of male of female. Out of the words vttered by Moses, a reason may be framed thus.
If ye saw no image (namely of God) ye shal make none.
But ye saw no image, onely ye heard a voice.
Therefore ye shall make no image of God.
The second reason: That idolatrie which the Israelites committed, the very same is prohibited in this commaundement.
But the Israelites idolatrie was the worship of God in an image. Hoseah. 2.16. At that day, saith the Lord, thou shalt call me no more Baali, but shalt call me Ishe. Exod. 32.5. Aaron proclaimed, saying, to morrow shall be the holy day to the Lord.
Therefore the worshipping of God is an image, [Page] is here prohibited.
Any grauen image. Here the more speciall is put for the more generall, namely, a grauen image for all counterfeit meanes of Gods worship.
The first part of the cōmandement is here illustrated, by a double distribution. The first is drawn from the causes. Thou shalt not make thee any idol, whether it be engrauen in wood, or stone: or whether it be painted in a table. The second is taken frō the place. Thou shalt not make thee an idoll of things in heauen, as starres, and birdes: or in the earth, as of man, woman, beastes: or vnder the earth, as fishes.
This place is so expounded by Moses. Deut. 4.14. to the 20. vers.
Thou shall not bow downe to them. This is the second part of the commaundement, forbidding all men to fall downe before an idoll. In this worde, bowe downe, is againe the speciall put for the generall: for in it is inhibited all feigned worshippe of God.
For I. These words are a confirmation of this commaundement, perswading to obedience, by foure reasons.
The Lord (which is strong.) The first reason, God is strong, & so able to reuenge idolatry. Heb. 10.31.
Aielous God. This speech is taken from the estate of wedlocke, for God is called the husband of his Church. Esay. 54.5. Ephes. 5.26, 27. and our spirituall worshippe is, as it were a certaine marriage of our soules, consecrated vnto the Lorde. Ierm. 2.2. I remember thee with the kindnesse of thy youth, and [Page] the loue of thy marriage, when thou wentest after me in the wildernes, in a land that was not sowen. Here is an other argument drawen from a cōparison of things that be like. Gods people must alone worship him, because they are linked to him as a wife is to her husband, vnto whome alone she is bound: therfore if his people forsake him, and betroth them selues vnto idols, he will vndoubtedly giue them a bill of diuorcement, and they shall be no more espoused vnto him.
Visuing. To visite, is not only to punish the Children for the fathers offences, but to take notice, & apprehend them in the same faults: by reason they are giuen ouer to commit their fathers transgressions, that for them they may be punished. And this is the third reason drawen from the effects of gods anger.
Hate me. It may be, this is a secret aunswere, the obiection wherof is not here in expresse woordes set downe, but may be thus framed. What if we vse idols to inflame, and exite in vs a loue and remembrance of thee. The aunswere is this by the contrary: You may think that your vse of idoles kindleth in you a loue of mee, but it is so farre from that, that all such as vse them cannot choose but hate me.
Shew mercy. The fourth reason deriued from the effects of Gods mercy to such as obserue this commaundement. Here may we first obserue that gods mercy exceedeth his iustice. Psalme. 103.8. The Lord is full of compassion and mercy, slowe to anger and of greate kindenesse. verse. 17. The louing kindnesse of [Page] the Lord endureth for euer. ver. 9. He will not alwayes chide, neither keepe his anger for euer. Secondly we may not surmise, that this excellent promise is made to euery one particularly, who is borne of faithful parents. For godly Isaak had godlesse Esau to his sonne, and godlesse Saul, had godly Ionathan.
The negatiue part.
Thou shalt neither worship false Gods, nor the true God with a false worshippe. Many thinges are here forbidden.
I. The representation of God, by an image. For it is a lie. Habak. 2.18. What profiteth the image? for the maker thereof hath made it an image and a teacher of lies. Zach. 10.2. The idoles haue spoken vanitie. Ier. 10.8. The stocke is a doctrine of vanitie. The Eliber Councel in the 39. canon hath this edict. We thought it not meete to haue images in Churches, lest that which is worshipped and adored, should be painted vpon walles. Clement. booke 5. ad Iacob. Do. That serpent by others is wont to speake these wordes: we in honour of the inuisible God, are accustomed to adore visible images, the which out of all controuersie, is verie false. August. in his treatise vpon the 113. Psal.
The image also of the crosse and Christ crucified, ought to be abolished out of churches, as the brasen serpent was. 2. King. 18.4. Hezekiah is cōmended for breaking in peeces the brasen serpent, to which the children of Israel did thē burne incense. This did Hezekiah, albeit at the first this serpent [Page] was made by the Lordes appointment. Nomb. 21.8. and was a type of Christes passion. Ioh. 3.14. Origen in his 7. booke against Celsus. We permit not any to adore Iesus vpon the alters, in images, or vpon church walles: because it is written, thou shalt haue none other gods but me.
Epiphanius, in that Epistle which he wrote to Iohn Bishop of Hierusalem, sayth it is against the custome of the Church to see any image hanging in the church, whether it be of Christ, or any other saint, and therefore euen with his owne handes rent he a sunder the vaile, wherein such an image was painted.
Some obiect the figure or signe, which appeared to Constantine, wherein he should ouercome, but it was not the signe of the crosse (as the Papists do triflingly imagine) but of Christes name: for the thing was made of these two greeke letters, [...] conioyned together. Euseb. in the life of Constantine. booke 1. chap. 22.25.
Neither serue the cherubimes, which Salomon placed in the temple, for the defence of images: for they were onely in the holy of holiest, where the people could not see them. And they were types of the glory of the Messiah, vnto whom the very Angels were subiect: the which we haue now verified in Christ.
If any man reply, that they worshippe not the image, but God in the image: let him knowe that the creature can not comprehend the image of the creator, and if it could, yet God would not be worshipped in it, because it is a dead thing: yea the [Page] worke of mans handes, not of Gods: and therfore is more base, then the smallest liuing creature of the which wee may lawfully say, it is the worke of God. This euinceth, that no kinde of diuine worship belongeth to an image, neither simply or by relation, whatsoeuer the sophisticall schoole-men iangle to the contrary.
If any man be yet desirous of images, he may haue at hand the preaching of the gospell, a liuely image of Christ crucified. Gal. 3.1. O foolish Galatians, who hath bewitched you that ye should not obey the truth, to whome Iesus Christ before was described in your sight, and among you crucified? The like may be said of the two Sacraments. And that saying of Clemens is true, in his 5. booke of Recognit. If you will truely adore the Image of GOD, doo good vnto man, and ye shall woorship his true image: for man is the image of GOD.
II. The least approbation of idolatry. Hos. 13.2. They say one to another whilest they sacrifice a man, let them kisse the calues. Now a kis, is an externall signe of some allowance of a thing. Gen. 48.11.
Therefore it is vnlawfull to be present at Masse, or any idolatrous seruice, though our minds be absent. 1. Cor. 6.20. Ye are bought with a price, therfore glorifie God in your body, and in your sperites, which are Gods. Rom. 11.4. What saith the Scripture? I haue reserued vnto my selfe seuen thousand men, which haue not bowed the knee to Baal. Euseb. 3. book. The Martyrs, when they were haled vnto the Temples of idoles, cried out, and with a loud voice in the middes of their [Page] tortures testified, that they were not idolatros sacrificers but professed and constant Christians, reioycing greatly that they might make such a confession.
That which may be obiected of Naaman the Syrian, who woorshiped in the Temple of Rimmon, is thus answered, that he did it not with purpose to commit idolatrie, but to performe that ciuil obeysance, which he was wont to exhibit to the Kings Maiestie. 2. King. 5.17, 18.
And for this cause are vtterly forbidden all such.
Processions, plaies, and such feastes, as are consecrated to the memorial and honour of Idoles. Exodus. 32.6. They rose vp the next day in the morning, and offered burnt offrings, and brought peace offring, also the people sate them downe to eat and drinke, & rose vp to play. 1. Cor. 10.7. Neither be ye idolaters as some of them were, as it is written &c. And Paule 1. Cor. 8.4. to the end. Earnestly dehorteth the Corinthians from sitting at table in the idols temple; albeit they knowe that an idole is nothing in the world. Tripartite history booke. 6. Chap. 30. Certaine souldiers refused to adore, as the custome was, the banner of Iulian, in which were painted the Images of Jupiter, Mercury and Mars: others bring againe the rewards which they, after they had burned incense on an alter in the Emperoures presence, had receiued: Cryinge, that they were Christians, and would liue and dye in that profession: and as for their former fact, it was of ignoraunce: yea though they had polluted handes with idolatrie of the Paynims, yet they kept their consciences cleane.
[Page]III. All reliques, and monuments of idols: for these, after the idoles thēselues are once abolished, must be rased out of all memorie. Exod. 23.13. Ye shall make no mention of the name of other gods, neither shall it be heard out of thy mouth. Esay. 30.22. And ye shall pollute the couering of the images of siluer, and the rich ornament of the images of golde, and cast them away as a monstruous cloth, and thou shalt say vnto it, Get thee hence.
IV. Societie with infidels, is here vnlawfull, that serueth not onely to maintaine concord, but also to ioyne men in brotherly loue. Of this societie, there are many branches.
The first, is Marriage with infidels. Gen. 6.2. The sonnes of God saw the daughters of men, that they were faire, and they tooke them wiues of all that they liked. Malac. 2.11. Iudah hath transgressed, and an abomination is committed in Israel, and in Ierusalem: for Iudah hath defiled the holinesse of the Lord, which he loued, and hath married the daughters of a strange god. Ezra. 9.14. Should we returne to breake thy cōmandements, and ioyne in affinitie with the people of such abomination? 2. King. 8.18. He walked in the wayes of the kings of Israel, as did the house of Ahab: for the daughter of Ahab was his wife: and he did euill in the sight of the Lord.
The second, is the league in warre: namely, a mutuall confederacie, to assist one another in the same warre, and to haue one and the same enemies. This is sundry wayes impious. I. If it be vnlawfull to craue assistance of Gods enemies, it is likewise [Page] vnlawfull to indent with them, that we will assist thē. II. It obscureth Gods glory, as though he him self, either would not, or could not aide his church. III. It is a thousande to one, least we be infected with their idolatrie, and other impieties. IV. It endangereth vs to be made partakers of their punishments. V. 2. Chron. 19.2. And Iehu the sonne of Hauanas the Seer, went out to meete him, and saide to King Iehoshaphat, wouldest thou helpe the wicked, and loue them that hate the Lord? therefore for this thing is the wrath of the Lord vpon thee.
The third, is Traffique: as when a man wittingly and willingly, doth, in hope to enrich him selfe, make sale of such things, as he knoweth, must serue to an idolatrous vse. This condemneth all those marchantes, which transport to idolatours, and sell them frankincense, waxe, cloth, or other such thinges as helpe them in the seruice of their idols.
The fourth, is triall of sutes in Law before Iudges which are infidels. 1. Cor. 9.6. Brother goeth to law with brother, and that vnder infidels.
The fifth, is the worshipping of the beast, and receiuing his marke. Reuel. 14.9. If any man worship the beast, and his image, and receiue the marke in his forehead, or on his hand vers. 10. The same shall drinke of the wine of the wrath of God. This beast is the Church of Rome, I meane not that old, but this new Rome, now no better then an hereticall, and apostaticall Synagogue.
V. Wilworshippe, when God is worshipped [Page] with a naked and bare good intention, not warranted by the word of God. Coloss. 2.23. Which things in deede haue a shew of wisedome in voluntarie religion, and humblenesse of minde, and in not sparing the bodie: neither haue they it in any estimation to satisfie the flesh. 1. Sam. 13.9, 10. And Saul sayde, Bring a burne offring to me, and peace offrings: & he offered a burnt offering. And assoone as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering, behold, Samuel came, and ver. 13. said to Saul, thou hast done foolishly, thou hast not kept the commandement of the Lord God, which he commaunded thee. Hitherto may we adde popish superstitions in sacrifices, meates, holydayes, apparell, temporarie and beadridden prayers, indulgences, auster life, whippings, ceremonies, gestures, gate, conuersation, pilgrimage, building of Altars, pictures, Churches, and all other of that rabble.
To these may be added, consort, musicke in diuine seruice, feeding the eares, not edifying the minde. 1. Corinth. 14.15. What is it then? I will pray with the spirite, but I will pray with the vnderstanding also. I will sing with the spirite, but I will sing with the vnderstanding also. Iustinus Martyr in his booke of Christian Quaest. and Ans. 107. It is not the custome of the Churches, to sing their meeters with anie such kinde of instruments, &c. but their manner is only to vse plaine song.
Lastly, monasticall vowes, which I. repugne the Law of God: as that vnchaste vowe of single life, and proud promise of pouertie do plainely euince: For he that laboureth not, must not eate, sayth Paule: [Page] and it is better to marrie, then to b [...]rne in lust, sayth the same Paule. II. They are greater, then mans nature can perfourme: as in a single life, to liue perpetually chaste. III. They disanull Christian libertie, and make such thinges necessarie, as are indifferent. IIII. They renue Iudaisme. V. They are idolatrous, because they make them partes of Gods worship, and esteeme them as meritorious.
VI. Hypocrisie, which giueth to God painted worship, that is, if you regard outward behauiour, great synceritie: if the inward and heartie affections, none at all. Matth. 15.7. Hypocrites, well hath Esaias prophecied of you, saying, This people commeth neere me with their mouth, & honor me with their lips, but their heart is farre from me. Psal. 10.4. The wicked man is so proud, that he seeketh not for God.
The effects of hypocrisie, are these. I. To seeke the pompe and glory of the world, & by all meanes to enrich it selfe, notwithstanding it make a glorious shew of the seruice of God. II. It is sharpe sighted, and hath eagles eies to obserue other mens behauiour, when in the regarding his owne, it is as blind as a beetle. III. To be more curious in the obseruation of ancient traditions, then the statutes and commandements of almightie God. IV. To stumble at a straw and skip ouer a blocke, that is, to omit serious affaires, and hunt after trifles. Matth. 23.4. V. To do all thinges that they may be seene of men. Matth. 6.5.
Popish fasting, is meere hypocrisie: because it [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] standeth in the distinction of meates, and it is vsed with an opinion of merite.
External abstinence from meates, without internall and spirituall fasting from sinne, and vnlawfull desires. Esay. 58.5, 6. Is this such a fast, as I haue chosen, that a man should afflict his soule for a day, and bow downe his head as a bulrush, & lie downe in sackcloth and ashes? wilt thou call this a fasting, or an acceptable day vnto the Lord? Is not this the fasting that I haue chosen, to loose the bandes of wickednesse, to take off the heauie burdens, and to let the oppressed goe free, and that ye breake euery yoke?
VII. Contempt, neglect, and intermission of Gods seruice. Reuel. 3.15, 16. I know thy workes, that thou art neither cold nor hote, J would thou werest cold or hote. Therefore because thou art luke warme, and neither cold nor hote, it will come to passe, that I shall spewe thee out of my mouth.
VIII. Corrupting of Gods worship, and that order of gouernement, which he hath ordeined for his Church: the which is done, when any thing is added, detracted, or any way, against his prescript, mangled. Deut. 12.32. Euery thing which I cōmand you, that do: neither adde to it, nor detract from it. This condemneth that Popish eleuation of bread in the Lordes supper, and the administration of it alone to the people without wine, together with that fearefull abomination of the Masse.
By this, we may learne to reiect all popish traditions. Matth. 15.9. In vaine doe they worship me, teaching for doctrines, mens precepts. Now it is manifest, [Page] that all popish traditions, they eyther on their owne nature, or others abusing of them, serue as well to superstition and false worshippe, as to enrich that couetous and proude Hierarchi [...] whereas the Scriptures contayned in the Olde and New Testament, are all sufficient, not onely to confirme doctrines, but also to conforme manners. 2. Timothie 3.16. The whole Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God, and is profitable to teach, to improoue, to correct, and to instruct in righteousnesses that the man of God may be absolute, being made perfect vnto all good workes.
The Romish Hierarchie is here also condemned; from the pardoner to the Pope: the gouernement whereof, is an expresse image of the old Romaine Empire, whether we consider the regiment it selfe, or the place of the Empire, or the large circuite of that gouernement. Reuel. 13.15. And it was permitted to him, to giue a spirite to the image of the beast, so that the image of the beast should speake, and should cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast, should be killed.
IX. A religious reuerence of the creature, as whē we attribute more vnto him, then we ought. Reu. 22.8. When I had heard and seene, I fell downe to worship before the feet of the Angel, which shewed me these things. But he said vnto me, See thou doe it not, for I am thy fellow seruant. Act. 10.25. As Peter came in, Cornelius met him, and fell downe at his feete, and worshipped him. But Peter tooke him vp, saying, Stand vp, for euen I my selfe am a man.
[Page]If then it be so hainous a thing, to reuerence the creature, much more to pray vnto it, whether it be Saint or Angell. Rom. 10.14. How shall they call vpon him, in who [...] they haue not beleeued. Matth. 4.10. Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him onely shalt thou serue.
Neither may we pray vnto Christ as he is onely man, but as he is God and man: for wee direct not our prayers to the humanitie, but to the deitie, to which the humanity is knit by an hypostatical vniō.
This teacheth vs plainly, that inuocation of anie creature is vnlawfull: for we must pray to thē, that are able to know the secrets of the hart, & discerne the wisedome of the spirite: now none is able to do that, but such a nature as is omnipotent. Rom. 8.27. He that searcheth the harts, knoweth what is the meaning of the spirite: for he maketh request for the Saints, according to the will of God.
Neuerthelesse, such as are Saints indeede, are to be honoured by an approbation of Gods giftes in them, and by an honourable mention of them, and also by imitation of their maners and liues, being as paterns for vs to walke after.
X. Worshipping of deuils. I. Magicke, which is a mischieuous arte, accomplishing wonders by Satans assistance.
The foundation of Magick, is a couenant with Satan.
The couenant, is eyther Secret or Expresse.
Secret, when in heart a man trusteth in the deuill, and his Satanicall operations.
[Page]Expresse, when one doth not onely put his confidence in Satan, but couenanteth with him vpon conditions, that he, giuing himselfe wholly ouer to the deuill, may againe by obseruing certaine ceremonies accomplish his desire.
Magicke, is either coniecturall, or operatiue.
Coniecturall, whereby things are by Satans direction prophesied of before. Of Prophesies, some are done with meanes, others without.
Prophesies done with meanes, are these.
I. Soothsaying, diuination by the flying of birdes. Deut. 18.11.
II. The kinde of diuination, which is, by looking into beasts entrals. Ezech. 21.21. The king of Babel, &c. consulted with idols, and looked in the liuer.
III. Necromancie, or coniuring: by which the deuill, in the forme of some dead man, is sought vnto for counsell. 1. Sam. 28.11. Then sayde the woman, whom wilt thou I call vp vnto thee▪ and he sayde call vp Samuel vnto me. ver. 13. The king sayde vnto her, feare not, but what sawest thou? And the woman sayd vnto Saul, I saw gods ascending out of the earth. ver. 14. Then sayd he vnto her, what fashion is he of? and she answered, an olde man commeth vp lapped in a mantell. And Saul knew that it was Samuel, and he enclined his face to the ground, and bowed him selfe. and Samuel said to Saul, why hast thou disquieted me, to bring me vp? Then Saul answered, I am in great distresse, for the Philistins make warre against me, &c. This Samuel, was not that true Prophet of God, who annointed Saul King ouer Israel: for, I. the [Page] soules of the Saints departed are farre from the deuils clawes and dominion. II. That good Samuel, if it had beene he indeede, would neuer haue permitted Saul to worship him. III. He saith to wicked Saul, To morrow thou shalt be with me, vers. 14. Neither could this be a bare illusion; and as I may say, legerdemaine of the witch, for he plainely foretold Sauls destruction, which an ignorant woman could not know, much lesse durst she cōstantly auouch any such matter to the King. It remayneth then, that this Samuel was a meere illusion of Satan.
Diuining without meanes, is, when such as are possessed with an vncleane spirite, vse immediatly the helpe of the same spirite, to reueile secrets. Act. 16.16. A certain maid hauing a spirit of diuination, met vs, which gate her masters much vantage with diuining. Esay. 29.4. Thy voyce shall be out of the ground, like him that hath a spirite of diuination, and thy talking shall whisper out of the dust.
Magicke operatiue hath two partes. Iuggling, and Inchantments.
Iuggling, whereby through the deuils conueyance, many great & very hard matters, are in shew effected. Exod. 7.10, 11, 12. Aaron cast foorth his rod before Pharaoh and before his seruants, and it was turned into a serpent: Then Pharaoh called also for the wise men and sorcerers, & those charmers also of Egypt did in like manner with their enchantments, for they cast downe euery man his rod, and they were turned into serpents: but Aarons rod deuoured their rods.
[Page]Enchauntment or charming is that, whereby beasts, but especially yong children, and men of riper yeeres, are by Gods permission infected, poisoned, hurt, bounden, killed, and otherwise molested, or contrarilye, sometimes cured of Satan, by mumbling vp some fewe words, making certain characters and figures, framing circles, hanging amulets about the neck, or other parts, by hearbs, medicines and such like trumperye, that thereby the punishmente of the faithles maye be augmented, in reposing their strength vpon such rotten slaues, and the faithfull may be tried, whether they will commit the like abhominations. Psalm. 18.4. Their poyson is euen like the poison of a Serpent: like the deafe adder that stoppeth his eare, which heare not the voice of the enchanter, though he be most expert in charming. Eccle. 10.11. If the serpent bite when he is not charmed, &c.
Thus haue we heard Magick described out of Gods word, the which how, as yet, common it is, in those especiallye which are without God in the worlde, and whom Sathan by all meanes stronglye deludeth, the lamentable experience which many men, and most places haue therof, can sufficientlye prooue vnto vs.
They which spread abroad by their writings or otherwise, that witches are nothing else, but melancholike doting women, who through the deuils delusion, suppose, that they themselues doo that, which indeed the deuill doth alone: albeit they endeuour cunningly to cloak this sin, yet by the same meanes they may defend murther, adulterye, and [Page] what other sinne so euer.
II. Those which consult wth Magitians, they do also woorship the deuill: for they reuolt from God to the deuill, how so euer they plaister vp their impietie with vntempered morter, that they seeke Gods helpe, though by the meanes of Magitians, 1 Samuell 28.13. The woman saide to Saule, I sawe Gods ascending from the earth. Leuit. 20.6. If any turne after such as woorke with spirites, and after soothsaiers, to goe awhoring after them, then will I set my face against that person, and will cutte him off from among his people. Esay. 8.19, 20. When they shal say to you, enquire at thē which haue a spirite of diuination, & at the soothsayers, which whisper and murmure, should not a people enquire at their God? from the liuing to the dead? to the Law and to the testimony?
The affirmitiue parte.
Thou shalt worship God in spirite and trueth. Iohn 4.24. God is a spirite, and they that worship him, must worship him in spirite and trueth. For so soone as any man beginneth to worship God after an ouerthwart and vnlawfull manner, he then adoreth an idole, howsoeuer he seemeth to colour his impietie. Paul therfore Rom. 1.23. saith that such as worshipped the creature, and turned the glory of the incorruptible God, to the similitude of a corruptible man, did forsake the Creator. ver. 25. and 1. Corinth. 10.20. Those things which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to deuills and not vnto God.
To this parte therefore appertaine such things [Page] as respect the holy and solemne seruice of God.
I. The true & ordinary means of Gods worship, as calling vpon the name of the Lord by hūble supplication & hartie thankesgiuing: and the ministery of the word, and Sacraments. Act. 2.41, 42. They that gladly receiued his worde, were baptized: and the same day there were added to the Church, about three thousand soules. And they continued in the Apostles doctrine, and fellowshippe, and breaking of Bread, and of prayer. 1. Timothie. 2.1. I exhort you especially, that prayers and supplycations be made for all men, for kings, and all in authoritie. Acts. 20.7. The firste daye of the weeke, the Disciples being come together to breake bread, Paul preached vnto them, readye to departe on the morrow, and continued the preaching vnto midnight. Tertull. Apolog. Chap. 39. Wee come into the assemblye and Congregation, that with our prayers, as with an armye we might compasse God. This kinde of violence offered to God, is acceptable to him. If any man so offend, that he must be suspended from the publike place of praier, and all holye meeting, all auncient men, that be of any account, beare rule, beeing aduaunced to this honor, not by bribes, but by their good reporte, &c. Reade the rest.
II. An holy vse of the meanes. First, in the ministers, who ought to administer all thinges belonging to Gods worship, according to his word. Mat. 28.20. Teaching thē to obserue all things, which I haue cōmaunded. 1. Corinthians 11.23. I haue receiued of the Lord that, which also J haue deliuered. Secondly, in the rest of the assemblye whose duety is in praying [Page] vnto God, in hearing the word preached and read, and in receiuing the Sacraments. To behaue themselues outwardly in modesty and without offence. 1. Cor. 14.40. Let all things be done honestly, and by order. Inwardly, they must take heed, that their harts be well prepared to serue God. Eccles. 4.17. Take heede to both thy feete, when thou entrest into the house of God, &c. and Chap. 5.1. Be not rash with thy mouth, nor let thine hart be hastie, to vtter a thing before God. Againe, we must look, that we approche nere God in confidence of his mercie, together with a contrite and repentant hart for all our sinnes. Heb. 4.2. The word that they heard, profited not them, because it was not mixed with faith in those that heard it. Psalm. 26.6. I will wash mine hands in innocency, O Lord, and so come before thine alter.
III. The helpes and furtherances of true woorshippe, are two: Vowes, and fasting: and they are not to be taken, as the woorshippe of God it selfe. For we may not obtrude any thing to God, as good seruice, and as though it did binde the conscience, except he haue ordeined it for that end & purpose.
A vowe, in the new Testament, is a promise to God, with a full intent to obserue some corporall and externall dueties, which a Christan hath on his owne accorde, without iniunction, imposed vpon himselfe, that he may therby the better be excited vnto repentance, meditation, sobrietie, abstinence, patience, and thankfulnes towardes God. Gen. 28.20. Then Iaacob vowed a vow saying, if God wilbe with me, and will keep me in this iourney, which I goe, and will [Page] giue me bread to eate, and clothes to put on; so that I come againe to my fathers house in safetie, then shall the Lord be my God, and this stone which I haue set vp as a piller, shalbe Gods house, and of all that thou shalt giue me, I will giue the tenth to thee.
In vowing, we haue these thinges to obserue. 1. We must not vow that which is vnlawfull. 2. We ought not to vow the performance of that, which is contrarye to our vocation. 3. Vowes must be of that which we can doo. 4. They must be farre from so much as a conceite of merite, or worship of God. 5. We must so performe our vowes, as that they encroche not vpon Christian libertye, giuen vs in Christ: for we are bounden to paye our vowes, no longer then the causes thereof remaine, and ought to be obserued. Deut. 23.18. Thou shalt neither bring the hyre of a whore, nor the price of a dog, into the house of the Lord thy God, for any vow. verse 21. When thou shalt vow a vow vnto the Lord thy God, thou shalt not be slacke to pay it: for the Lord thy God will surelye require it of thee: But when thou absteinest from vowing, it shall be no sin vnto thee. &c. ver. 23. Psal. 66.14. I will pay [...] thee my vowes which my lips haue promised.
Fasting is, when a man perceiuing the want of some blessing, or suspecting and seeing some imminent calamitie vpon himselfe, or other, absteineth, not onely from flesh for a season, but also from all delights and sustenance, that he thereby may make a more diligent search into his own sinnes, or offer moste humble prayers vnto God, that hee would withhold that, which his anger thretned. Mat. 9.15. [Page] Can the Children of the marriage Chamber mourne, so long as the Bridegrome is with them? 1. Corinthians 7.5. Defraude not one another, except for a time, that ye may the better fast and pray. Ioel. 2.12. Wherfore euen now, saith the Lord, be yee turned vnto me, with al your hart, with fasting and prayer. vers. 13. Rent your hartes and not your garmentes, and turne vnto the Lord your God, for he is gracious and mercifull, long suffering, and of great kindenes, that he might repent him of this euill. vers. 15. Blowe the trumpet in Syon, sanctifie a fast, call a solemne assemblye, vers. 16. Gather the people, sanctifie the Congregation, gather the Elders, assemble the Children, and those that sucke the breastes. Let the Bridegroome goe foorth of his Chamber, and the bride out of her bride chamber: vers. 17. Let the priestes, the ministers of the Lord, weepe betweene the porche and the alter, and let them say, Spare thy people, O God, &c.
A fast is sometimes priuate, somtimes publike. 2. Chronicles 20..3 Iehoshaphat feared, and set himselfe to seeke the Lord, and proclaimed a fast throughout all Iudah. Hester. 4.16. Fast ye for me, and neither eat nor drinke for the space of three dayes and nights, I also and my maides will fast.
A fast is either for one day alone, or for manye daies together. Iud. 20.23. The children of Israel had gone vp and wept before the Lord vnto the euening; &c. Dan. 10.3. I Daniel was in heauines for three weeks of dayes, J eate no pleasant bread, neither, came fleshe nor wine in my mouth, &c.
IV. Leagues of amitie among such as feare God according to his word, are lawfull: as contractes in Matrimony, league in warre, especially if the warre [Page] be lawfull, and without confidence in the power of man. Chron. 19.2. Mal. 2.11.
To those may be added that couenant which the Magistrates and people make among themselues, and with God for the preseruation of Christian religion. 2. Chron. 15.12. And they made a couenant to seeke the Lord God of their Fathers with all their hart, and with all their soule, &c. ver. 14. and they sware vnto the Lord with a loud voice, and with shooting, and with trumpets, and with Cornets.
Chap. 22. Of the third Commaundement.
THe thirde Commaundement concerneth the glorifying of God in the affaires of our life, without the solemne seruice of God.
Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vaine, for the Lord will not holde him guiltlesse that taketh his name in vaine.
The Resolution.
Name. This woord properlye signifieth Gods title, here figuratiuely it is vsed for any thing, wherby God may be known, as men are by their names; so it is vsed for his worde, works, iudgements. Act. 9.15. He is an elect vessell to conuaye my name among the Gentiles. Psal. 8.1. O Lord our God, how great is thy name through all the worlde? which settest thy glorye aboue the heauens.
Take. That is vsurpe, this woord is translated [Page] from pretious thinges, which maye not be touched without license. And in trueth, men, which are no better then woormes creeping on the earth, are vtterly vnworthie to take, or, as I may say, touche the sacred name of God, with minde, or mouth: neuertheles God of his infinite kindenes permitteth vs so to doo.
In vaine. Namely for no cause, any matter, and vpon eche light and fond occasion.
For. The reason of this commaundement is taken from the penaltie annexed. Hee that abuseth Gods name, is guiltie of sinne before Gods iudgement seate: and therfore is most miserable. Psal. 32.1.2. Blessed is the man whose iniquitie is forgiuen, and whose sinne is couered: Blessed is the man to whome God imputeth not sinne.
Guiltlesse. That is, he shall not be vnpunished.
The negatiue parte.
Thou shalt not bereaue God of that honour that is due vnto him.
Here is included ech seuerall abuse of any thing, that is vsed in the course of our liues, out of the solemne seruice of God.
I. Periurie, when a man perfourmeth not that, which he on his owne accord sware to doo. Matth. 5.33. Thou shalt not foresweare thy selfe, but performe thine othe to the Lord.
Periurie, containeth in it foure capitall sinnes. I. Lying. II. False inuocation on Gods name, because a foreswearer calleth on God to confirme a [Page] lye. III. Contempt of Gods threatninges, that he wil most greeuouslye punish periury. IV. A lye in his couenant with God, for the forswearer bindeth himselfe to God, and lyeth vnto God.
II. To sweare that which is false. This is to make God and the deuill both alike. Iohn. 8.44. Ye are of your father the deuil, &c. When he speaketh a lye, he speaketh of himselfe, because he is a lyer, and the Father of lyes. Zacha. 5.4. It shall enter into the house of him that sweareth falslye by my name.
III. To sweare in common talke. Mat. 5.37. Let your communication be yea, yea, and nay, nay: for whatsoeuer is more then these, commeth of euill.
IIII. To sweare by that which is no GOD. Matth. 5.34, 35. But I say vnto you, sweare not at all, neither by heauen, for it is Gods throne; neither by earth for it is his footstoole; neither by Hierusalem, for it is the Cittie of the great King. 1. King. 19.2. Iesabell sent a messenger to Elias, saying: thus do the Gods, and so [...] them deale with me, if I by to morrow this time, make not thy life, as is the life of euery one of thē. Ier. 12.16. They taught my people to sweare by Baal. Ier. 5.7. Thy Sonnes forsake me, and sweare by them which are no Gods.
This place condēneth that vsuall swearing by the Mass, faith, and such like. Mat. 23.22. He that sweareth by heauen, sweareth by Gods throne, and him that sitteth thereon.
But for a man to sweare by Christs death, wounds blood, and other parts of his, it is most horrible and is as much, as to crucifie Christ again with the Iews, or account Christs members, as God himselfe.
[Page]V. Blasphemy, which is a reproche against God, and the least speech, that sauoureth of contempt to his Maiesty. Leuit. 24.15, 16. Whosoeuer curseth his God, shall beare his sinnes. And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shalbe put to death. 2. King. 19.10. So shall ye say to the King of Iudah: let not thy God deceiue thee, in whom thou trustest, saying: Ierusalem shall not be giuen into the hand of the King of Ashur. Aiaxi [...] the Tragedie, hath this blasphemous speeche, that euery coward may ouercome, if he haue God on his side: as for him, he can get the victorye without Gods assistance. That slye taunt of the Pope, is likewise blasphemous, wherein he calleth himselfe the seruant of all Gods seruants: when as in trueth, he maketh himselfe Lord of Lords, and God subiect to his vaine fantasie.
VI. Cursing our enemies: as, goe with a vengeance: or, the deuill go with thee: or, our selues: as, I would I might neuer stir: or, as God shal iudge my soule, &c. To this place we may referre the execrations of Iob. 3. Iere. 15. chap.
VII. To vse the name of God carelesly in our cō mon talk, as whē we say, good God! good Lord! O Iesus! or, Iesus God! &c. Phil. 2, 10. At the name of Iesus shall euery knee bow, of things in heauen, thinges in earth, and things vnder the earth. Esay. 45.23. Euerye knee shall bow vnto me, and euery tung shall sweare by me.
VIII. Abusing Gods creatures, as when we either deride the woorkmanship of God, or the manner of working: again when we abase the excellencie of the woorke, obscure Gods giftes in our brother, [Page] or discommend such meates as God hath sent vs to eate: finally, when as we in the contemplation of any of Gods creatures, giue not him the due praise & glory. 1. Cor. 10.31. Whether ye eate or drinker whatsoeuer yee doo else, see that yee doo all to the glorye of God. Psal. 19.1. The heauens declare the glory of God, and the firmament sheweth his handie worke.
IX. Lottes, as when we searche what must be (as they say) our fortune, by dice, bones, bookes, or such lyke. For we are not to vse Lottes but with great reuerence: in that the disposition of them immediatlye commeth from the Lorde, and their proper vse is to decide great controuersies. Pro. 16.33. The lot is cast into the lappe, but the whole disposition therof is of the Lord. Prouerbe. 18.18. The lotte causeth contentions to cease, and maketh a particion among the mightye. For this cause the Land of Canaan was deuided by Lottes. Iosu. 14. and 15. chapters. By which also both the hye Preestes, and the Kinges were elected: as, Saul. 1. Samuell. 10. And Mathias into the place of Iudas Iscariot. Actes. 1.23.
X. Superstition, which is an opinion conceiued of the woorks of Gods prouidence: the reason whereof, can neither be drawen out of the word of GOD, nor the whole course of nature. As for example, that it is vnlucky for one in the morning to put on his shoe awrye, or to put the left shoe on the right foot, to sneeze in drawing on his shoes, to haue salt fall towarde him, to haue an hare crosse him, to bleede some fewe droppes of blood, to [Page] burne on the right eare. Againe, that it is contrarily good luck to finde olde yron, to haue drinke spilled on him, for the left eare to burne, to pare our nayles on some one day in the weeke, to dreame of some certain things. The like superstition is, to surmyze that beastes may be tamed by verses prayers, or the like: that the repetition of the creed or Lords praier, can infuse into hearbes, a facultie of healing diseases. Deut. 18.11. Here also is palmestry condemned, when by the inspection of the hand, our fortune is foretolde.
These and such like, albeit they haue true euents, yet are we not to giue credence vnto them: for god permitteth them to haue such successe, that they which see and heare such things, may be tried, and it may appeare what confidence they haue in God. Deut. 13.
XI. Astrologie, whether it be in casting of natiuities, or making of Prognostications. This counterfeyt art is nothing else, but a meere abuse of the heauens, and of the Starres. 1. The twelue houses which are the ground of all figures, are made of the fained signes of a supposed Zodiake, in the highest speare, commonly called the first Moueable. & therfore to these houses, a man can not truely ascribe any influence or vertue. 2. This arte ariseth not from experience, because it neuer happeneth that the same position of all starres is twise together obserued: and if it were, yet could there not certaine ground arise from thence, in that the efficacie & influence of the starres is confusedlye mixed both in [Page] the aire, and the earth, as if all hearbs were mingled together in one vessell. 3. This arte withdraweth mens mindes from the cōtemplation of Gods prouidence, when as they heare, that all things fall out by the motion and disposition of the starres. 4. Stars were not ordeined to foretell thinges to come, but to distinguish dayes, monthes, and yeres. Gen. 1.14. Let there be lights in the firmament of the heauen, to seperate the day from the night: and let them be for signes and for seasons, and for dayes and for yeres. 5. Esay. 47.13. Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels: let now the astrologers, the Starre gazers, and Prognosticators, stand vp and saue thee from these thinges, that shall come vpon thee. ver. 14. Beholde, they shalbe as stubble: the fire shall burne them, &c. Dan. 2.2. The King commaunded to call the inchanters, astrologers, sorcerers, and Caldeans, to shew the King his dreams Act. 19.19. Many of them which vsed curious artes, brought their books, and burned them before all men.
XII. Popish consecration of water and salte, to restore the minde vnto health, and to chase awaye deuils. The reformed Missall. pag. 96.
XIII. To make iests of the Scripture phrase. Esa. 66.2. I will look euen to him that is poore, and of a contrite spirite, and which trembleth at my words. We haue an example of such scoffing in the Tripart Hist. chap. 39. booke. 6. The Heathen did greuously oppresse the Christians, and inflicted sometimes vpon their bodyes corporall punishments. The which when Christians signified to the Emperour, he disdained to assist them, and sent them away with this scoffe: you are to suffer iniuries patiently, [Page] for so are you commended of your God.
XIIII. Lightly to passe ouer Gods iudgements, which are seene in the worlde. Matth. 16.34. Verilye, verilye, I saye vnto thee, this night before the Cock [...] crowe, thou shalt deny me thrise. Vers. 35. Peter say [...] vnto him, though I shoulde dye with thee, I will not denye thee. Luk. 13.1, 2, 3. There were certain man present, at the same season, that shewed him of the Galeleans, whose blood Pilate had mingled with their own sacrifices. And Iesus answered and saide vnto them, suppose ye that these Galeleans were greater sinners, then al the other Galeleans, because they haue suffered such things? J tell you nay, but except ye amend your liues, ye shal likewise perish.
XV. A dissolute conuersation. Mat. 5.16. Let your light so shine before men, that they seeing your good workes may glorifie your Father which is in heauen. 2. Sam. 12.14. Because that by this deed, thou hast made the enemies of the Lord, to blaspheme, the childe that is borne vnto thee, shal surely die.
The affirmitiue parte.
Jn all things giue God his due glory. 1. Cor. 10.13. To this parte appertaine. I. Zeale of Gods glory aboue all things in the world besides. Numb. 25.8. When Phineas the Sonne of Eleazer saw it, he followed the man of Israell into the tent, and thrust them both through, to wit, the man of Israell, and the woman through her belly. Psal. 69.22. The zeale of thine house hath eaten me vp, and the reproches of the scornfull haue fallen vpon me.
II. To vse Gods titles onely in serious affaires, and that withall reuerence. Deut. 28.58. If thou wilt not keep and doe all the words of the Law (that are written [Page] in this booke) and feare this glorious and fearefull Name. THE LORD THY GOD. Rom. 9.5. Of whome are the Fathers, and of whome, concerning the flesh, Christ came, who is God ouer all, blessed for euer. Amen.
III. An holy commemoration of the creature, whereby we, in the contemplation and admiration of the dignitie and excellency therof, yeelde an approbation when wee name it, and celebrate the praise of God, brightly shining in the same. Psalm. 64.9, 10. And all men shall see it, and declare the worke of God, and they shal vnderstand what he hath wrought: but the righteous shall be glad in the Lord and trust in him, and all that are vpright of hart shall reioyce. Luk. 2.18, 19. And all they that heard it, wondred at the things that were tolde them of the shepheardes: but Mary kept all these things and pondred them in her hart. Ier. 5.22. Feare ye not me, saith the Lord? or will ye not be afraide at my presence, which haue placed the sandes for the bounds of the seas, by the perpetual decree, that it cannot passe it, and though the waues therof rage, yet can they not preuaile, though they roare, yet can they not passe ouer.
IV. An othe, in which we must regarde 1. how an othe is to be taken, 2. how it is to be performed. In taking an othe, 4. circumstances must be obserued.
I. The manner and partes of an othe: the partes are in number foure. 1. Confirmation of a trueth. 2 Inuocation of GOD alone, as a witnes of the trueth, and a reuenger of a lye. 3 Confession that God punisheth periurye, when he is brought in as a false witnes. 4. An obligation, that we will [Page] vndergoe the punishment at Gods hand, if we performe not the condition.
II. The forme. We must sweare. 1. Truely, least we forsweare. 2. Iustly, least we commit impietye. 3. In iudgement, for feare of rashnes. Iere. 4 2. Thou shalt sweare the Lord liueth, in trueth, in iudgement, and in righteousnes. Esay. 48.1. Which sweare by the name of the Lord, and make mencion of the God of Israell, but not in trueth and righteousnes, &c.
III. The end, namely, to confirme some necessary trueth in question. Heb. 6.16. Men sweare by him that is greater then themselues: and an oathe for confirmation, is among them an end of all strife. I call that a necessarye trueth, when some doubt, which must necessarily be decided, can none other waye be determined then by an othe: as when Gods glory, our neighbours body and goods, or the credite of the party for whom the othe is ministred, are necessarilye called into question. Rom. 1.9. God is my witnes (whome I serue in my spirite in the Gospell of his Son) that without ceasing I make mention of you. 2. Cor. 1.23. I call God for a record into my soule, that to spare you, I came not as yet vnto Corinth.
IIII. The diuers kindes of sorts of othes. An othe is publike, or priuate.
Publike, when the Magistrate, without any peril to him that sweareth, doth vpon iust cause exact a testimony together with an oth.
A priuate othe is, which two or more take priuately. This, so that it be sparingly, & warily vsed is lawful. For in serious affaires & matters of great importance, [Page] it be lawfull in priuate to admit God as a Iudge, why should he not as well be called to witnesse? Againe, the examples of holy men shewe the practise of priuate othes, as not vnlawful. Iacob and Laban confirmed their couenant one with an other by a priuate othe: the like did Booz in his contract with Ruth.
To this place may be added an asseueration, the which albeit it be like an oth, yet in deede is none: and is nothing else, but a constant assertion of our minde, interserting sometimes the name of a creature. Such was Christes assertion, Verely, verely, I say vnto you. And Pauls, I call God to recorde in my spirite. Where is both an oth and an asseueration. 1. Cor. 15.31. By your reioycing which I haue in Iesus Christ, I die daily. 1. Sam. 20.3. In deede, as the Lord liueth, and as my soule liueth, there is but a steppe betweene me and death. And truely in such a kinde of asseueration there is great equitie: for albeit it be vnlawfull to sweare by creatures, least Gods honor and power should be attributed vnto them: yet thus farre may we vse them in an othe, as to make them pledges, and as it were cognisances of Gods glorie.
The performance of an oth is on this manner. If the oth made be lawfull, it must be performed, be it of much difficultie, great dammage, and extorted by force. Psal. 15.4. He that sweareth to his owne hinderance and changeth not, he shall dwell in Gods tabernacle.
Contrarily, if a man sweare, to performe things [Page] vnlawfull, and that by ignorance, errour, or infirmitie, his othe is to be recalled. For we may not adde sinne vnto sinne. 1. Sam. 25.2. And Dauid saide, in deede I haue kept all in vaine, that this fellow had in the wildernesse, &c. ver. 22. So and more also doe God vnto the enemies of Dauid: for surely I will not leaue of all that he hath, by the dawning of the day, any that p [...]seth against the wall. ver. 33. Dauid said, Blessed be thy counsell, and blessed be thou, which hast kept me this day from comming to shed bloud, and that mine hande hath not saued me. 2. Sam. 19.23. Dauid promiseth that Shimei should not die: but 1. King. 2.9. Dauid sayth to Salomon, Though J sware so, yet thou shalt not count him innocent, but cause his hoare head to goe downe to the graue with bloud.
V. Sanctification of Gods creatures & ordinances, the which is a separation of them to an holy vse. Thus ought we to sanctifie our meates and drinks, the workes of our calling, and marriage.
The meanes of this sanctification are two: Gods word, and prayer. 1. Tim. 4.4. All which God hath created is good, and nothing must be reiected, if it be receiued with thankesgiuing: for it is sanctified by the word and prayer.
By the worde we are instructed, first, whether God alloweth the vse of such things or not: secondly, we learne after what holy maner, in what place, at what time, with what affection, and to what end we must vse them. Heb. 11.6. Without faith it is impossible to please God. Psal. 119.24. Thy testimonies are my delight, they are my counsellers. Iosua 22.19.29. [Page] 1. Sam. 15.23.
Prayer, which sanctifieth, is petition and thanksgiuing.
By petition, we obtaine of Gods Maiestie, assistance by his grace, to make an holy vse of his creatures, and ordinances. Coloss. 3.17. Whatsoeuer ye shall do, in word or deede, do all in the name of the Lord Iesus, giuing thankes to God euen the father by him. 1. Sam. 17.45. Then sayde Dauid to the Philistim, Thou commest to me with a sworde, and with a speare, and with a shield: but I come to thee in the name of the Lord of hostes, the God of the hoste of Israel, whom thou hast railed vpon. Mich. 4.5. We will walke in the name of the Lorde our God, for euer and euer. Here may we obserue prayers made vpon particular occasion. 1. For a prosperous iourney. Act. 21.5. When the dayes were ended, we departed, and went our way, and they all accompanied vs with their wiues and children, euen out of the Citie: and we kneeling downe on the shore, prayed, &c. 2. For a blessing vpon meates at the table. Ioh. 6.11. Then Jesus tooke the bread, and when he had giuen thankes, he gaue it to his disciples, and the disciples to them that were set downe: and likewise of the fishes as much as they would. Act. 27.35. He tooke breade, and gaue thankes to God, in presence of them all, and brake it, and beganne to eate. 3. For issue in childbirth. This did Anna. 1. Sam. 1.14. And Zacharie, Luke 1.13. 4. For good successe in businesse. Genes. 24.12. Abrahams seruaunt prayed. Thankesgiuing is the magnifying of Gods Name, euen the father through Christ, for his [Page] grace, ayde, and blessing in the lawfull vse of the creatures. Philip. 4.6. In all things let your requests be shewed vnto God, in prayer, and supplication, and giuing of thankes. 1. Thess. 5.18. Jn all thinges giue thankes, for this is the will of God in Christ towards you. This we may reade vsed, 1. After meate. Deutr. 8.10. When thou hast eaten & filled thy selfe, thou shalt blesse the Lord thy God, for the good lande which he hath giuen thee. 2. After the losse of outward wealth. Iob. 1.21. And Iob saide, Naked came I out of my mothers wombe, and naked shall I returne againe: the Lord hath giuen, and the Lorde hath taken away, blessed be the name of the Lord for euer more. 3. For deliuerance out of seruitude. Exod. 18.10. Iethro sayd, Blessed be the Lord, who hath deliuered you out of the handes of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh, who also hath deliuered the people from vnder the hand of the Egyptians. 4. For children. Gen. 29.35. She conceiued againe and bore a sonne, saying, now will I prayse the Lord, therefore she called his name Iudah. 5. For victorie. 2. Sam. 22.1. And Dauid spake the wordes of this song vnto the Lord, what time the Lord had deliuered him out of the hands of all his enemies, and out of the hand of Saul. And he sayd, The Lorde is my rocke, and my foretresse, &c. 6. For good successe in domesticall affaires. Abrahams seruant. Gen. 24.12. Blessed be the Lord of his master Abraham.
Chap. 23. Of the fourth commaundement.
THe fourth commaundement concerneth the Sabboth: namely, that holy time consecrated [Page] to the worship, and glorifying of God. The words are these.
Remember the Sabboth day to keepe it holy: Sixe dayes shalt thou labour, and doe all thy worke: but the seuenth day is the Sabboth of the Lorde thy God, in it thou shalt doe no manner of worke, thou, nor thy sonne, nor thy daughter, thy man seruant, nor thy mayde, nor thy beast, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates. For in sixe dayes the Lord made the heauen and the earth, the sea and all that in them is, and rested the seuenth day, therefore the Lorde blessed the seuenth day, and hallowed it.
Remember. This clause doth insinuate, that in times past there was great neglect in the obseruation of the Sabboth: and would that all degrees and conditions of men should prepare themselues to sanctifie the same: especially those that be gouernours of families, incorporations, and Cities, to whom this commaundement is directed.
To keepe it holy, or, to sanctifie it. To sanctifie, is to seuer a thing from common vse, and to consecrate the same to the seruice of God. Here are described the two partes of this commaundement: the first whereof, is rest from labour: the second, sanctification of that rest.
Sixe dayes. These wordes containe a close aunswere to this obiection. It is much to cease from our callings one whole day. The answere (together with a first reason to inforce the sanctification of the Sabboth) is in these wordes: it is taken from the greater to the lesse. If J permit thee to follow thy [Page] calling sixe whole dayes, thou maiest well, and [...] leaue one onely to serue me.
But the first is true. Therefore the second.
The first proposition is wanting: the second, or assumption are these words, Sixe daies, &c. The cō clusion is the commandement it selfe.
Here may we see, that God hath giuen vs free libertie to worke all the sixe dayes. The which freedome, no man can annihilate. Neuerthelesse, vpon extraordinary occasions, the Church of God is permitted to separate one day or more of the seuen, as neede is, either to fasting, or a solemne day of reioycing, for some benefite receiued. Ioel. 2.15.
The seuenth day. The second reason of this commandement taken from the end thereof.
The assumption is in these wordes (the seuenth day, &c.) where we must note, that God alone hath this priuiledge, to haue a Sabboth consecrated vnto him: and therefore all holy dayes dedicated to whatsoeuer eyther Angell or Saint, are vnlawfull: howsoeuer the Church of Rome haue imposed the obseruation of them vpon many people.
In it thou shalt doe no. This is the conclusion of the seconde reason, illustrated by a distribution from the causes. Thou, thy sonne, thy daughter, thy seruant, thy cattell, thy stranger, shall cease that day from your labours.
[Page] Any worke. That is, any ordinary worke of your callings, and such as may be done the day before, or left well vndone till the day after. Yet for all this we are not forbidden to performe such works euen on this day, as are both holy, and of present necessitie.
Such are those workes, which doe vppon that day preserue and maintaine the seruice and glorie of God, as 1. A Sabboth dayes iourney. Act. 1.12. Which is now to Hierusalem, containing a Sabboth dayes iourney. 2. The killing and dressing of sacrificed beasts in the time of the law. Matt. 12.5. Haue ye not read in the Law, how that on the Sabboth dayes, the Priestes in the Temple breake the Sabboth, & are blamelesse? 3. Iourneyes vnto the Prophetes, and places appointed vnto the worship of God. 2. king. 4.23. He saide, Why wilt thou goe to him this day? it is neither new moone, nor Sabboth day. Psal. 84.7. They goe from strength to strength, till euery one appeare before God in Zion.
Such also are the workes of mercy, whereby the safetie of life or good is procured: as that which Paul did. Act. 20.9. As Paul was long preaching, Eutichus ouercome with sleepe, fell downe from the third loft, and was taken vp dead: But Paule went downe and layd himselfe vpon him, and embraced him, saying, Trouble not your selues, for his life is in him. v. 12. And they brought the boy aliue, and they were not a litle comforted. 2. To help a beast out of a pit. Luk. 14.5. Which of you shall haue an oxe, or an asse fallen into a pit, and will not straight way pull him out on the [Page] Sabboth day? 3. Prouision of meate and drinke, Matth. 12.1. Iesus went through the corne on a Sabboth day, and his disciples were an hungred, and began to pluck the eares of corne and to eate. In prouision, we must take heede that our cookes, and houshold seruants breake not the Sabboth. The reason of thi [...] framed from the lesser to the greater, out of that place. 2. Sam. 23.15. Dauid longed and sayd, Oh th [...] one would giue me to drinke of the water of the well of Beth-lehem, which is by the gate. ver. 16. Then the three mightie brake into the host of the Philistines, and drew water out of the well of Beth-lehem that was by the gate, and tooke and brought it to Dauid who would not drinke thereof, but powred it for an offering vnto the Lord. ver. 17. And sayde, O Lord be it farre from me, that I should doe this: is not this the bloud of the men, that went in ieopardie of their liues? therefore would he not drinke it. The reason standeth thus. If Dauid would not haue his seruants aduenture their corporall liues for his prouision, nor drinke the water whē they had prouided it: much lesse ought we, for our meates, to aduenture the soules of our seruants. 4. Watering of cattell. Matth. 12.11. The Lord answered and sayd, Thou hypocrite, will not any of you on the Sabboth dayes, loose his oxe or asse out of the stable, and bring him to the water? Vpon the like present necessitie, Phisicians, vppon the Sabboth day, may take a iourney to visite the diseased, Mariners their voyage, Shepheardes may tende their flocke, and Midwiues may helpe women with child. Mar. 2.27. The sabboth was made for [...], [...] [Page] not man for the Sabboth.
Within thy gates. This word gate, signifyeth by a figure, iurisdiction and authoritie. Matth. 16.18. The gates of hell shall not ouercome it. Let this be a looking glasse, wherein all inholders, and intertayners of strangers may looke into themselues, and behold what is their duetie.
For in sixe dayes. The third reason of this commaundement from the like example.
God sanctified the Sabboth when he did consecrate it to his seruice; men sanctifie it, when they worship God in it. In this place we are to consider the Sabboth, how farre foorth it is ceremoniall, and how farre foorth morall.
The Sabboth is ceremoniall, in respect of the strict obseruation thereof, which was a type of the internal sanctification of the people of God, & that is, as it were, a continuall resting from the worke of sinne. Exod. 31.13. Speake thou also vnto the children of Israel, and say, Notwithstanding keepe ye my Sabboths: for it is a signe betweene me and you in your generation, that ye may know that I the Lord do sanctifie you. The same is recorded, Ezech. 20.12.
It signified also that blessed rest of the faithfull, in the kingdome of heauen. Esa. 66.23. From moneth to moneth, and from Sabboth to Sabboth shall all flesh come to worship before me, sayth the Lord. Heb. 4.8, 9, 10. If Iesus had giuen them a rest, &c.
[Page]The Sabboth is likewise ceremoniall, in that it was obserued the seuenth day after the creation of the world, and was then solemnized with such ceremonies. Nom. 28.9. But on the Sabboth day, ye shal offer two lambes of a yeare old without spot, & two tenth deales of fine floure for a meate offering, mingled with oyle, and the drinke offering thereof. ver. 10. This is the burnt offring of euery Sabboth, beside the continuall burnt offering and drinke offering thereof.
But now in the light of the Gospell, & the churches professing the same, the ceremony of the Sabboth is ceased. Coloss. 2.16. Let no man condemne you in meate and drinke, or in respect of an holy day, or of the new moone, or of the Sabboth: ver. 17. which are but shadowes of things to come, but the bodie is Christ. The obseruation of the Sabboth was translated by the Apostles from the seuenth day, to the day following. Act. 20.7. The first day of the weeke, the disciples being come together to breake bread, Paul preached to them. 1. Cor. 16.1.2. Concerning the gathering for the Saints, as I haue ordained in the churches of Galatia, so do ye also, euery first day of the weeke, let euery one of you put aside by himselfe, and lay vp as God hath prospered him, that then there be no gatherings when I come. This day, by reason that our Sauiour did vpon it rise againe, is called the Lords day. Reuel. 1.10. I was rauished in the spirite on the Lords day.
The obseruation of the Sabboth thus constituted by the Apostles, was neuerthelesse neglected of those churches which succeeded them, but after was reuiued & established by Christian Emperors, [Page] as a day most apt to celebrate the memorie of the creation of the world, and to the serious meditation of the redemption of mankind. Leo and Anton. Edict. of holy dayes.
The obseruation of the Sabboth is morall, in as much as it preserueth the ministerie of the worde, and the solemne worship of God, especially in the assemblies of the Church. And in this respect we are vpon this day, as well enioyned a rest from our vocations, as the Iewes were. Esa. 58.13. Jf thou turne away thy foote from the Sabboth, from doing thy will on mine holy day, and call my Sabboth a delight, to consecrate it, as glorious to the Lord, and shalt honour him, not doing thine owne waies, &c.
Finally, it is morall, in that it freeth seruants and cattell from their labours, which on other dayes do seruice vnto their owners.
The affirmatiue part.
Keepe holy the Sabboth day. This we doe, if wee cease from the workes of sinne, and our ordinarie callings: performing those spirituall workes, which are commanded in the second and third commandement.
I. To arise earely on that morning, that so we may prepare our selues to the better sanctifying of the Sabboth ensuing. This preparation consisteth in priuate prayers, and taking account of our seuerall sinnes. Marke 1.31. In the morning verie earely before day, Iesus arose and went into a solitary place, and there praied. The day following was the Sabboth, [Page] when he preached in the Synagogues. ver. 39. Exod. 32.5, 6. Aaron proclaimed, saying, To morrow shall be the holy day of the Lord. So they rose vp the next day early in the morning. Eccl. ver. last. Take heede to thy feete when thou entrest into the house of God.
II. To be present at publique assemblies, at ordinarie houres, there to heare reuerently and attentiuely the worde preached and read, to receiue the Lordes Supper, and publiquely with the Congregation, call vpon and celebrate the name of the Lord. 1. Tim. 2.1, 2, 3. Act. 20.7. 2. King. 4.22.43. Act. 13.14, 15. When they departed from Perga, they came to Antiochia, a citie of Pisidia, and went into the Synagogue on the Sabboth day, and sate downe. And after the lecture of the Lawe and Prophets, the rulers of the Synagogue sent vnto them, saying, Ye men and brethren, if ye haue any word of exhortation for the people, say on.
III. When publique meetings are dissolued, to spend the rest of the Sabboth in the meditation of Gods word, and his creatures. Ps. 92. from the beginning to the ending. Act. 17.11. These were also more noble men, then they which were at Thessalonica, which receiued the word with all readinesse, & searched the Scriptures daily whether those thinges were so. We must also exercise then the workes of charitie: as, to visite the sicke, giue almes to the needie, admonish such as fal, reconcile such as are at iarre and discord amongst themselues, &c. Nehe. 8.12. Then all the people went to eate and to drinke, and to send away [...], and to make great ioy.
The negatiue part.
Pollute not the Sabboth of the Lord. This is a grieuous sinne. Matt. 24.20. Pray that your flight be not in winter, nor on the Sabboth day. Lament. 1.17. The aduersaries sawe her, and did mocke at her Sabboths. Leuit. 19.30. Ye shall keepe my sabboths, and reuerence my sanctuarie, I am the Lord. In this part are these things prohibited.
I. The workes of our calling, wherein if we doe ought, it must be altogether in regarde of charitie, and not in regard of our own priuate commoditie.
II. Vnnecessarie iourneyes. Exod. 16.29. Tary euery man in his place, let no man go out of his place the seuenth day. By this reason, the master of a familie must that day remaine at home, to sanctifie the Sabboth with his houshould.
III. Fayres vpon the Sabboth day. Nehe. 3.19. When the gates of Ierusalem beganne to be darke before the Sabboth, I commanded to shut the gates, and charged that they should not be opened till after the sabboth, and some of my seruants set I at the gates, that there should no burden be brought in on the Sabboth day. read verse 15, 16, 17, 18.
IV. All kinde of husbandrie, as plowing, sowing, reaping, mowing, bringing home haruest, and other the like. Exod. 34.21. Jn the seuenth day shalt thou rest, both in earing time, and in haruest shalt thou rest.
V. To vse iests, sports, banketting, or any other thing whatsoeuer, which is a meanes to hinder, or withdrawe the minde from that serious attention, [Page] which ought to be in Gods seruice: for if the works of our calling must not be exercised, much lesse these, whereby the minde is distracted as well from Gods seruice, as the greatest labour.
VI. An externall obseruation of the Sabboth, without an internall regard of godlines. Esay. 1.14, 15. My soule hateth your new moones, and your appointed feastes: they are a burthen vnto me, I am wearie to beare thē, And when you shal stretch foorth your hands I will hide mine eyes from you, and though you make many prayers, I will not heare, for your handes are full of bloud. 2. Tim. 3.5. Which haue a shew of godlinesse, but denie the force thereof, such therefore auoyd.
VII. The manifest prophanation of the Sabboth, in pampering the belly, surfetting, adulterie, and other like prophanenesse, which is nothing els, but to celebrate a Sabboth to the deuill, and not to God.
Chap. 24. Of the fift Commaundement.
HItherto we haue spoken of the commaundements of the first table: now followeth the second table, which cōcerneth the loue of our neighbour. Rom. 13.9. Thou shalt not commit adultery, thou shalt not kill, thou shalt not steale, thou shalt not beare false witnesse, thou shalt not couet: and if there be anie other cōmandement, it is briefly comprehended in this saying, namely, thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self.
Our neighbour is euerie one, which is of our own flesh. Esay. 58.7. When thou seast the naked, couer [Page] him, and hide not thy selfe from thine owne flesh.
The manner of louing, is so to loue our neighbour as our selues, to wit, truly and syncerely: when as contrarily, the true manner of louing God, is to loue God without measure.
The seconde table contayneth sixe commaundements: whereof the first, and, in the order of the ten commaundements, the fift, concerneth the preseruation of the dignitie and excellencie of our neighbour.
The wordes are these.
Honour thy father and thy mother, that they may prolong thy dayes in the land, which the Lord thy God giueth thee.
Honour. This word, by the figure, signifieth all that duetie, whereby our neighbours dignitie is preserued, but especially our superiours. This dignitie proceedeth of this, that euery man beareth in him some part of the image of God, if we respect the outwarde order and decencie, which is obserued in the church and common wealth. In the Magistrate, there is a certaine image of the power and glorie of God. Dan. 2.37. O king, thou art a king of kings: for the God of heauen hath giuen thee a kingdome, power, and strength, and glorie. Hence is it, that magistrats are called gods. Psal. 82.1. In an old man, is the similitude of the eternitie of God: in a father, the likenesse of his fatherhoode. Matth. 23.9. And call no man your father vpon the earth: for there is but one, your Father which is in heauen. In a man, is the image of Gods prouidence and authoritie: for a [Page] man ought not to couer his head, because he is the image of the glorie of God: but the woman is the glorie of her husbande. Finally, in a learned man, is the likenesse of the knowledge and wisedome of God. Now therefore, that person, in whom euen the least title of the image of God appeareth, is to be honoured and reuerenced.
Thy father. By a figure we must here vnderstand, all those that are our superiours: as parents, magistrates, ministers, our Elders, and those that do excell vs to any giftes whatsoeuer. The Kings of Gerar were called Abimelech. Gen. 20.2. Gen. 45.8. God hath made me a father vnto Pharaoh, and Lorde ouer all his house. 1. Corinth. 4.15. For though ye haue tenne thousande instructours in Christ, yet haue ye not many fathers: for in Christ Iesus I haue begotten you. 2. Kings. 5.13. But his seruants came, and spake vnto him, and sayde, Father, if the Prophet had commanded thee a great thing, wouldest thou not haue done it? 2. King. 2.12. And Elisha saw it, and he cryed, my father, my father, my father, the charet of Israel, and the horsemen thereof.
And thy mother. This is added, least wee should despise our mothers, because of their infirmities. Prou. [...]3.22. Obey thy father, which hath begotten thee, and despise not thy mother when she is old.
Here we are put in minde to perfourme due honour to our stepmothers and fathers in Law, as if they were our proper and naturall parentes. Ruth. 3.1. and 5. Afterward Naomi her mother in law sayde vnto her, my daughter, shall not I seeke rest for thee, [Page] that thou maiest prosper? and she answered her, all that thou biddest me, I will doe. Exod. 18.17. But Moses Father in law said vnto him, the thing which thou doest, is not well. 19. Heare now my voice, I will giue thee counsell, and God shall be with thee. 24. So Moses obeied the voice of his Father in law, and did all that he had said. Micah. 7.6. For the Sonne reuileth the Father, the daughter riseth vp against her mother, the daughter in law against her mother in law.
That they may prolong. Parents are saide to prolong the liues of their Children, because they are Gods instruements, whereby their childrens liues are prolonged: for oftentimes the name of the action is attributed to the instruement, wherewith the action is wrought. Luk. 16.9. Make you freendes with the riches of iniquitie, that when ye shall want, they may receiue you into euerlasting habitations. 1. Tim. 4.16. For in doing so, thou shalt both saue thy self, and them that heare me.
But parents doo prolong the liues of their Children in commaunding them to walke in the waies of the Lord, by exercising iustice and Iudgement. Gene. 18.19. For being become godlye, they haue the promise both of this life, and the life to come. 1. Tim. 4.8.
Further, they effect the same thing by their praiers made in the behalfe of their children. Hereby it plainely appeareth, that the vsuall custome of children saluting their parents, to aske their blessing, is no light or vaine thing.
Moreouer, in these wordes, the reason to moue [Page] vs to the obedience of this commaundement, is drawen from the ende: which reason is also a promise, yet a speciall promise. Ephesians 6.2. Honour thy father and thy mother, which is the firste commaundement with promise, (I say, speciall) because the promise of the second Commaundement is generall, and belongeth to all the rest of the commaundements.
And God promiseth long life not absolutely, but so far as it is a blessing. Ephe. 6.3. That it may be well with thee, and that thou maist liue long on earth: for we must thinke that long life is not alwaies a blessing, but that somtime it is better to die thē to liue. Isay. 57.1. The righteous perisheth, and no man considereth it in hart: and mercifull men are taken away, and no man vnderstandeth that the righteous is taken away from the euil to come.
But if at any time the Lord giueth a short life to obedient children, he rewardeth them againe with eternall life in heauen, and so the promise faileth not, but changeth for the better.
The affirmatiue parte.
Firste. Reuerence towardes all our superiours: the actions whereof, are: reuerentlye to rise vp before any man which passeth by vs. Leuit, 19, 32. Rise vp before the horehead, and honor the person of the olde man, and dread thy God: I am the Lorde. To meete [Page] him that commeth towards vs. Gene. 18.2. And he lifted vp his eyes, and looked: and loe, three men stood by him, and when he saw them he ranne to meete them from the tent doore. 1. Kinges 2.19. When Bethsheba came to speake to King Salomon, the King rose to meete her, and bowed himselfe vnto her. To bow the knee. Mar. 10.17. And when he was gone out of the waye, there came one running and kneeled to him. Genesis 18.2. He ran to meete them, and bowed himselfe to the ground. To stand by those that sit down. Genesis. 18.8. And he tooke Butter, and milke, and the calfe that he had prepared, and set before them, and stoode himselfe by them vnder the tree, and they did eate. Exodus, 18.13. Now on the morrowe, when Moses sat to iudge the people, the people, stoode about Moses from Morning vnto Euen. To giue the cheefest seate. 1. Kinges. 2.19. And he sat downe on his throne, and he caused a seate to be set for the Kings mother, and she sat at his right hand. Luke 14.7, 8, 9. He spake also a parable to the guestes, when he marked how they chose out the chiefe roomes, and sayde vnto them, When thou shalt be bidden of any man to a wedding, set not thy selfe downe in the cheefest place, least a more honorable man then thou be bidden of him, and he that bad both him and thee, come and saye to thee, giue this man roume, and thou then begin with shame to take the lowest roume. Genesis. 43.33. So they sat before him, the eldest according to his age, and the youngest according to his youth, and the men marueiled among themselues.
To let our superiours speake before vs. Iob. 32.7, 7, 17. To keepe silence in courtes and iudgment [Page] places, vntill we be bidden to speake. Actes 24.10. Then Paul, after that the gouernour had beckened vnto him that he should speake answered. To vse titles, when we talk with men, which importe reuerence. 1. Peter. 3.6. As Sarah obeyed Abraham, and called him Lord: whose daughters ye are, whiles ye doo well. Mark. 10.17. Good Maister, what shall I doo, [...] maye possesse eternall life? 20. Then he answered, and saide vnto him, Master, all these thinges haue I obserued from my youth vp. 1. Samuel. 1.14, 15. And Eli saide vnto her, how long wilt thou be dronken? Put awaye thy drunkennes from thee: then Hannah answered, and said, naye my Lord, but I am a woman troubled in spirit: I haue drunk neither wine nor strong drinke.
Secondly, towards those that are our superiours in authoritie: and firste, obedience to their commaundements. Rom. 13.1. Let euery soule be subiect to the higher powers.
We are to be admonished to obedience, because euery higher power is the ordinance of God, and the obedience which we performe to thē, God accepteth it as though it were done to himselfe and to Christ. Rom. 13.2. Whosoeuer therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God, and they that resist shall receiue to themselues iudgement. Coloss. 3.23. And whatsoeuer ye doo, doo it hartilye, as vnto the Lord, and not vnto men. ver, 24. Knowing that of the Lord ye shall receiue the reward of the inheritance: for ye serue the Lord Christ. Obedience is to be perfourmed to our superiours with diligence and faithfulnes. Gen. 24.2. Abraham saide vnto his eldest seruant of his house, [Page] which had the rule ouer all that he had: put now thy hand vnder my thigh, and I will make thee sweare by the Lord God of heauen, and God of the earth, that thou shalt not take a wise vnto my sonne of the daughters of the Canaanites, amongst whom I dwell. 10. So the seruant tooke ten Camels of his master, and departed. 12. And he said, O Lord God of my maister Abraham, I beseech thee, send me good speed this day, and shew mercy vnto my master Abraham. 33. Afterward the meate was set before him, but he said, I will not eate vntill I haue said my message: and Laban said, speak on. 56. But he said, hinder me not, seeing the Lord hath prospered my iourney: send me away that I may goe to my maister. Gene. 31.38. This twenty yeeres haue I bene with thee, thine ewes and thy goates haue not cast their young, and the rammes of thy flock haue I not eaten. 39. Whatsoeuer was torn of beasts, I brought it not vnto thee, but made it good my self: of mine hand diddest thou require it, were it stolen by day, or stollen by night. 40. J was in the day consumed with heate, and with frost in the night, ond my sleepe departed from mine eyes.
Furthermore, we must yeeld obedience to our superiours: yea, although they be cruell and wicked, but not in wickednes. 1. Pet. 2.18. Seruants, be subiect to your masters with all feare, not only to the good and curteous, but also to the frowarde. Actes 4.19. Whether it be right in the sight of God, to obey you rather then God, iudge ye.
2. Subiection in suffering the punishments inflicted by our superiours. Gen. 16.6. Then Abraham said to Sarai. Beholde, thy mayd is in thine hand, do with [Page] her as it pleaseth thee: then Sarai dealt roughly with her: wherfore she fledde from her. 9. Then the Angell of the Lord saide vnto her, returne vnto thy dame, and humble thy selfe vnder her hands.
And although the punishment should be vniust, yet must we suffer it, vntill we can get some lawfull remedy for the same. 1. Peter 2.19. For it is thanke worthie, if a man for conscience toward God endure griefe, suffering wronfully. 20. For what praise is it, if when ye be buffeted for your faults, ye take it patiently? but and if, when ye doo well, ye suffer wrong, and take it patiently, this is acceptable to God.
III. Thankfulnes in our praiers. 1. Timothie 2.1, 2. I exhorte ye therfore, that first of all, supplications, praiers, intercessions, and giuing of thankes bee made for all men, for Kings, and for all that are in authoritye, that we may lead a quiet and a peaceable life, in all godlynes, and honesty. 1. Tim. 5.17. Elders that rule wel, are worthie of double honour. Genesis 45.9. Haste you, and goe vp to my father, and tell him, thus saith thy Sonne Ioseph, God hath made me Lord ouer all Egipt, come downe to me, tarrie not, 10. and then shnll dwell in the land of Goshen. 11. Also I will nourishe thee there, for yet remaine fiue yeres of famine, least thou perrish through pouertie, thou & thy houshold, and al that thou hast.
Thirdlye, towardes those that excell vs in giftes, our duetye is to acknowledge the same giftes, and speake of them to their praise. 1. Corinthians. 22, 23.
Fourthlye, towarde all our equalles, to thinke reuerentlye of them Phillippians. 2.3. Let [Page] nothing be done through contention, or vaine glorie, but in meekenes of minde, let euery man esteeme other better then himselfe.
In giuing honour, to goe one before onother, and not in receiuing it. Romans. 12.10. In giuing honour, goe one before another. Ephesians. 5.21. Submitting your selues one to another in the feare of God. To salute one another with holy signes, whereby maye appeare the loue, which we haue one to another in Christ. 1, Pet. 5.14. Greete ye one another with the kisse of loue. Romans. 16.16. Salute one another with an holy kisse. Exodus. 18.7. And Moses went out to meet his Father in Law, and did obeysance, and kissed him. Ruth. 2.4. And beholde, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and sayd vnto the reapers, the Lord be with you, and they ansqered him, the Lord blesse thee.
Fiftlye, the dueties of all superiours towardes their inferiours, to yeeld to them in good matters, as to their brethren. Deutronomi. 17.20. That his hart be not lifted vp aboue his brethren, and that he turne not from the commandement, to the right hand, or the lefe. Iob. 31.13. If I did contemn the iudgement of my seruant, and of my maide. 2. Kings 5, 13. But his seruants came and spake vnto him, and sayde. 14. Then he went downe, and washed himselfe seauen times in Iorden, &c. To shine before their inferiours by an example of a blameles life. Titus 2.2. That the elder men be sober, honest, discreete, sovnd in the faith, [...] loue, & in patience. 3. The elder women likewise, that they be in such behauoiur as becommeth holynes, not false accusers, not giuen to much wine, but techers of honest things. [Page] 1. Peter. 5.3. Not as though ye were Lordes ouer Gods heritage, but that ye may be ensam [...] to the flocke. Philippians 4.9. To shewe forth grauitie ioyned with dignitie, by their countenance gesture, deedes and woordes. Titus. 2.3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Iob. 29.8. The young men sawe me and hidde themselues, the aged arose, and stoode vp.
Sixtly, towards inferiours in obedience, that is, towarde their subiects. I. To rule thē in the Lord, that they do not offēd. 1. Pet. 2.13. Submit your selues vnto all manner ordinance of man, for the Lords sake, whether it be vnto Kings as vnto superiours, 14. Or vnto gouernours, as vnto thē that are sent of the King, for the punishment of euill doers, and for the praise of them that doo well. Deut. 17.19. And it shal be with him, (namely, the booke of the law) and he shall reade therein all the dayes of his life, that he may learne to feare the Lord his God, and to keep all the words of this Lawe, and those ordinances to doo them. Col. 4.1. Ye masters doo vnto your seruants, that which is iust and equall: knowing that ye also haue a master in heauen. II. To prouide such things as shalbe to the good of their subiects, whether they belong to the body or to the soule. Rom. 13.4. For he is the minister of God for thy wealth. Isay. 49.23. And Kinges shall be thy noursing Fathers, and Queenes shall be thy nourses. Psal. 132.1. Lord remember Dauid with all his troubles. 2. Who sware vnto the Lord, and vowed vnto the mighty God of Iaakob, saying: 3. I will c [...] enter into the tabernackle of mine house, nor come vpon my pallet or bed. 4. Nor suffer mine eyes to sleepe, nor mine eye lidds to slumber. 5. Vntil I finde out a [Page] place for the Lord, an habitation for the mightye God of Iaakob. III. To punish their faults, the lighter by rebuking, the greater by correction, that is by inflicting reall or bodily punishment.
There is an holye manner of punishing the guiltie, wherunto is required. I. After diligent & wise examination being had, to be assured of the crime committed. II. To shew forth of Gods woord, the offence of the sinne: that the conscience of the offender may be touched. III. It is conuenient to deferre or omit the punishment, if thereby any hope of amendment may appeare. Eccle. 7.23. Giue not thy hart also to all the wordes that men speake, least thou doo heare thy seruant cursing thee. 24. For oftentimes also thine hart knoweth, that thou likewise hast cursed others. 1. Sam. 10.27. But the wickedmen saide, How shall he saue vs? so they despised him, and brought him no presents: but he helde his t [...]ng. IIII. To inflict deserued punishment, not in his own name, but in Gods Name, adding the same holily and reuerently. Iosh. 7.19. Then Ioshua said vnto Achan, my sonne. I beseech thee, giue glory to the Lord God of Israel, and make confession vnto him, and shew me now what thou hast done, hide it not from me. 20. And Achan answered Ioshua, and said, Indeed I haue sinned against the Lord God of Israell, and thus, and thus haue I done. 25. And Ioshua saide, in as much as thou hast troubled vs, the Lord shall trouble thee this day: and all Israel threw stones at him, and burned them with fire, and stoned them with stones. V. and lastly, when thou punishest, aym at this one onely thing, that the euil may be purged and amended, [Page] and that the offender by sorrowing for his sin, maye vnfainedlye repent for the same. Pro. 20.30. The blewnes of the wound serueth to purge the euill, and the stripes within the bowels of the belly.
Seuenthly, and lastly, there is a certain duetye of a man to be perfourmed toward himselfe, which is, that a man should preserue and maintain with modestie, the dignitie & worthines, which is inherent in his own person. Phil. 4.8. Furthermore, bretheren, whatsoeuer things are true, whatsoeuer things are honest, whatsoeuer things are iust, whatsoeuer thinges are pure, whatsoeuer things pertaine to loue, whatsoeuer thinges are of good reporte, if there be any vertue, or if there be any praise, think on these things.
The negatiue parte.
Diminishe not the excellency or dignitye, which is in the person af thy neighbour. Hither are referred these sinnes.
First, against our superiours. I. Vnreuerent behauiour and contempt of them. The actions hereof, are, deriding our superiours. Gen. 9.22. And whē Haue the father of canaan sawe the nakednes of his Father, he tolde his two brethren without. Pro. 30, 17. The eye that mocketh his Father, and despiseth the instruction of his mother, let the Rauens of the valley picke it out, and the yong Eagles eate it. To speak euil of, or reuile our superiours. Exod. 21.17. And he that curseth his father or his mother, shall dye the death.
II. Disobedience, wherby we contemn their iust commaundemēts. Rom. 1.30. Disobedient to parents. [Page] 2. Tim. 3.3. No striker, but gentle, no fighter. The actions hereof, are, to make contracts of mariage, without the counsell and consent of the parents. Gene. 6. [...]. Then the sonnes of God sawe the daughters of men that they were faire, and they took them wiues of all that they lyked. Genesis. 28.8, 9. And Esau seeing that the daughters of Canaan displeased Izh [...]k his Father, then went Esau to Ishmael, and tooke vnto the wiues which he had, Mahalath the daughter of Ishmael, Abrahams son. the sister of Nabaioth, to be his wife. The eye seruice of seruants. Coloss. 3, 22. Seruants, be obedient to thē that are your masters, according to the, [...] in all things: not in eye seruice, as men pleas [...], but in singlenesse of h [...]rt, fearing God. Ephesians 6.6. Not with seruice to the eye, as men pleas [...] Aunswering againe when they are reprehended. Titus. 2.9. Let seruants be subiect to their masters, and please them in all things, not answering again. Deceitfulnes & wasting their masters goods. Titus. 2.10. Neither pickers, but that they shew all good faithfulnes. To flee from the power of their superiour. Gen. 16.6. Then Sarah dealte roughlye with her, wherfore she fled from her. To resist the lawful authoritie of their superiours. 1, Pet. 2.20. To obey them in things vnlawful. Act. 4.19. To extol themselues aboue their betters: this is the sin of Antichrist. 2. Thes. 2.3, 4. Which (man of sinne) exalteth himselfe against all that is called God. Lastlye, the freedome of the Papistes, whereby they free children from the gouernment of their parentes: and subiectes from the authoritie of their Princes: so that they make it lawfull for them to pretend and procure their [Page] death. 1. Samuel. 26.8, 9. Then saide Abishai to Dauid, God hath closed thine enemye into thine hand this day, now therfore, I pray thee, let me smite him once with a speare to the earth, and I will not smite him againe: and Dauid said to Abishai, destroy him not, for who can laye his hand on the Lords annointed, and be guiltles.
III. Ingratitude and want of a louing affection towards parents. Mat. 15.5, 6. But ye say, whosoeuer shall say to Father or mother, By the gift that is offered by me, thou maist haue profit, though he honour not his Father, or his mother, shalbe free. 1. Tim. 5.4.
Secondly, we offend against our equals, in preferring our selues before them, in talking or in sitting down. Mat. 20.20. Then came vnto him the mother of Zebedeus children, with her Sonnes, worshipping him, and desiring a certain thing of him. 21. And he said, What wouldst thou? and she said vnto him, Graunt, that these my two sonnes may sit, the one at thy right hand, and the other at thy left hand in thy kingdome. 24. And when the other ten heard this, they disdained at the 2. brethren.
Thirdly, toward our inferiours. I. Through negligence in gouerning them, and prouiding for their good estate. Hag. 1.4. Is it time for your selues to dwell in your sieled houses, and this house lye waste? Dan, 3.28. This condemneth those mothers, which put foorth their children to be nourced, hauing both sufficient strength & store of milk themselues to nource thē. 1. Tim. 5.10. If she haue nourished her children. II. By too much gentlenes and lenitie, in correcting thē. 1. King. 1.5. Then Adorij [...]th the sonne of Haggith exalted himselfe, saying: I will be King. Ver. 6. And his father [Page] would not displease him from his childehoode, to say, why hast thou done so? 1. Sam. 2.22. So Eli was very old, and heard all that his sonnes did vnto all Israel, and how they lay with the women that assembled at the doore of the Tabernacle of the congregation. ver. 23. And he saide vnto them why doo ye such things? for of all this people I heare euill reports of you. ver. 24. Do no more my sonnes: for it is no good report that I heare, namely, that ye make the Lords people to trespasse. Ver. 25. Notwithstanding, they obeyed not the voice of their father, because the Lord would slay them. 3. By ouermuch cruelty and threatnings. Ephe. 6.4. And ye fathers, prouoke not your children to wrath. ver. 9. And ye masters do the same things vnto them, putting away threatnings.
Fourthly and lastly, a man offendeth against him selfe, whē through his naughty behauiour, he doth obscure, and almost extinguishe those giftes which God hath giuen him. Mat. 25.2.16. Or contrarilye, when he is too wise in his own conceit. Rom. 12.3. For I say, through the grace that is giuen vnto me, to euery one that is among you, that no man presume to vnderstand, aboue that which is meete to vnderstand.
Chap. 25. Concerning the sixt Commaundement.
THou shalt not kill.
The resolution.
Kill. The part is here set for the whole, by a Synecdoche: for killing signifieth any kinde of endamaging the person of our neighbour.
The equitie of this commaundement appeareth [Page] by this, that man was created after the likenes of God. Gen. 9.6. He that sheddeth mans blood, by man shall his blood be shedde: for in the image of God hath he made man. Againe all men are the same flesh. Esay 58.7. When thou seest the naked, couer him, and hide not thy face from thine own flesh.
Neither ought we to be ignorant of this also, that it is vnlawfull for any priuate person, not called to that duety, to kill another, but a publike officer may that is, if he be warranted by a calling. So did Moses. Exod. 2.12. And he looked round about, and when he saw no man, he slewe the Egiptian, and hid him in the sand. Act. 7.25. For he supposed his brethren wold haue vnderstood, that God by his hand should giue them deliuerance. And Phinchas. Nom. 25.8. And he followed the man of Israell into the tent, and thrust them both through (to wit, the man of Israel, and the woman) through her belly: so the plague ceased from the children of Israel. ver, 11. Phinchas the sonne of Eliazar, hath turned mine anger away from the children of Jsrael, while he was zealous for my sake among them: therfore I haue not consumed the children in my ielousie. And Eliiah. 1. King. 18.40. And Elijah said vnto them, take the Prophets of Baal, let not a man of them escape: and they took them, and Elijah brought them to the brooke of Kishan, and slew them there. And souldiours in battailes, waged vpon iust causes. 2. Chron. 20.15. Feare yee not, neither be afraid of this great multitude, for the battell is not yours, but Gods.
The Negatiue part.
Thou shalt neither hurt, nor hinder, either thine owne or [Page] thy neighbours life. The sinnes then that are referred to this part, are such, as are committed against our neighbour, or our selues.
Against our neighbour, are these following, I. In hart, as 1, Hatred against him. 1. Iohn 3.15. Who so hateth his brother, is a manslayer. 2. Vnaduised anger. Mat. 5.22. I saye vnto you, whosoeuer is angrye with his brother vnaduisedly, is in danger of iudgement. 3. Enuie. Romans. 1.29. Full of anger, murther, contention. 4. Grudges. Ia. 3.14. Jf ye haue bitter enuying, & strife in your harts, reioyce not. 5. Want of compassion, and sorrow at our neighbours calamities. Amos. 6.5, 6. They sing to the sound of the viole, &c. but no man is sorrie for the affliction of Joseph. 6. Frowardnes, when we wil not be reconciled to our neighbour. Romans. 1.30. Such as can neuer be appeased, vnmerciful. 7. Desire of reuenge. Psal. 5.6. The Lord wil aborre the bloudye man and deceitfull.
II. In words, 1. Bitternes in speaking. Pro. 12.18 There is that speaketh words like the pricking of a sword: but the tung of wise men, is health. 2. Reproches and rayling: which is a casting of a mans sinnes in his teeth which he hath cōmitted, or an obiecting vnto him, some inherent infirmities. Mat. 5.22. Whosoeuer saith vnto his brother Raca, shalbe worthy to be punished by the counsel: and whosoeuer shal say foole, shal be worthie to be punished with hell fier. 2. Sam. 6.16. As the Arke of the Lord came into the cittie of Dauid, Michal Sauls daughter looked through a window, and saw king Dauid leap & daunce before the Lord, & she despised him in her hart. v. 20, and Michal the daughter of Saul came out to meete Dauid, and saide, O how glorious was the King [Page] of Jsraell this day, which was vncouered to day in the eyes of the maidens of his seruantes, as a foole vncouereth himselfe. 3. Contentions, when two or more striue in speech one with an other, for any kinde of superiority. 4. Braulings in any conference. 5. Crying, which is an vnseemely eleuation of the voice against ones aduersary. Gal. 5.19. The woorkes of the flesh are manifest, which are, ver. 20. Emulations, wrath, contentions, seditions. Ephe. 4.31. Let all bitternes, and anger, and wrath, crying, and euill speaking, be put awaye from you, with all maliciousnes. ver. 32. Be ye curteous one to another. Gen. 16.11. He (vz. Ismael) shall be a wilde man, his hand shalbe against euery man, and euery mans hand against him. 6. Complaints to euery one of such as offer vs iniuries. Iam. 5.9. Grudge not one against an other brethren, least ye be condemned.
III. In countenance, and gesture, all such signes, as euidentlye decipher the malitious affections lurking in the hart. Genesis 4.5, 6. His countenance fell downe: And the Lord saide vnto Cain, why art thou so wrath? Matth. 27.39. They that passed by, rayled on him, nodding their heads.
Hence is it, that derision is tearmed persecution. Gen. 21.9. Sarai sawe the Sonne of Hagar the Egiptian, mocking, &c. Galat. 4.29. He that was borne after the flesh, persecuted him, that was borne after the spirite.
IV In deeds. 1. To fight with, or to beate our neighbour, and to maim his body Leuit. 24.19, 20. If any man cause any blemmish in his neighbour: as he hath doone, so shall it be doone to him: Breache for breach, eie for eie, tooth for tooth. 2. to procure any way [Page] [...]e death of our neighbour, whether it be by the sword, famine, or poyson. Gen. 4.8. Cain rose vp against his brother, and slew him. 3. To exercise tyranous crueltie in inflicting punishments. Deut. 25.3. Fortie stripes shal he cause him to haue, & not past, least of he should exceede, and beate him aboue that with many stripes, thy brother should appeare despised in thy sight. 2. Cor. 11.24. Of the Jewes I receiued fiue times fortie stripes saue one. To vse any of Gods creatures hardly. Prou. 12.10. A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast, but the mercies of the wicked are cruell. Deut. 22.6. If thou finde a birdes nest in the way, in any tree, or on the grounde, whether they be young or egges, and the dam sitting vpon the young, or vpon the egges, thou shalt not take the dam with the young, but shalt in any wise let the dam goe, and take the young to thee, that thou maiest prosper and prolong thy daies. 5. To take occasion by our neighbours infirmities, to vse him discourteously, & to make him our laughing stock, or taunting recreation. Leuit. 19.14. Thou shalt not curse the deafe, nor put a stumbling blocke before the blinde. 2. King. 2.23. Litle children came out of the citie, and mocked him, and saide vnto him, come vp thou bald head, come vp thou balde head. 6. To iniurie the impotent, feeble, poore, strangers, fatherlesse, or widowes. Exod. 22.21, 22. Thou shalt not doe iniurie to a stranger, neither oppresse him: for yee were strangers in the land of Egypt. Ye shall not trouble any widowe or fatherlesse child. ver. 25. Thou shall not be an vsurer vnto the poore. We then iniurie these. 1. If we pay not the labourer his hyre. Deutr. 24.14. [Page] Thou shalt not oppresse an hyred seruant that is nee [...] & poore, neither of thy brethrē, nor of the stranger that is within thy gates. v. 15. Thou shalt giue him his hyre for his day: neither shall the sunne goe downe vpon it: for he is poore, and therewith sustaineth his life: least he cry against thee to the Lord, and it be sinne vnto thee. 2. If thou restore not the pledge of the poore. Exo. 22.26, 27. If thou take thy neighbours rayment to pledge, thou shalt restore it vnto him before the sunne goe downe: for that is his garment onely, and his couering for his skinne. 3. If we withdrawe corne from the poore. Prouerb. 11.26. He that withdraweth the corne, the people will curse him: but blessing shal be vpon the head of him that selleth corne.
Againe, this law is as well transgressed by not killing, when the lawe chargeth to kill, and by pardoning the punishment due vnto murther, as by killing when we should not. Nomb. 35.16. If one smite another with an instrument of yron that he die, he is a murtherer, and the murtherer shall die the death. ver. 33. The land can not be clensed of the bloud that is [...]ed therein, but by the bloud of him that shed it.
By this place also are combates of two men hand to hand, for deciding of controuersies, vtterly vnlawfull. 1. Because they are not equall meanes ordeined of God, to determine, controuersies. 2. In that it falleth out in such combates, that he is conquerour before man, who indeede is guiltie before God.
This also condemneth popish sanctuaries, and places of priuiledge: as Churches, and the like, [Page] wherin murtherers shelter and shroud themselues from the daunger of the law. For God expressely commaundeth (Exod. 21.14.) that such an one shal be taken from his Altar, that he may die. And Ioab. 1. King. 2.24. Touching the hornes of the altar, was slain in the Temple.
Hitherto in like sort belongeth such thinges as concerne the soule of our neighbour. 1. To be a scandale or offence to the soule of our neighbour, either in life or doctrine. Matth. 18.7. Woe be to the world because of offences: it is necessarie that offences should come, but woe be to them by whom they do come.
2. To minister occasions of strife and discorde. The which we then doe, 1. When we can not be brought to remit somewhat of our owne right. 2. When we returne snappish, and crooked answeres. 3. When we interprete euery thing amisse, and take them in the worst part. 1. Sam. 25. Nabal is his name, & folly is with him. 2. Sam. 10.3. And the Princes of the children of Ammon saide to Hanun their Lord. Thinkest thou that Dauid doth honor thy father, that he hath sent comforters to thee? hath not Dauid rather sent his seruants vnto thee, to search the citie, to spie it out, and to ouerthrow it? Wherefore Hanun tooke Dauids seruants, & shaued off the halfe of their beards, and cut off their garments in the middle, euen to their buttockes, and sent them away.
3. The ministers sin against their neighbours, is this, not to preach the word of God to their charge, that they thereby might be instructed in the waies of life. Prou. 29.18. Where there is no vision the people [Page] decay, but he that keepeth the Law is blessed. Esa. 56.10. Their watchmen are all blinde, they haue no knowledge, they are all dumme dogges, they can not barke: they lie and sleepe, and delight in sleeping. And these greedie dogges can neuer haue enough: and these shepheardes they can not vnderstand: for they all looke to their owne way, euerie one for his aduantage, and for his owne purpose. Ezech. 3.18. When I shall say to the wicked, thou shalt surely die, and thou giuest him not warning, the same wicked man shall die in his iniquitie, but his bloud will I require at thy handes.
And not only not to preach at all, but to preach negligently, is vtterly condemned. Ierem. 48.10. Cursed be he that doth the worke of the Lord negligently. Reuel. 3.16. Because thou art lukewarme, and neither hate nor colde: it will come to passe that J shall spew thee out of my mouth. This reprooueth non residencie of ministers, which is an ordinarie absence of the minister from his charge: namely, from that particular congregation committed vnto him. Esa. 62.6. I haue set watchmen vpon thy walles, O Ierusalem, which all the day and all the night continually shall not cease: ye that are mindfull of the Lord keepe not silence, and giue him no rest, till he repaire, and vntill he set vp Ierusalem, the praise of the world. Act. 20.28, 29, 30, 31. Take heede therefore vnto your selues, and to all the flocke whereof the holy Ghost hath made you ouerseers, to feede the church of God, which he hath purchased with his owne bloud. For I know this, that after my departing, shall grieuous wolues enter in among you, not sparing the flocke. Moreouer, of your selues [Page] shall men arise, speaking peruerse things to draw disciples after them. Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three yeares, I ceased not to warne euerie one night and day with teares. 1. Pet. 5.2, 3. Feede the flocke of God, which dependeth vpon you, caring for it, not by constraint but willingly: not for filthy lucre, but of a readie minde: Not as though ye were Lordes ouer Gods heritage, but that ye may be ensamples to the flocke. The Councill of Antioch. the 17. Canon. If any Bishop be by imposition of handes inducted into a charge, and appointed to gouerne a people, and he neglect to take vpon him that office, but delayeth to goe vnto the congregation alloted vnto him: such an one shal be prohibited from the Lordes table, till he be enforced to attend vpon that charge, or at the least, somewhat be determined by a complete assemblie of the ministers of that prouince. The Councill of Sardice the 14. Canon. We remēber that our brethren in a former assemblie decreed, that if any lay man remaining three Sabboths or Lords daies, that is, three weekes, in a citie, did not in the same citie frequent the Church assemblies, he should be excommunicated▪ If then such things are not allowable in lay men, much lesse in ministers, for whom it is neither lawful nor conuenient, without vrgent necessitie, to be absent from his parish Church longer then the time aboue mentioned. To this decree there was not one non placet, but euerie one saide, It liketh vs well. The Councill helde at Constantinople, in the 24. Canon decreed that Ministers ought not to haue their substitutes, or vt [...]ars, but in their owne persons, with feare and chearefulnesse, performe all such duties as are [Page] required of them in the seruice of God. The Canon law doth conclude the same thing, dist. 36. Canon siquis vult. debent in desinēter, &c. The Bishops (saith that Canon) [...]ught to be contenually resident in Gods tabernacle, that they may learne somewhat of God, and the people of them, whilest they read often and meditate vpon Gods worde. Againe, in the Canons intituled Pontifices, and siquis in clero. Episcopos, qui dominici gregis suscipiunt curam, &c. The Bishops which take vpon them to feede Gods flocke, ought not to depart from their duetie, least they loose that excellent talent which God hath bestowed vpon them, but rather striue with that one talent, to get three more talents. And in the 80. Canon of those which are termed the Canons of the Apostles, there is an expresse mandate, that such, whether Bishop, or Senior, who attendeth not vpon their office, in the Church, shal foorthwith be remooued from that place. The Calced, Councill, can. 10. Let no man be ordeined minister of two Churches, in two seueral cities, but let him remaine in that, vnto which he was first called. And if for vaine glorie, he shal afterward go to a greater congregation, let him immediately be recalled to his first charge, and in that onely exercise his ministery. But if one he called to another charge, let him simply giue ouer the foreuer, and haue no interest in the same, &c. For this thing, looke to the decrees of Damasus, and the Councell of Trent, section 7. can. 8.
There are, notwithstanding the former testimonies, some cases, wherein it is permitted to the minister, that he may be absent. I. Sicknesse, the [Page] Councill of Mentz, 25. canon. If a Bishop be not at home, or be sicke, or vpon some exigent, can no [...] present at his parish, let him procure one, who, vpon Sabboths and festiuall dayes, will preach vnto his charge. Augustine testifieth, epist. 138. that he was absent on the like occasion.
II. Allowance of the Church, to be absent for a time vpon some necessary and publique commoditie of the same. Coloss. 1.7. Epaphras is their minister, but chap. 4.12. he being absent saluteth them. And Ambrose though he were Bishop of Millain, yet went hee twise Ambassadour into France 1, to make agreement betwixt Maximus, and Valentinian. Ambrose 5. booke, and 27. epist. to Valentinian the Emperour.
III. If by reason of persecution he be enforced to flee, and see no hope to procure the safetie of his people. This made Cyprian to be absent from Carthage, as he testifieth in his Epistles.
Thus much concerning sins against our neighbour. Now followeth such sinnes, as a man committeth against his owne person, as when a man doth hurt, kill, and endanger him selfe. Mat. 16.24. If any man will follow me, let him deny him selfe, take vp his crosse and follow me. Matth. 4.6. He sayd vnto him, Jf thou be the Sonne of God, cast thy selfe downe headlong, for it is written, he shall gi [...]e his Angels charge ouer thee, and with then handes they shall lift thee vp, least at any time thou shouldest dash thy foot against a stone. ver. 7. Iesus said vnto him, it is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.
The affirmatiue part.
Thou shalt preserue the life of thy neighbour. Hitherto may we referre these duties.
I. Such as appertaine to the person of our neighbour, and concerne, first his welfare both of body and minde: as to reioyce with them that reioyce. Rom. 12.15. Marke. 10.20. Then he answered and saide vnto him, All these things I haue obserued from my youth. And Iesus be held him, and loued him. Secondly his miseries, to be grieued with him for thē. Rom. 12.15. Mourne with those that mourne. Esay. 24.16. And I saide, My leannesse, my leannesse, woe is me: the transgressours haue grieuously offended. Psal. 119.136. Mine [...]esgush out with water, because men obserue not thy Law. Againe, we must helpe him as much as in vs lyeth. Iob. 29.15. I was as an eie to the blinde, and a foote to the lame. 2. Corinth. 8.3. To their power, yea beyond their power, they were willing. And that we doe, we must doe speedily. Prou. 3.28. Say not to thy neighbour, goe, and come againe to morrowe, and I will giue thee, if thou now haue it. Leuit. 19.17. Thou shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer him to sinne.
Thirdly, concerning such iniuries as he offereth vnto thee: 1. Thou shalt not be angry against him, vpon a small occasion. Nomb. 12.3. Moses was a weeke man aboue all that liued vpon the earth. Prou. 9.11. The discretion of a man deferreth his anger, and his glorie is to passe by an offence. 2. Thou must be slowe to wrath, and neuer angry, but for a most iust cause. Marke 3.5. Then he looked round about on [Page] them angerly, mourning also for the hardnesse of their harts. Prou. 14.29. He that is slow to wrath, is of great wisedome: but he that is of an hastie minde, exalteth follie. 3. Thine anger must be but for a while. Eph. 4.26. Be angrie and sinne not, let not the sunne go down vpon thy wrath. 4. Forgiue freely an iniurie, and reuenge it not. Eph. 4.32. Be ye courteous one to another, and tender hearted, forgiuing one an other, euen as God for Christs sake forgaue you.
Fourthly, his wantes and infirmities. 1. Auoyde occasions wherby they may be stirred & layd open. Gen. 13.8. Then said Abraham to Lot, Let there be no strife, I pray thee, between thee & me, neither between thy heard men and mine: for we are brethren. ver. 9. Is not the whole land before thee? depart, I pray thee, from me: If thou wilt take the left hand, I will take the right, or if thou goe to the right hand, I will take the left. Gen. 27.44. And tarry with him a while vntill thy brothers fiercenesse be asswaged. ver. 45. And till thy brothers wrath turne away from thee, and he forget the thinges which thou hast done to him. 2. Depart sometimes from thine owne right. Mat. 17.25, 26. What thinkest thou, Simon? of whō do the Kings of the earth take tribute, or poll money? of their children, or of strangers? Potes saide vnto him, Of strangers. Then sayd Iesus vnto him, Then are the children free. v. 27. Neuerthelesse, least we should offend thē, go to the sea, & cast in an angle, and take the first fish that cōmeth vp, & when thou hast opened his mouth, thou shalt find a piece of twentie p [...]ice: that take and giue it vnto thē for me & thee. 3. To appease anger kindled: which is done. 1. by o [...] uercomming [Page] euill with goodnes. Rom. 12.21. Be not ouercome of euill: but ouercome euill with goodnes. 2. By following after peace. 1. Pet. 3.11. Decline from euill, and do good, seeke peace, and follow after it. 3. By courteous answeres. Pro. 15.1. A soft answere putteth away wrath: but grieuous words stirre vp anger. 1. Sam. 1.14. Eli said vnto her, How long wilt thou be drunken? put away thy drunkennes frō thee. v. 15. Then Hannah answered, & said, Nay my lord, but I am a woman troubled in spirit, I haue drunk neither wine nor strōg drink, but haue powred out my soule before the Lord. Philemon v. 15. It may be, that he therefore departed for a season, that thou shouldest receiue him for euer. 4. By ouerpassing some wantes and infirmities in mens words, and deedes. Prou. 19.11. It is a mans honour to passe by infirmities. 5. By couering them with silence. 1. Pet. 4.8. Aboue all things haue feruent loue amongst you, for loue couereth a multitude of sins. Prou. 17.9. He that couereth transgression, seeketh loue: but he that repeateth a matter, seperateth the Prince. 6. By taking euery thing (if it be possible) in the best part. 1. Cor. 13.5. Loue thinketh none euill.
This sheweth the lawfulnes of truces, couenants, & other agreemēts concerning peace, being made to auoyd iniuries, maintain ancient bounds, procure securitie in traffique, possessions, & iourneyes, set pensions, commons for cattell, liberties of hunting, fishing or fouling, and getting fewell, or other necessaries, for publique commodities, if there be no vnlawful conditions annexed vnto the same. And we may make this couenant not onely [Page] with Christians, but for the maintenance of peace, with infidels also. For that which is godly to be performed, is no lesse godly to be promised. But it is a note of true godlinesse, to be as much as may be, at peace with all men. Therefore to promise peace by couenant is very godly. We may see the experience of this in the liues of holy men. Gen. 21.22. At that same time Abimelech and Pichol his chiefe captaine, spake vnto Abraham, saying, God is with thee in all that thou doest. v. 23. Now therefore sweare vnto me here by God, that thou wilt not hurt me, nor my children, nor my childrens children,, &c. ver. 24. Then Abraham sayd, I will sweare. v. 27. Then Abraham took sheep & beeues, and gaue thē vnto Abimeclech: and they two made a couenant. Gen. 31.44. Now therefore come and let vs make a couenant, J and thou, which may be a witnesse betweene me and thee. ver. 45. Then tooke Iaakob a stone, and set it vp as a pillar, &c. v. 51. Laban sayd to Iaakob, Behold this heape, and behold the pillar, which I haue set betweene me and thee. vers. 53. The God of Abraham, and the gods of Nahor, and the God of their father be iudge betweene vs: But Iaakob sware by the feare of his father Izhak.
II. Concerning his bodie, we are to regard it aliue and dead. Being aliue, we ought if neede be, 1. to minister vnto it foode and rayment. Matth. 25.41, 42. Depart from me ye cursed into euerlasting fire which is prepared for the deuill and his angels. For I was an hungred and ye gaue me no meate, I thirsted and ye gaue me no drinke &c. vers. 45. In as much as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me. [Page] 2. To lend our helping hand, when our neighbors bodie is in any danger. 1. Ioh. 3.16. Hereby we perceiued loue, that he layd downe his life for vs, therefore also ought we to lay down our liues for the brethrē. v. 17.
When a man is dead, we ought to commit the dead corps to the graue, as may appeare by these arguments. 1. The instinct of Nature it selfe. 2. The examples of the Patriarkes, and other holy personages. Abraham buried Sarah. Gen. 23.19. Iaakob is buried by his sonnes. Gen. 50.12. Steuen by religious and deuout men. Act. 8.2. 3. The Lordes owne approbatiō of buriall, in that he numbreth it amongst his benefites. For the want thereof is a curse. Ier. 22.19. He (viz. Iehoiakim) shall be buried as an asse is buried, euen drawen and cast foorth without the gates of Jerusalem. Therefore rather then Moses should be vnburied, the Lord himself did bury him. Deut. 34.5, 6. Moses the seruant of the Lord died in the land of Moab, according to the worde of the Lorde. And be buried him in a valley, in the land of Moab, ouer against Beth- [...]oor, but no man knoweth of his sepulchre vnto this day. 4. There is no dead carkase so lothsome as a man is, the which both argueth the necessitie of buriall, and how ougly we are in the sight of God, by reason of sinne. 5. The bodie must rise againe out of the earth, that it may be made a perpetuall mansion house for the soule to dwell in. 6. The bodies of the faithfull are the temples of the holy Ghost, and therefore must rise againe to glory. 7. Buriall is a testimonie of the loue, and reuerence we beare to the deceased.
[Page] A funerall ought to be solemnized after an honest, and ciuile maner: namely, agreeable to the nature, and credite as well of those which remaine aliue, as them which are dead. Concerning the liuing, they must see that 1. Their mourning be moderate, and such, as may well expresse their affection and loue to the partie departed. Ioh. 11.34. He sayde, Where haue ye layde him? they answered, Lord, come and see. ver. 35. Then Iesus wept. And (ver. 36.) the Jewes said, Behold how he loued him. 3. They must auoyde superstition, and not surmise that funerall ceremonies are auaileable to the dead. Such are the tites of the Church of Rome; as to be buried in a Church, especially vnder the altar, and in a Friars coole. 3. They ought to take heede of superfluous pompe, and solemnities. For of all ostentations of pride, that is most foolish, to be boasting of a lothsome and a deformed corps. Esa. 22.15, 16. Thus sayth the Lord God of hostes, Go, get thee to that treasurer, to Shebnah the steward of the house, & say, what hast thou to doe here? and whom hast thou here? that thou shouldest here howe thee out a sepulchre, as he that howeth out his sepulchre in an hie place, or that graueth [...] habitation for himselfe in a rocke.
To this cōmandement belongeth these duties. 1. Before the vintage or haruest, we ought to permit any man, for the repressing of hunger, to gather grapes, or plucke off the eares of come in the field. Deut. 23. [...]4, 25. When thou commest into thy neighbours vineyeard, then thou maiest eate grapes at thy pleasure, as much as thou wilt: but thou shalt put [Page] none in thy vessell. When thou commest into thy neighbours corne, thou maiest plucke the eares with thine hand, but thou shalt not moue a sickle to thy neighbours corn. Mat. 12.1. Iesus went on the Sabboth day through the corne, and his disciples were an hungred, and began to pluke the eares of the corne and to eate, &c. 2. In the vintage, and time of haruest, we ought neither to leaue the trees naked of grapes, nor rake vp after the reaping, eares of corne: but leaue the after gatherings for the poore. Leuit. 23.22. When you reape the haruest of your land, thou shalt not rid clean the corners of thy field, when thou reapest: neither shalt thou make anye after gathering of thine Haruest, but shalt leaue thē vnto the poore, and to the stranger: I am the Lord your God. Ruth. 2.8. Go to none other field to gather, neither go from hence: but abide here by my maidens. v. 7. So she gleaned in the field vntill euening.
III. Concerning the soule of our neighbour. 1. We must seeke all meanes to win him to the profession of Christian religiō. 1. Cor. 10.33. I please all men in all things, not seeking mine owne profite, but the profite of many, that they might be saued. Heb. 10.24. Let vs consider one another, to prouoke vnto loue and to good workes. 2. We must liue amongst men without offence. 1. Cor. 10.32. Giue no offence neither to the Iewes, nor to the Grecians, nor to the Church of God. 1. Cor. 8.13. If meat offend my brother, I will eat no flesh whole the world standeth, that I may not offend my brother. 3. The light of our good life must be, as a lanterne, to direct the waies of our neighbor. Act. 24.14. This I confesse vnto thee, that after the way (which [Page] they call heresie) so worship I the God of my fathers, beleeuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophets, 15. And haue hope towarde God, that the resurrection of the dead, which themselues looke for also, shalbe both of iust and vniust. 16. And herein I endeuour my selfe to haue alway a cleare conscience toward God, and toward men. 4. If our neighbour offend, we are to admonish him. 1. Thess. 5.14. We desire you, brethren, admonish them that are vnruly: comfort the feeble minded: beare with the weake: be patient towards all men. 5. If our neighbour runne the wayes of Gods commandements (as Dauid speaketh) we ought to encourage him in the same.
IIII. We may referre such things vnto this cō mandement, as appertaine to the peculiar preseruation of euery seuerall mans life. 1. Recreation, which is an exercise ioyned with the feare of God, conuersant in things indifferent, for the preseruation of bodily strength, and confirmation of the minde in holinesse. Eccl. 2.2. I saide of laughter, thou art mad: and of ioy, what is this that thou doest? Esa. 5.12. The harpe, violl, timbrell, and pipe, and wine, are in their feasts: but they regard not the worke of the Lord, neither consider the worke of his hands. 1. Corin. 10.7. Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them, as it is written: The people sate down to eate and drinke, & rose vp to play. Luk. 6.25. We be to you that laugh: for ye shal waile & weepe. Deu. 12.7. There ye shal eate before the lord your god, & ye shal reioice in al that ye put your hād vnto, both ye & your housholds, because the lord thy god hath blessed thee. To this end hath the word of God [Page] permitted shooting. 1. Sam. 1.18. He bad them teach the childrē of Iudah to shoot, as it is written in the booke of Iasher. And musicall consort. Nehe. 7.6, 7. Besides their seruants & maides, which were seuen thousande, three hundreth, & seuen & thirtie: they had two hundreth & fiue & forty singing men, & singing womē. And putting forth of riddles. Iud. 14.12. Samson said vnto thē, I will now put forth a riddle vnto you: and if you can declare it me within 7. dates of the feast, and find is out, I will giue you thirty sheetes, & thirty change of garmēts. 13. And they answered him, Put forth thy riddle that we may heare it. 14. And he said vnto them, out of the eater came meate, and out of the strong came sweetnes: and they could not in three dayes expound the riddle. And hunting of wild beasts. Cant. 2.15. Take vs the foxes, the [...]ile foxes which destroy the vines, for our vines haue small grapes. Lastly, the searching out of contemplation of the workes of God. 1. King. 4.33. And he spake of trees from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon, euen vnto the hyssop that springeth out of the wal be spake also of beasts, & of foules, & of creeping things, and of fishes. II Physicke, the vse whereof is holy, if before the receit of it, a man craue remission of his sinnes, & repose his confidence only vpon God, not vpon the meanes. Matth 9.2. And loe, they brought vnto him a man sicke of the palsie, bring on a bed. And Iesus seeing their faith, sayd vnto the sicke of the palsie, Sonne be of good comfort, thy sins are forgiuen thee. 6. Then he said to the sicke of the palsie, arise, take vp thy bed and walke to thine house: Ioh. 5.5. A certaine man was there, which had bin diseased eight & thirty yeres. [Page] 8. Jesus saide vnto him, take vp thy bed and walke. 14. After that Iesus found him in the Temple, and saide vnto him, Behold, thou art made whole: sinne no more, least a worse thing come vnto thee. 2. Chro. 16.12. And Asa in the nine and thirteth yeere of his reigne was diseased in his feete, and his disease was extreame: yet he sought not the Lord in his disease, but to the phisitians. III. Auoiding of an iniurye, offred by some priuate person: this, if it be against an vnrulye and vnstayed aduersary, and the defence be faultlesse, is verye lawfull, and is so farre from a priuate reuenge, that it is to be accounted a iust defence. The defence is then faultles, when a man doth so assault his aduersary, as that he neither purposeth his owne reuenge, or his enemies hurt, but onely his alone safety from that unminent danger.
Chap. 26. Of the seauenth Commaundement.
THe seuenth commaundement sheweth how wee maye preserue the chastitie of our selues, and of our neighbour. The words are these.
Thou shalt not commit adultery.
The resolution.
Adulterie. To commit adulterye, signifieth as much, as to doo any thing, what way soeuer, wherby the chastitie of our selues, or our neighbours may be stayned. Mat. 5.28.
The negatiue parte.
Thou shalt no way either hurt or hinder thy neighbours chastitie.
In this parte are prohibited.
I. The lust of the hart, or the euil concupiscense of the flesh. Mar. 5.28. I say vnto you, whosoeuer looketh on a woman to lust after her, he hath alreadye committed adulterie with her in his hart. Coloss. 3.5. Mortifie your members which are on earth: fornication, vncleannes, the inordinate affection, euill concupiscense.
II. Burning in the flesh, which is an inward feruencie of lust, whereby the godlye motions of the hart are hindred, ouerwhelmed, and as it were with cō trary fire, burnt vp. 1. Cor. 7.9. If they cannot abstaine, let them marry, for it is better to marry then to burne.
III. Strange pleasures about generation, prohibited in the word of God: the which are many.
1. With beasts. Leuit. 18.23. Thou shalt not be with any beast, to be defiled therewith, neither shall any woman stand before a beast, to lye downe therto, for it is an abhomination.
2. With the deuil, as witches doo, by their owne confession. For why should not a spirit as well haue society with a witch, as to eat meat.
3. With one of the same sexe. Leuit. 18.22. Thou shalt not lie with the male, as one lieth with a woman, for it is abhomination. This is a sin, which they commit, whom God hath giuen ouer to a reprobate sence. Rom. 1.26. For this cause God gaue them vp to vile affections: for euen their women did change their natural vse, [Page] into that which is against nature. v. 27. And the men left the naturall vse of the women, and burned in their lustes one toward another, & man with man wrought filthines: It was the sin of Sodom, Genesis. 19. where it was so common, that to this day it is tearmed Sodomie.
4. With such as be within the degrees of consangumitie or affinitie, prohibited in the word of god. Leuit. 18.6. None shal come neere to any of the kinred of his flesh, to vncouer her shame: I am the Lord.
5. With vnmarried persons. This sinne is termed fornication. Deut. 22.28. If any man finde amaid that is not betrothed, and take her and lye with her, and they be found, v. 29. Then the man that laide with her, shall giue vnto the maids father fifty shekels of siluer, & she shal be his wife, because he hath humbled her, he can not put her away all his life. 1. Cor. 10.8. Neither let vs commit fornication, as some of them committed fornication, and fell in one day one and twenty thousand.
6. With those, whereof one is married, or at the least betrothed. This sinne is called adulterie, and God hath inflicted by his woord, the same punishment vpon them, which commit this sinne, after they be betrothed, as he dooth vpon such as are already married. Deut. 22.22. If a man be found lying with a woman maried to a man, then they shall dye euen both twaine: to wit, the man that laye with the wife, and the wife: so thou shalt put away euill from Jsrael. v. 23. Jf am aide be betrothed to an husband, and a man finde her in the towne and lye with her. ver. 24. Then shal he bring thē both vnto the gate of the same citie, and shal stone thē to death with stones. This is a marueilous great sinne, [Page] as may appeare, in that it is the punishment of idolatry. Rom. 1.23. They turned the glory of the vncorruptible God, to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man, &c. Ver. 24. Wherefore God gaue them vp vnto their hartes lustes, vnto vncleannes. Yea, this sinne is more heinous then theft. Pro. 6.30. Men doe not despise a theefe, when he stealeth to satisfie his soule when he is hungry: ver. 32. But he that committeth adulterie with a woman, is destitute of vnderstanding: he that doth it, destroyeth his owne soule. Againe, the adulterer breaketh the couenant of mariage, which is Gods couenant. Prouerbs 2.17. Which forsaketh the guide of her youth, and forgetteth the couenant of her God. Adulterers dishonest their own bodies. 1. Corinth. 6.18. Flee fornication, euerye sinne that a man doeth, is without the bodye, but he that committeth fornication, sinneth against his owne bodye. And bereaue their neighbours of a great and vnrecouerable benefite: namely, of chastitie. As for the children, which are begotten in this sorte, they are shut out from that preheminence, which they otherwise might obteine in the congregation. Deut. [...]3.2. A bastarde shall not enter into the congregation of the Lord: euen to his tenth generation shall he not enter into the congregagation of the Lord. He maketh his familie a stewes, as appeareth in Dauid, whose adulterie was punished by Absaloms lying with his Fathers concubines. 2. Samuel 16.21. Achitophel said to Absolom, G [...] to thy Fathers concubines, which hee hath lefte to keepe, the house. Iob. 31.9. If mine hart haue bene deceiued by a woman, or if I haue laide waite at the door of my neighbour: [Page] let my wife grind vnto another man: and let other men bow down vpon her. Mans posteritie feeleth the smart of this sinne. Iob. 31.12. This (adulterye) is a fire that shall deuoure to destruction, and which shall roote out all mine encrease. To conclude, though this sinne be committed neuer so closely, yet God wil reueale it. Nomb. 5. from the 12. verse to the 23. And it vsually hath one of these two, as companions: namely, dulnes of hart, or a marueilous horrour of conscience. Hose. Chap 4. ver. 11. Whordome, and wine, take away their hart.
As for the Patriarks Polygamie, or marrying of manye wiues, albeit it cannot be defended, yet it may be excused, either because it serued to the enlarging of the number of mankinde, when there were but few: or at the least, to the propagation of the Church of God.
7. With man and wife. They abuse their libertie, if they know eche other so long as the woman is in her flowers. Ezek. 22.10. In thee haue they discocouered their Fathers shame, in thee haue they vexed her that was polluted in her flowers. Leuit. 18.19. Thou shalt not goe vnto a woman to vncouer her shame, as long as she is put aparte for her disease. Ezek. 8.6. If a man hath not lyen with a menstrous woman. Againe, they finne if they liue together intemperately. Ambros. lib. de Philos. which Augustine citeth, lib. 2. contra Iulian, saith, that he committeth adulterye with his wife, who in the vse of wedlock hath neither regarde of seemelynes nor honestye. Hierome in his 1. booke contra Iulianum, saith. A wise man ought to loue [Page] his wife in iudgement, not in affection. He wil not giue the bridle vnto headstrong pleasure, nor headily companye with his wife. Nothing (saith he) is more shameles, thē to make a strumpet of his wife. 8. Nocturnall pollutions, which arise of immoderate diet, or vnchaste cogitations, going before in the day. Deut 23.10. Onans sinne Gen. 38.8. was not much vnlike these.
IIII. Effeminate wantōnes, wherby occasions are sought to stir vp lust. Gal. 5.19. The works of the flesh are manifest, which are adulterie, fornication, vnclennes, wantonnes. Of this kinde are 1. Eyes ful of adultery. 2. Peter 2.14. Hauing eyes full of adulterye, and that cannot cease to sinne. 2. Idlenes. 2. Samuel 11.2. When it was euening tide, Dauid arose out of his bed, and walked vpon the roofe of the kings pallace, and from the roofe he sawe a woman washing her selfe: and the woman was very beautifull to looke vpon. Verse 3. And Dauid sent and enquired what woman it was, and one saide, Is not this Bethsheba the daughter of Eliam, wife to Vriah the Hittite? Then Dauid sent messengers, and tooke her away: and she came vnto him, and he laye with her. 3. Ryotous and lasciuious attire. 1. Timothie 2.9. The women shall aray themselues in comelye apparell, with shamefastnesse and modestye, not with broydered haire, or golde, or pearles, or costlye apparell, but (as becommeth women that professe the feare of God) with good woorkes. Esay. 3.16. Because the daughters of Zion a [...] [...]hantye, and walke with stretched out neckes, and with wandring eyes, walking and minsing as they goe, and making a tinckling with their feete. v. 17. Therfore [Page] shall the Lord make the heads of the daughters of Zion balde, and the Lord shal discouer the secret parts. v. 18. in that day shal the Lord take away the ornament of the slippers, and the caules, and the round tyres. ver, 19. The sweet balles, and the bracelets, and the bonnets. v. 20. The tyres of the head, and the sloppes and the headbands, and the tablets, & the earings, 21. the rings & the mufflers. v. 22. The costly apparell and the vailes, and the wimples, & the crisping pins, 23. and the glasses, and the fine linnin, and the hoodes and the lawnes. And no meruaile if the Prophet be so sharpe against excessiue & wanton apparell: for this is 1. a lauish and prodigall wasting of the benefites of God, which might well be employed vpon better vses. 2. It is a testimonye, and as it were the cognisance or ensigne of pride, wherby a man would haue himselfe in greater reputation, then another. 3. It is a note of great idlenes and slothfulnes. For commonly such as bestowe much time in tricking and trimming themselues vp, doo quite neglect other busines, and of all things cannot away with paines. 4. It argueth leuitie, in deuising euerye daye some newe fashion, or imitating that, which others deuise. 5. It maketh a cōfusion of such degrees and callings, as God hath ordeined, when as men of inferiour degree and calling, cannot be, by their attire, discearned from men of higher estate. 4. Fulnes of Bread and meate, which prouoke lust. Exechi. 16.45. This was the iniquitie of thy sister Sodom, pride, fulnes of broad, and idlenes was in her, & in her daughters. Luk. 16.19. Ther was a certain rich man which was clothed in purple and fine linnen, and [Page] fared well and delicately euery day. Rom. 13.13. Walke honest lye, as in the day, not in gluttony and drunkennes, neither in chambring & wantonnes. 5. Corrupt, dishonest, and vnseemelye talke. 1. Corinth. 15.33. Erre not, euill talke corrupteth good manners. Such are vaine loue songs, ballads, enterludes, & amorous books. This is the thing we are carefullye to shunne, in the reading of Poets, yet so, as mariners do in nauigation, who forsake not the sea, but decline, and flye from the rockes. 6. Lasciuious representations of loue matters, in playes and comedies. Ephes. 5.3, 4. Fornication, and all vncleannes, let it not once be named among you, as it becommeth Saints, neither filthines, nor foolish talking, neither iesting, which are things not comely. 7. Vndecent and vnseemelye pictures. 1. Thes. 5.22. Absteine from al appearance of euil. 8. Lasciuious dauncing of man and woman together. Mar. 6.22. The daughter of the same Herodias came in & daunced, and pleased Herod, &c. 9. Company with effeminate persons. Prouer. 7.25. Let not thine hart decline to her waies: wander thou not in her paths.
V. To appoint some light or slight punishment, for adultery, such as that Romish Synagogue doth. For this is nothing else, but to open a gap for other lewde persons, to runne headlong into the like impietye.
The Affirmatiue parte.
Thou shalt preserue the chastitie of thy neighbour; Chastitie is the puritie of soule and bodye, as much as belongeth to generation. The minde is chaste; [Page] when it is free, or at the least, freed from fleshlye concupiscence. The bodye is chaste, when it putteth not in execution, the concupiscences of the flesh. 1. Thessaloni. 4.3. This is the will of God, euen your sanctification, and that ye should abstein from fornication. vers. 4. That euery one of you should know, how to poss [...]sse his vessell in holynes and honour. ver. 5. And not in the lust of concupiscence, euen as the Gentiles, which know not God. 1. Corinth. 7.34. The vnmarried woman careth for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both in body and spirite.
There are two especiall vertues, which preserue chastitie. Modestye, and Sobrietie: Modestie, is a vertue which keepeth in eache woorke an holy decorum, or comelynes: and it is seene, 1. In the countenance and eyes, namelye, when they neither expresse, nor excite the concupiscence of the hart. Iob. 31.1. I made a couenant with mine eyes, why then should I think on a maid? Gene. 24.64. Rebekah lift vp her eyes, and when she saw Izhak, she lighted down from the camell. ver. 65. So she tooke a vayle, and couered her face. Prouerb. 7.13. She caught him, and kissed him, and with an impudent face, sayde vnto him, &c. In woordes: when a mans talke is decent, in speaking of such thinges, which through our sinnes, we cannot but be ashamed of. Genesis 4.1. Then Adam knew Hevah his wife: who, &c. Psal. 51.1. A Psal [...] of Dauid, when the Prophet Nathan came vnto him, after he bad g [...] in to Bethsheba. Esay. 7.28. In that day shall the Lord shaue with a refer that is bired, euen by them beyond the riuer, by the king of As [...], the head and [Page] the heare of the feet, and it shall consume the heard. Iudg. 3.24. When he was gone out, his seruants came: who seeing that the doores of the parlar were shut, they said, Surely he couereth his feete, (that is, he doth his easement) in his sommer chamber. Againe, a mans talke must be little and submisse. Matth. 12.19. Beholde my seruant whom I haue chosen, he shall not striue nor crye, neither shall any man heare his voice in the streets. Pro. 10.19. In many words there cannot want iniquitie: but he that refraineth his lips, is wise. And it is a note of a strumpet to be a giglot, and loud tongued. Prouerbes 7.11. She is babling and loude. In apparell we must obserue an holy comelynes. Titus. 2.3. The elder woman must be of such behauiour as becommeth holines. Holye comelynes, is that which expresseth to the eye the synceritye, that is, godlynes, temperance, and grauitye either of man or woman. This decencye will more plainelye appeere, if we consider the endes of apparell, which are in number fiue. 1. Necessitie, to the ende that our bodyes must be defenced against the extreamitie of parching heate, and pinching colde. 2. Honestie, that that deformitye of our naked bodies might be couered, which immediatly followed the transgression of our firste parents. 3. Commoditie, whereby men, as their calling, worke, and trade of life is different, so do they apparell themselues: and hence it is, that some apparell is more decent for certaine estates of men, then other. 4. Frugalitie, when a mans attire is proportionable to his abilitie and calling. 5. Distinction of persons, as of s [...]xe, ages, [Page] offices, times and actions. For a man hath his set attire, a woman hers, a yong man apparelled on this fashion, and an olde man on that. And therfore it is vnseemely for a man to put on a womans apparell, or a woman the mans. Deutronomie. 22.5. The woman shal not weare that which pertaineth to the man, neither shall a man put on womans raiment: for all that do [...] so, are an abomination to the Lord thy God.
To set down precisely out of Gods word, what apparell is decent, is verye hard: wherefore in this case the iudgement and practise of modest, graue, and sincere men, in euery particular estate, is most to be followed, and men must rather keepe much within the bounds of measure, then to steppe one foote without the precinctes thereof. 4. Concerning the purging of excrementes of nature, care must be had, that they be cast forth into some separate and close place, and there also couered. Deutr. 23.14. Thou shalt haue a place without the hoste, whether thou shalt resort. ver. 13. And thou shalt haue a paddle among thy weapons, and when thou wouldest sit downe without, thou shalt dig therwith, and returning, thou shalt couer thine excrements. 14. For the Lord thy God walketh in the mids of the campe to deliuer thee: therefore thine hoste shall be holie, that he see no filthye thinges in thee, and turne away from thee. 1. Samu, 24.5. And he came to the shepcoats by the way, where there was a caue, and Saul went in to couer his feet.
Sobrietie is a vertue, which concerneth the vsage of our diet in holynes. For the better obseruation thereof, these rules may serue. 1. The cheefest [Page] at the banket, let him consecrate the meats to God by saying grace. 1. Samuel 9.13. The people will not eate, till he (that is, Samuel) came, because hee will blesse the sacrifice: and then eate they, that be bidden to the feast. Marke. 6.39. He commaunded them to make them all sit down by companies, vpon the green grasse, &c. Verse 14. And hee tooke the fiue Loaues and two Fishes, and looked vp to heauen, and gaue thankes. Act. 27.35. When he had thus said, he (that is, Paul) gaue God thankes in the presence of them all, and when he had broken bread he beganne to eate. 2. It is lawfull to furnish a Table with store of dishes, not onely for necessitie, but also for the good intertainement of a freend, and for delight. Luke. 5.29. Leuy made him (that is, Iesus) a great feast in his owne house, where there was a great companye of Publicanes, and of other that sat at table with him. Psalm. 104.15. He giueth wine that maketh glad the hart of man, and oyle to make the face shine, and bread that strengtheneth mans hart. Iohn. 12.2. There they made him a supper, & Martha serued, but Lazarus was one of them that sat at table with him. Verse. 3. Then tooke Marie a pound of oyntment of Spykenard, very costly, and annoynted Iesus feete. III. Choose the lower roome at a banquet, and rather then be troublesome, sit as the master of the feast assigneth thee. Luke. 14.7. He spake a parable to the guestes, when he marked how they chose out the chiefe roomes, and said. ver. 8. When thou shalt be bidden of anye man to a wedding, set not thy selfe downe in the cheefest place, least a more honourable man then thou be bidden of him. Verse. 9. And he that bad both him [Page] and thee, come and say, Giue this man roome. Vers. 10. But goe and sit downe in the lowest roome, that when he that bad thee commeth, he maye saye vnto thee, Freend sit vp higher. Prouerb. 25.5. Stand not in the place of great men, &c. III. Man must eate at due times, not at vnseasonable houres. Ecclesiastes 10.16. Woe to thee, O Land, when thy Princes eate in the morning. ver. 17. Blessed art thou O Land, when thy princes eate in time. V. Man must eate and drink moderately, so that the bodye may receiue strength thereby, and the soule be more freshe and liuelye, to perfourme the actions of Godlynes. Luke. 21.34. Take heed to your selues, least at any time your harts be oppressed with surfeiting and drunkennes. Prou. 23.24. To whom is woe, &c. Euen to them that tarrie long at wine, to them that goe and seeke mixt wine. ver. 3. Looke not thou vpon the wine when it is red, and when it sheweth his colour in the Cup, and goeth down pleasantly, &c. Pro. 25.16. If thou hast found honye, eate that is sufficient for thee, least thou be ouer full and vomit. Pro. 31.4. Jt is not for Kings to drink wine, nor for Princes strong drinke. ver. 5. Least he drinke and forget the decree, and change the iudgment of all the children of affliction. VI. We must then especially regarde these things, when we eat at great mens tables. Pro. 23.1. When thou sittest to eate with a ruler, consider diligentlye what is before thee. Verse 2. Put the Knife to thy throate, if thou be a man giuen to thine appetite. Verse 3. Be not desirous of his daintye meate: for it is a deceiuable meate. VII. Godly mirth at meat is tollerable. Acts. 2.46. They did eate their meate together with gladnesse and singlenesse of heart. [Page] VIII. Table talke (according as occasion of talke is offered) must be such as may edifie. Such was Christes talke at the Pharisies table. Luke. 14. from the 1. verse to the 16. verse. IX. See that after the banquet ended, the broken meate be not lost, but reserued. Iohn. 6.12. When they were satisfied, he saide vnto his disciples, gather vp the broken meate which remaineeh, that nothing be lost. X. At a feaste leaue some what. Ruth. 2.14. She did eat and was suffised, and left thereof.
Chastitie is double: one of single life, another in wedlocke. They that are single must I. with great care keepe their affections, and bodies in holynes. Psalm. 119.9. How shall a yong man purge his waies! by directing the same after thy word., 1. Iohn. 2.13. I write vnto you, fathers, because yee haue knowen him, that is from the beginning. J write vnto you young men, because ye haue ouercome that wicked one. ver. 14. I write vnto babes, because ye haue knowen the Father. Eccles. 12.1. Remember thy Creator, in the dayes of thy youth, whiles the euill dayes come not, nor the yeeres approche, wherein thou shalt say, I haue no pleasure in them. II. They must fast often. 1. Cor. 9.27. J beate down my body, and bring it into subiection, least by any meanes, after I haue preached to others, I my selfe should be reproued. III. They must take heed they burne not in lust: for, 1. Cor. 7.9. It is better to marry then to burne.
Chastitie in wedlocke, is when the holy and pure vse of wedlocke is obserued. Heb. 13.4. Mariage is honourable among all and the bed vndefiled: but wh [...]rm [...]ngers and adulterers God wil iudge. To preserue puritie [Page] in wedlocke, the cautions are profitable.
I. Contractes must be in the Lord, and with the faithfull onely. Mala 2.11. Iudah hath transgressed, and an abhommation is committed in Israel, and in Jerusalem: for Judah hath defiled the holines of the Lorde, which he loued, and hath married the daughter of a strange God. 1. Cor. 7.39. If her husband be dead s [...] is as liberty to marry with whom she will, onely in the Lord, 2. Both parties must seperate thēselues in the time of a womans disease and at appointed fastes, E [...]ech. 18.6. 1. Cor. 7.5. Defraude not one another, except it be with consent for a time, that you maye giue your sel [...] to fasting and praier, and againe come together, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinencie. III. Wedlocke must be vsed rather to suppresse, then to satisfie that corrupt concupiscence of the flesh, and especially to enlarge the church of God, Rom. 13.14. Put on the Lord Iesus Christ, and take not care of the flesh, to satisfie the lustes thereof. IIII. It must be vsed with praier and thankesgiuing, 1. Tim. 4.3, 4.
Chap. 27. Of the eight Commaundement.
THis Commaundement concerneth the preseruation of our neighbours goods. The woords are these. Thou shalt not steale.
The resolution.
Steale. To steale, is properlye to con [...]ye any thing closely from another. Gen. 31.20. Ja [...]kob stole [Page] away the h [...]rt of L [...] Ar [...]. In this place it signifieth generallye to wish, [...] which is another mans, to get it by minde, and any waye to impayre his wealth.
The negatiue par [...].
Thou shalt neither be [...]ing to preserue, nor [...] to hinder or harte thy neighbours goods. In this place these sinnes are forbidden.
I. Inordinate liuing, whether it be in no set calling, or idlely, wherein by neglecting their dueties, such persons mispend their time, goods, and reuenues. 2. Thes. [...].11. We heare that there are some among you, which walke inordinar [...]lye, and woorke not as all, but are busie bodies Gene. 3.19. In the sweate of thy br [...]s shalt thou [...] thy bread, til thou returne to the earth. 1. Tim. 5.8. If there be any th [...] prouideth not for his own, especially for the [...] of his houshould, he denieth the [...]th, and is worse t [...] an In [...].
II. Vniust dealing, the which is either in heart, or deed. Vniust dealing in hart is named couetousnes. Mat. 15.19. Out of the hart come euill thoughtes, murthers, adulteries, fornications, theftes, &c. Couetousnes is idolatrie. Ephe. 3.5. We know that no couetous person, which is an idolatour, shall enter into the kingdome of Christ and of God. Yea, it is the very roote of all euill. 1. Timothie. 6.9. The loue of moneye is the roote of all euill, which whilest some lusted after, they erred from the faith, and pearced themselues through with ma [...] [...]w [...].
Vn [...]st dealing indeede, is in b [...]g [...]ining, or out [Page] of bargayning. Vniust dealing in bargaining, [...] many branches. 1. Thess. 4.6. Let no [...] oppress [...], or deceiue his neighbour [...]n a bargaine, for God is the [...] ger of all such things. I. To fell, or bargaine for that which is not saleable. Of this kinde, 1. Is the gift of the holy Ghost, which cannot be bought with money. Act. 8.18. When Simon saw, that through laying on of the Apostles handes, the holy Ghost was giuen, he offered them money, 19. Saying, giue me also thee power, that on whom soeuer I lay the hands, he may re [...] the holy Ghost. 20. Then Peter saide vnto him, thy money perish with thee, because thou thinkest that the gift of God way be obtained w [...] money. 2. Church goods are not saleable. Therefore it is not to be allowed, for men to sell or alienate them from the Church. Prou. 20.25. It is destruction for a man to de [...] that which is sanctified, and after the vowes to enquire. Malach. 3.8. Church goods are the possession of the Lord. 3. Whatsoeuer is vnprofitable either to the Church, or common weale, must not be sold.
II. All coloured forgery and deceite in bargaining Luke [...]9.8. Zache [...] stood [...]h, and saide [...]ot [...] the Lord, Behold, Lord, the halfe of my goods I giue to the poore: and if I haue taken ought fr [...]m many ma [...] by forged ca [...]lation, J restore it foure [...]de. This deceite is vsed, I. when men sell that, which is counterfait, for good: as copper for gold, and mingle any waies bad with good, making shew onely of the good. Amos. 8.4, 5, 6. Heare this, ye that swallowe by the poore, saying, when will the new moneth be gone, &c. that we may fell the refuse of the wheat. II. When [Page] m [...]n falsifie measures and weightes. Deut, 25.13. Thou shalt not haue in thy bagge two maner of weights, a great and a small. 14. But thou shalt haue a right [...] a iust weight: a perfite, and a iust measure shalt thou haue. Leuit. 13.35. Ye shall not doe vniustly in iudgement, in line, in weight, or in measure. 36. Ye shal haue iust ballances, true weightes, a true Epha, and a true Him. Amos 8.4. Heare this, ye that say, when will the Sabbath be gone, that wee may sell corne, and make the Epha small, and the shekell great, and falsifie the weightes by deceite.
III. When the buyer concealeth the goodnes of the thing, or the seller the faultes of it, & blind-foldeth the truth with counterfeit speeches. Mat. 7.12. Whatsoeuer ye would that men should doe vnto you, euen so do to the [...] for this is the Law and the Prophets. Pro. 20.14. It is naught, it is naught, saith the buyer: but when he is gone apart, he boasteth.
IIII. When in buying & selling the people are oppressed. And this is. 1. When the iust price of things is raised. For in bargaining, it is not lawfull to purse one pennie, without the giuing of a peniworth. 2. Sale vpon a set day, which is, when day is giuen, that the price may be the dearer. For what is this, I pray you, but to sell time, and to take more of our neighbour, then right. 3. To ingrosse, which is to buy vp all of one commoditie into thine own handes, that when no other hath any of the same, thou maiest sell it at thine owne price. 4. To become bankerupt, that thou maiest be enriched by the damages, and goods of other men. 5. Not to [Page] restore that, which was lent to one, pledged to him, or found by him. Ezech. 18.7. Neither hath oppressed any, but hath restored the pledge to his debtours he that hath spoyled none by violence, &c. 6. To delay any kinde of restitution, from one day to an other. Prou. 3.28. Say not to thy neighbour, Depart, and come againe, to morrow I will pay you, when thou maiest doe it then. Psal. 37.21. The wicked man borroweth, and payeth not againe, but the righteous is mercifull, and lendeth. 7. To practise vsurie. Psal. 15.5. Which hath not put his money to vsury. Exod. 22.25. If thou lendest money to my people, to the poore man which dwelleth with thee, be it not to him as an vsurer, lay not vsurie vpon him.
Vsury is a gaine exacted by couenant, aboue the principall onely in lue, and recompence of the lending of it. Vsurie being considered as it is thus described, is quite contrarie to Gods word, and may very fitly be termed, biting lucre. Exod. 22.14. If any man hath borrowed anie thing of an other, whatsoeuer is hurt or dieth, if the owner of the thing be no [...] present, let him be recompensed. 15. If he be present, recompence him not: if it be hyred for a price, it is sold for the same price. Exod. 18.8. He hath not giuen to vsurie, neither hath taken increase. 2. Cor. 8.13. Neither is it, that other men should be eased, and you grieued, 14. But vpon like condition at this time, your abundance supplieth their lacke, that also their abundance may be for your lacke: that there may be equalitie.
Last of all, when a man deteineth the labourers wages. Iam. 5.4. Behold, the hire of the laborers (which [Page] haue reaped your fieldes, which is of you kepe backe by fraud) cryeth, and the cries of them which haue reaped, are entered into the eares of the Lord of hostes.
Vniust dealing out of bargaining, is likewise manifolde. I. To pronounce false sentence or iudgement for a reward, either proffered, or promised. Isay. 1.2.3. Thy princes are religious, and companions of theeues: euerie one loueth giftes, and followeth after rewardes: they iudge not the fatherlesse, neither dooth the medowes cause come before them. This is the Lawyers and Iudges sinne. II. To feede, or cloth stout and lustie rogues or beggers. 2. Thess. 3.10. When we were with you, wee en [...]yned you this, that if an [...] would not labour, the same should not eate.
What then, thinke you, must those licensed rogues, and beggers by authoritie, I meane, all idle Monkes, and Abby-lubbers haue? Socrates in the Tripartite historie, sayth plainely, that that Monke which laboureth not with his handes, is no better then a theese. III. Gaming for money and gaine. For thoumaiest not enrich thy selfe by impouerishing thy brother. This gaming is worse farre then vsury, and in a short while will more enrich a man. IIII. To get money by vnlawfull artes: such are Magicke, Iudiciall Astrologie, Stage playes, and such like. Ephes. 4.28. Let him that hath stollen, steale no more, but rather let him labour, working with his owne hands the thing that is good, that he may giue vnto him that hath neede. Deut. 18.11. Eph. 5.3. 1. Thess. 5.22. Abstaine from all apparance of euill. V. To f [...]ch and pilfer the least pinne, or point from an other. Mar. [Page] 10.19. Thou shalt not stoale, thou shalt not hurt any m [...]n. Rom. 3.8. And (as we are blamed, and as some affirme that we say,) why doe we not euill, that good may come thereof? whose damnation is iust. VI. To remooue ancient boundes. Prou. 22.28. Thou shalt not remooue the ancient bounds, which thy father haue made. Hose 5.8. The Princes of Judah are like them which remooue the boundes. VII. To steale other mens seruants, or children, to commit sacrilege, or robberie. 1. Tim. 1.10. To wheremongers, buggerers, and menstealers. Iosh. 7.19. Achans theft. 1. Cor. 6. Neither theeues nor couetous persons, nor robbers, &c. shall inherite the kingdome of God. For robberies, these sortes of men especially are famous. Theeues by the Queenes high wayes, Pirates vpon the seas, Souldiers not content with their pay, and whosoeuer they be, that by maine force take that, which is none of their owne. Luke 3.14. The souldiers asked him, saying, what shall we doe? he saide, Doe violence to no man, neither accuse any falsely, and be content with your wages. VIII. To conspire with a theefe, whether by giuing aduice how hee may compasse his enterprise, or by concealing his fact, that he be not punished. Prou. 29.24. He that is partaker with a theefe, hateth himselfe, and he that heareth cursing and discouereth it not.
The punishment of theft, may at the discretion of the Iudge be sometimes aggrauated, as he seeth the qualitie of the offence to be. Therfore theeues sometimes are punished with death.
Now if any man obiect, that the Iudiciall Law [Page] of God, doth onely require the restitution thereof, foure-folde for such an offence: I aunswere, that the ciuill magistrate, when hee seeth some one, or many offences to increase, hee may by his authoritie encrease the ciuill punishment due to that sinne. Now it is manifest, that the sinne of theft is farre more grieuous in our common weale, then it was among the Iewes. For, first the inhabitantes of this common weale, are generally by manye degrees poorer then the Iewes were: Therefore to steale a thing, but of some small value, from one in this countrie, doth more endammage him, then a thing of great value would haue done the Iewes.
Againe, the people of this countrie are of a more stirring, and fierce disposition: the which maketh theeues to be more outragious with their robberies, ioyning violence, and the disturbance of the publique tranquillitie of the countrie: whereof more regard ought to be had, then of one priuate mans life.
The affirmatiue part.
Thou shalt preserue and increase thy neighbors goods. To this are required these that follow.
I. A certaine calling: wherein euery man, according to that gift which God hath giuen him, must bestow himselfe honestly, to his owne, and neighbours good. 1. Corinth. 7.24. Let euery man, wherein he was called, therein abide with God. Eph. 4.28. 1. Pet. 4.10. According as euery man hath receiued [Page] a gift, so let him administer to another, that ye may be good dispensers of the manifolde graces of God. Gal. 5.13. In loue serue one an other.
II. The true vse of riches, and all the goods a man hath: to which belong two vertues. Contentation and thriftinesse.
Contentation is a vertue, whereby a man is well pleased with that estate, wherin he is placed. 1. Tim. 6.6. Godlinesse is great gaine, with a contented mind: 7. for we brought nothing into the worlde, neither shall we carrie any thing out of the world. But, hauing food and raiment, let vs be content. Phil. 4.11. I haue learned, in whatsoeuer estate J am, therewith to be content. ver. 12. I can be abased, and I can abound, euery where in all things I am instructed, both to be full, and to be hungrie, and to abound, and to haue want. Mat. 6.11. Giue vs this day our daily bread. Heb. 13.5. Let your conuersation be without couetousnesse, and be content with the things which ye haue: for he saith, I will not forsake thee, nor leaue thee.
Thriftines or frugalitie, is a vertue, whereby a man carefully keepeth his goods which he hath gotten, and imployeth them to such vses, as are both necessarie and profitable. Prouerbes 5.15. Drinke the water of thy Cesterne, and of the Riuers out of the middest of thine owne well. verse. 16. Let thy fountaines flowe foorth, and the Riuers of waters in the streetes. verse 17. Let them be thine owne, yea, thine onely, and not the strangers with thee. Prouer. 21.5. The thoughtes of the diligent doe surely bring abundance, verse 17. He that loueth past [...], [Page] shall be a poore man, and be th [...] loueth wine and oyle shall not be rich. Prou. 12.27. The deceitfull man resteth not that which he hath taken in hunting: but the riches of the diligent are precious. Ioh. 6.12.
III. To speake the truth from the heart, and to vse an harmelesse simplicitie in all affaires. Psal. 15.2. He that walketh vprightly, and worketh righteousnesse, he that speaketh the truth in his heart. Gen. 23.15. Ephron saide to Abraham, The lande is worth foure hundreth shekles of siluer, what is that betweene me and thee? burie therefore thy dead. ver. 16. So Abraham hearkned to Ephron, and Abraham weighed to Ephron the siluer, which he had named in the audience of the Hottites, euen foure hundreth shekels of currant money among marchants, &c.
IV. Iust dealing, 1. Thess. 4.6. Of this there are many kindes.
I. In buying and selling, in setting and hyring of Farmes, tenements, landes: in marchandize, and all manner of commodities, men must racke nothing, but keepe a iust price. A iust price is then obserued, when as the things prized, and the price giuen for them, are made equall, as neere as may be. For the obseruation of this equalitie, these foure rules are to be considered: for by thē all bargaines must be ordered. I. There must be a proportion and equalitie in all contracts: the which will then be, when as the seller doth not value the thing, only according to his owne paines, & costs bestowed vpon it, but also seeth what profite it may be to the buyer, and in what neede he standeth of it. Leuit. [Page] 25.14. When thou fellest ought to thy neighbour▪ or buyest ought at his handes, ye shall not oppresse an [...] an other: verse 15. But according to the number of yeres after the Iubile, thou shalt buy of thy neighbour. Also according to the number of yeares of thy reuenues he shall sell vnto thee. v. 16. According to the number of yeares thou shalt increase the price thereof: and according to the fewnesse of yeares, thou shalt abate the price of it: for the number of frutes doth he sell vnto thee. II. They must be squared according to the lawe of nature, the summe wherof Christ propoundeth in these wordes: Whatsoeuer yee would that men should doe to you, doe the same vnto them. III. The bond of nature must be kept, which bindeth him that receiueth a benefite, and maketh a lawfull gaine of another mans goods, that hee being once enriched, shall make a proportionable and naturall recompence, euen aboue the principall. IIII. Men must communicate and make vse of their goods, with that caueat which Paule giueth. 2. Corinth. 8.13. Not so to bestowe them, as that others may be eased, and they grieued: or contrariwise.
II. Men must make sale of such things, as are in their kinde substantiall, and profitable.
III. They must vse iust weights and measures. Deutr. 25.13. Thou shalt not haue in thy bagge two manner of weights, a great, and a small: but thou shalt haue a right and iust weight, a perfect and iust measure shalt thou haue. Ezech. 45.10. Ye shall haue iust balances, a true Ep [...]ah, and a true Bath. Micah. 6.11. [Page] Shall I iustifie the wicked balances, and the bagge of deceitfull weightes?
IV. He that hyreth any thing, must not onely pay the appointed hire, but make that which hee hyred, good, if ought but good come vnto it, by his default. Exod. 22.14, 15. If a man borrow anie thing of his neighbour, and it be hurt, hee shall surely make it good, &c.
V. The pledge or pawne ought to be redeemed, and if it be of important necessitie, as that which preserueth the life of our neighbour, it must be restored to him incontinently. Exod. 22.26. If thou take thy neighbours rayment to pledge, thou shalt restore it againe before the sunne goe downe, for that is his couering onely. Deut. 24.6. No man shall take the nether or vpper milstone to pledge: for this gage is his liuing. Neither may a man in a pledge be his owne caruer, but he must take such an one, as is offered. Deuteronomie 24.10. When thou shalt aske againe of thy neighbour anie thing lent, thou shalt not goe into his house to fet his pledge. verse 11. But thou shalt stande without, and the man that borrowed it of thee, shall bring the pledge out of the doores vnto thee. verse 12. Furthermore, if it be a poore bodie, thou shalt not sleepe with his pledge, verse 13. But shalt restore him the pledge, &c.
VI. To become suretie onely for men that are honest, and verie well knowen: and that wa [...]ly with much deliberation. Prouerbs 11.15. He shall be sore vexed, that is suretie for a stranger. And he that h [...]th s [...]shippe is sure. Prouerbs 17.18. A [Page] man destitute of vnderstanding toucheth the hand, and becommeth suretie for his neighbour. Prouerbs 22.26. But if it be so that a man haue intangled himselfe by suretishippe, the best way is to craue his creditours fauour, by his owne humble sute, and the instant request of his friendes. Prouerbs 6.1. My sonne, if thou be suretie for thy neighbour, and hast str [...] ken handes with the stranger, verse 2. Thou art snared with the words of thy mouth, thou art euen snared with the wordes of thine owne mouth. 3. Doe this now, my sonne, and deliuer thy selfe, seeing thou art come into the hand of thy neighbour, go, and humble thy selfe, and sollicite thy friendes. ver. 4. Giue no sleepe to thine eies, nor slumber to thine eye liddes. ver. 5. Deliuer thy selfe, as a Doe from the hande of the hunter, and as a birde from the hand of the fouler.
VII. All iust couenants and promises, though they be to our hinderance, must be perfourmed. Psal. 15.4. Which sweareth to his hurt, and chargeth not. Prouerbs 25.14. A man that boasteth and keepeth not promise, is like cloudes and winde without raine. Iudges 1.24. The spies sawe a man come out of the citie, and they saide vnto him, Shewe vs, we pray thee, the way into the citie, and we will shewe thee mercie. verse 25. And when he had shewed them the way into the Citie, they smote the Citie with the edge of the sworde, but they let the man and all his housholde depart.
VIII. To lend that we doe, freely. Luke 6.35. Lend, looking for nothing againe, and your reward shalbe great. And when we borrow, we must be careful to [Page] make restitution, euen, if neede be, with the sale of our owne goods. 2. King. 4.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Here the wife of the sonnes of the Prophets selleth her oyle, which God sent by the hand of Elisha, to pay her creditour.
IX. To restore that, which is committed to our custodie, without delay. Matth. 21.41. He will destroy those euill husbandmen, and let out his vineyeards to others, which shall deliuer him the fruites in their seasons. Prou. 3.28. But if such a thing be lost, not by our default, we are not vrged to repay it. Exod. 22.7. If a man deliuer his neighbour money, or stuffe to keepe, and it be stollen out of his house, if the thiefe be found, he shall pay the double. ver. 8. If the theefe be not found, then the master of the house shall be brought before the Iudges, to sweare whether he haue put his hand to his neighbours goods or no.
X. That which a man findeth, is to be kept in his owne hande, if the true owner can not be heard of: but if he be, he must restore it. Deutron. 22.1. Thou shalt not see thy brothers oxe, nor his sheepe goe astray, and withdrawe thy selfe from them, but shalt bring them againe vnto thy brother. 2. Jf he be not neere vnto thee, or thou knowe him not, thou shalt bring it into thine house, and it shall remaine with thee, vntill thy brother seeke after it, then shalt thou deliuer it to him againe. 3. So shalt thou do with all lost thinges.
XI. To get our owne, we may, if we cannot doe otherwise, sue our neighbour in lawe. But we must followe our suites in an holy manner, and with these circumstances. I. In all sutes, we must [Page] not doe any thing, that may preiudice the profession of Christian religion. Therefore all suiters in law, offende, when they trust more in man, then in God, and make their religion a iest to worldlings, partly by striuing about thinges of small importance: and partly by not admitting anie conditions of reconciliation. 1. Corinthians 6.1. Dare any of you, hauing businesse against another, he iudged vnder the vniust, and not vnder the Saintes? II. Law must be the last remedie, as a desperate medicine is the last remedie the Phisitian vseth. We must assay all meanes possible, before we vse this, especially to a brother. 1. Corinthians 6.7. There is vtterly a fault among you, because ye goe to law one with an other: why rather suffer ye not wronges? why rather sustayne yee not harme? III. In all suites of lawe, we must be mindefull of the lawe of charitie, and not so much endeuour to maintayne our owne right, as to recall our brother, which erreth, into the right way.
Chap. 28. Concerning the ninth Commandement.
THe ninth commaundement belongeth to the preseruation of our neighbours good name. The words are these.
Thou shalt not beare false witnesse against thy neighbour.
The exposition.
Thou shalt not beare. That is, answere when thou art asked before a Iudge. Deutr. 19.17. Then both [Page] the mē which striue together, shal stand before the Lord, euen before the Priests and the Iudges which shalbe in those dayes. 18. And the Iudges shall make diligent inquisition, and if the witnesse be founde false, and hath giuen false witnesse against his brother.
Witnesse. By a figure, signifieth euery word wherby the credite and estimation of our neighbour is either impaired or diminished.
The negatiue part.
Thou shalt not diminish or hurt the good name and estimation of thy neighbour.
Here is forbidden.
I. Enuie, disdaine of others, desire of a mans owne glorie. 1. Tim. 6.4. He is puft vp, and knoweth nothing, but doteth about questions, and strife of words, whereof commeth enuie, strife, railinges. 1. Pet. 2.1. Wherefore laying aside all maliciousnesse, and all guile, and dissimulation, and enuie, and all euill speaking. Mat. 21.15. But when the chiefe Priestes and Scribes saw the marueiles that he did, and the children crying in the Temple, and saying, Hosanna the sonne of Dauid, they disdained.
II. Euill suspicions. 1. Tim. 6.4. 1. Sam. 17.28. And Eliah his eldest brother heard when he spake vnto the men, and Eliah was very angry with Dauid, and saide, Why camest thou downe hither? and with whom hast thou left those fewe sheepe in the wildernesse? I know thy pride, and the malice of thine hart. Act. 28.4. Now when the Barbarians saw the worme hang on his hand, they said among themselues, this man surely is a [Page] murtherer, whom though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance hath not suffered to liue. Here are condemned, hard censures and sinister iudgements against our neighbour. Mat. 7.1. Iudge not, that ye be not iudged: v. 2. For with what iudgement ye iudge, ye shall be iudged: & with what measure ye meate, it shalbe measured to you again. These iudgements which Christ forbiddeth, are priuate and reprochfull or slanderous iudgements: namely, when eyther a good or an indifferent action is interpreted to the worse part: or when a light offence is made hainous thorough euil will, without all desire either to amend, or couet the same. Act. 2.13. And others mocked, and said, they are full of new wine. 14. But Peter standing with the eleuen, lift vp his voice, and saide vnto them, Ye men of Iudea, and all ye that inhabite Ierusalem, be this knowen vnto you, and hearken vnto my wordes. 15. For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, since it is but the thirde houre of the day. 1. Sam. 1.13. For Hannah spake in her heart, her lippes did mooue onely, but her voice was not heard, therefore Els thought that she had beene drunken. But we must know, that there are three kindes of Iudgements, which are not forbidden by this commandement of Christ. The first is, the ministerie of the Gospell, which iudgeth and reprooueth sinne. The second is, the iudgement of the Magistrate. The third is, the iudgement of a friend admonishing vs: as when he sayth, Abstaine from the company of such a man, for I know him to be a drunkard.
III. A relation of the bare wordes onely, and [Page] not of the sense & meaning of our neighbour. Mat. 26.59. Now the chiefe Priestes and the Elders and all the whole councell, sought false witnesse against Jesus, to put him to death. 60. But they found none, and though many false witnesses came, yet found they none: but at the last came two false witnesses, 61. And saide, This man saide, I can destroy the Temple of God, and build it in three dayes. In deede Christ saide some such thing in wordes, as appeareth. Ioh. 2.19. Iesus answered, and saide vnto them, Destroy this temple, and in three daies I will raise it vp againe.
IIII. To pronounce vniust sentence in iudgement, to rest in one witnesse, to accuse another wrongfully, to bewray a mans cause by collusion. 1. King. chap. 21. ver. 12. They proclaymed a fast, and set Nabaoth among the chiefe of the people. v. 13. And there came two wicked men, and sate before him, and the wicked men witnessed against Nabaoth in the presence of the people, saying, Nabaoth did blaspheme God and the King: then they carried him away out of the citie, and stoned him with stones that he died. Deut. 17.6. At the mouth of two or three witnesses shall he, that is worthie of death, die: but at the mouth of one witnes he shall not die.
V. Openly to raise forged and hurtfull tales and reportes of our neighbour, or priuily to deuise the same. Rom. 1.29. Whisperers, 30. Backbiters, haters of God, proud, boasters, inuenters of euill thinges. Leuiticus 19.16. Thou shalt not walke about with tales among thy people, thou shalt not stande against the bloud of thy neighbor: I am the Lord. 1. Tim. 5.13. And [Page] likewise also being idle, they learne to goe aboue from house to house: yea, they are not onely idle, but also prailers and busi-bodies, speaking thinges which are not comelye. To spread abroade flying tales, or to faine and adde any thing vnto them. Prou. 26.20. Without wood the fire is quenched, and without a talebearer strife ceaseth. 21. As a cole maketh burning coles, and wood a fire, so the contentious man is apt to kindle strife. 22. The wordes of a talebearer are as flatterings, and they goe downe into the bowelles of the belly. 2. Cor. 12.20. For I feare least when I come, I shal not finde you such as I would, and that J shall be found to you such as I would not, and least the [...] be strife, enuying, wrath, contentions, backbitings, whisperings, swellings, and discord among you. To receiue or beleeue those tales which we heare of others. Exod. 23.1. Thou shalt not receiue a false tale, neither shalt thou put thine hand with the wicked, to be a false witnes. 1. Sa. 24.10. And Dauid saide to Saul, wherefore giuest thou an eare to mens wordes, that say, Behold, Dauid speaketh euill against thee?
VI. To accuse our neighbour, for that which is certaine and true, through hatred and with intent to hurt him. 1. Samuel. 22.9. Then answered Doeg the Edomite (who was appointed ouer the seruants of Saul) and said, I saw the Sonne of Jshai when he came to Nob. to Abimilech the Sonne of Ahitub. verse 10. Who asked counsell of the Lord for him, and gaue him vitailes, and he gaue him also the Swoorde of Goliath the Philistim. Of this deed Dauid thus speaketh. Psal. 52.1. Why boastest thou thy selfe in thy wickednes, O man of power? the louing kindenes of the Lord endureth dayly. ver. 2 Thy [Page] tongue imagineth mischeefe, and is like a sharpe [...] fer, that cutteth deceitfullye. Verse 3. Thou dost l [...] euil more then good, & lyes more then to speak the truth. ver. 4. Thou louest all words that may destroy, O deceitfull tongue.
VII. To open or declare our neighbours secret to any man, especially if he did it of infirmitie. Mat. 18.15. Moreouer, if thy brother trespasse against thoe go and tell him his fault betweene thee and him alone: if he heare thee, thou hast wonne thy brother. Prouerb. 11.13. He that goeth about as a slaunderer, discouereth a secret: but he that is of a faithfull hart, concealeth a matter.
VIII. All babling talke and bitter words. Epho. Chap. 5. Verse 3. But fornication, and all vncleannes. let it not be once named amongst you. Verse. 4. Neither filthinesse, neither foolish talking, neither iesting, which are not comelye, but rather giuing of thankes. Iohn. 9.34. They answered, and saide vnto him, thou art altogither borne in sinnes, and dost thou teach vs? so they cast him out.
IX. Flattery, whereby we praise our neighbour aboue that, we know in him. Prouerbes. 27.6. The wounds of a louer are faithfull, but the kisses of an enemye are to be shunned. v. 14. He that praiseth his freend with a loud voice, rising early in the morning, it shall be counted to him as a curse. Actes 12.22. And the people gaue a shoute, saying, the voice of God, and not of man. This is a greeuous sinne in the ministers of the word. 1. Thessalonians chap. 2. vers. 5. Neither did we euer vse flattering wordes, as ye knowe, nor coloured couetousnesse, [Page] God is record. Iere. chap. 6. vers. 13. For from the least of them, euen vnto the greatest of them, euery one is giuen vnto couetousnes, and from the Prophet euen vnto the Priest, they all deale falsely. ver. 14. They haue healed also the hurt of the daughter of my people with sweet words. saying. Peace, peace, when there is no peace. Rom. 16.18. For they that are such, serue not the Lord Iesus Christ, but their own bellies, and with faire speech and flattering, deceiue the harts of the simple.
X. Foolish and ouer confident boasting. Prou. chap. 27. ver. 1. Boast not thy selfe of to morow, for thou knowest not what a day may bring forth. ver. 2. Let another praise thee, and not thine own mouth: a stranger, and not thine own lippes.
The affirmatiue parte.
Preserue the good name of thy neighbour. Eccle. 7.3. A good name is better then a good ointment. Here is commaunded.
I. A reioycing for the credit and good estimation of thy neighbour. Gal. 5.22. But the fruit of the spirite. is loue, ioy, peace, gentlenes. Rom. 1.8. First I thanke my God through Iesus Christ, for you all, because your faith is published throughout the whole worlde.
II. Willingly to acknowledge that goodnes we see in any man whatsoeuer, and onely to speake of the same. Titus. 3.2. That they speake euill of no man. that they be no fighters, but softe, shewing all meekenes to all men. More ouer, we must with all desire, receiue and beleeue reports of our neighbours good. [Page] Acts. 16.1. Then came he to Derbe and Lystra, and beholde, a certaine Disciple was there, named Timotheus, a womans sonne which was a Jewesse, and beleeued, but his father was a Grecian. verse. 2. Of whom the brethren which were at Lystra and Jeonium, reported well. ver. 3. Therfore Paul would that he should goe forth with him, and tooke and circumcised him. Not withstanding, this must so be perfourmed of vs, that in no wise we approue and allowe of the vices and faultes of men. 2. Chro. 25.2. And he did vprightlye in the eyes of the Lord, but not with a perfite hart. And chap. 27.2. And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord, according to all that his father Ʋzziah did, saue that he entred not into the Temple of the Lord, and the people did yet corrupt their wayes
III. To interprete a doubtfull euill, to the better parte. 1. Cor. 13.5. Loue thinketh not euill. verse 7. Jt beleeueth all things, it hopeth all things. Gene. 37.31. And they tooke Iosephs coate, and killed a kid of the goats and dipped the coate in the blood. Verse. 32. So they sent that particoloured coate, and they brought it to their Father, and said, This haue we found, see now, whether it be thy sonnes coat or no. ver. 33. Then he knew it, and saide, Jt is my sonnes coate, a wicked beast hath deuoured him, Joseph is surely torne in peeces.
IIII. Not to beleeue an euill reporte, running abroad amongst the common people, by the whisperinges of tale bearers, as it were, by the Conduit pipes. Psal. 15.3. He that slaundereth not with his tunge, nor doth euill to his neighbour, nor receiueth a false report against his neighbour. Iere. 40.14. And they saide vnto [Page] him, Knowest thou not, that Baalis the King of the Ammonites, had sent Ishmael the sonne of Nethaniah, to stay thee? but Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam, beleeued him not. ver. 16. But Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam, said vnto Johanan the sonne of Kareah. Thou shalt not doo this thing, for thou speakest falsely of Jshmael. But we ought also to be angry at such whisperings. Pro. 25.23. As the north wind driueth away the raine, so doth an angrie countenance the slaundering tung.
V. To keep secret the offence of our neighbour, except it must of necessitie be reuealed. Pro. 10.12. Hatred stirreth vp contentions, but loue couereth all trespasses. Mat. 1.19. Then Joseph her husband being a iust man, and not willing to make her a publike example, was minded to put her away secretly.
A man would suppose, that by this meanes, we should be partakers of other mens sinnes. But we must know, that we ought to conceale our neighbours imperfections, least he should be prouoked to offence: yet in the meane season he must be admonished that he may amend. Gal. 6.1. Iames 5.19. Brethren, if any of you hath erred from the trueth, and some man hath conuerted him, verse. 20. Let him know, that he which hath conuerted the sinner from going astray out of his way, shal saue a soule from death, and shall hide a multitude of sinnes.
But if the sinne which is concealed, cannot therby be taken away, then must we in loue and charitie, declare the same to those, which may remoue and amend the same. Genesis. 37.2. When Ioseph was seauenteene yeere olde, he kept Sheepe with his brethren, [Page] and the childe was with the sonnes of Bilhah, and with the sonnes of Zilpah, his Fathers wiues: and Ioseph told vnto their Father their euill sayings. 1. Cor. 1.11. For it hath bene declared vnto me, my brethren, of you by them that are of the house of Cloe, that there are contentions among you. Mat. 18.16. But if he heare thee not, take with thee one or two, that by the mouth of two or three witnesses, euery word may be confirmed.
VI. To get a good name and estimation amongst men, and to keepe the same, when we haue gotten it. Phillippians 4.8. Furthermore, brethren, whatsoeuer thinges are true, whatsoeuer thinges are honest, whatsoeuer thinges are iust, whatsoeuer thinges are pure, whatsoeuer things pertain to loue, whatsoeuer things are of good reporte, if there be any vertue, if there be any praise, thinke on these things. A good name i gotten, 1. If we; seeking the kingdome of God before all things, doo repent vs of all our sinnes, and with an earnest desire, imbrace and followe after righteousnes, Prouerbes 10.7. The memoriall of the iust shalbe blessed: but the name of the wicked shall not. Marke 14.9. Ʋerilye I saye vnto you, wheresoeuer this Gospell shalbe preached throughout the whole worlde, this also that she hath done, shalbe spoken of in the remembrance of her. 2. We must haue a care both to iudge, and speake well of others.. Mat. 7.2. With what iudgment ye iudge, ye shalbe iudged. Ecclesi. 7.23. Giue not thine hart also to all the words that men speake, least thou do heare thy seruant cursing thee. ver. 24. For oftentimes also thine hart knoweth, that thou likewise hast cursed others. 3. We must abstein from al kinde of wickednes: [Page] for one only vice or sinne, doth obscure & darken a mans good name. Eccle. 10.1. Dead flies cause to stinke, and putrifie the ointment of the Apothecarie, so doth a little folly him that is in estimation for wisdome, and for glory. 4. We must in all things earnestly seek for the glory of God only, and not our own. Mat. 6.5. And when thou praiest, be not as the hipocrits, for they loue to stand and pray in the Synagogues, and in the corners of the streets, because they would be seen of men, verily J say vnto you, they haue their reward. ver. 6. But whē thou praiest, enter into thy chamber, and when thou hast shut thy doore, praye vnto thy father which is in secret, and thy father which seeth in secret, shall rewarde thee openly.
But if when we seek the glory of God, honest and godly men do praise and testifie wel of vs, we must not despise this their testimony & commendation: and although they neither praise vs, nor testifie of vs at al, yet must we take it in good part. 2. Cor. 1.12. For our reioycing is this, the testimonie of our conscience, that in simplicity and godly purenes, and not in fleshly wisdome, but by the grace of God, we haue had our conuersation in the world, and most of all to youwards. And chap. 10.13. But we wil not reioice of things which are not with in our measure, but according to measure of the line, wherof God hath distributed to vs a measure, to attaine eu [...]n vnto you Psal. 16.5. The Lord is the portion of mine inheritance, and of my cup: thou shalt maintaine my lotte. ver. 6. The lines are fallen vnto me in pleasant places, y [...], I haue a faire heritage. 1. Cor. 1.31. He that reioyceth, let him reioice in the Lord.
Chap. 29. Of the tenth Commaundement.
THe tenth commaundement, concerneth concupiscences, committed against our neighbour. The words are these.
Thou shalt not couet thy neighbours house, thou shalt not couet thy neighbours wife, nor his seruant, nor his maid, nor his oxe, nor his asse, nor any thing thy neighbor hath.
The resolution.
Couet. The cogitation or motion of the hart, is of three sorts. The first is, some glauncing or sodaine thought, suggested to the minde by Satan, which sodainly vanisheth away, and is not receiued of the minde. This is no sinne. For it was in Christ, when he was tempted by the deuill. Matth. 1.4. The second is, a more parmenent thought or motion, the which, as it were, tickleth and inueigleth the minde with some inward ioy. The third is, a cogitation drawing from the will and affection, full assent to sinne. We are to vnderstand this commaundement of the second sort of motions onely, not of the firste, or of the last, to which the fiue former commandements doe belong.
Now then to couet, is to think inwardly, and also to desire any thing, wherby our neighbour may b [...]e hindred, albeit there ensue no assent of the will, to commit that euill. For the very Philosophers condemne couetousnes of the very hart, and Civilians [Page] disalow a purpose onely to doo euil, if it be enioyned with a manifest deliberation. As for the concupiscence in this place forbidden, we may wel think it is more close and secret because St. Paul a Doctor of the law, was a togither ignorant of it. Rom. 7.7. J had not knowne lust, except the L [...]e had said, Thou shalt not lust. Againe, if that concupiscence immediatlye going before the consent, were not prohibited in this place, there must be a great confusion in the decalogue. For the seauenth cōmaundement forbiddeth some kinde of coueting of our neighbours wife.
House. The commandement is illustrated by an argument drawen from the distribution of the obiects of concupiscence; whence it is apparant, that onelye euill concupiscence is condemned in this place. Col. 3.5. For there is a good concupiscence or desire: as of meat, and drinke, and that of the spirit. Gal 5.17. The spirite lusteth against the flesh.
The negatiue parte.
Thou shalt not couet that which is thy neighbours. Here are prohibited.
I. Concupiscence it selfe, namelye, originall corruption, in as much as it is hurtfull to our neighbour. Iames. 1.14.
II. Each corrupt and sudden cogitation and passion of the hart, springing out of that bitter roote of concupiscence. Gal. 5.17. The [...]sh lusteth against the spirite. Luke. 10.27. Thou shalt loue the Lord with [...] by soule. To this place appertaineth Satans suggestion, [Page] if after the first offer it be entertained and receiued in the closet of the hart.
III. The least cogitation and motion, the which though it procure not consent, delighteth and tickleth the hart. Of this kinde are these foolish wishes: I would such an house were mine, such a liuing, such a thing, &c. And hitherto may we referre all vnchaste dreames, arising from concupiscence.
The affirmatiue part.
Couet that only, which is auaileable to thy neighbour. Here are commended.
I. A pure hart towards our neighbour. 1. Tim. 1.5. The end of the commaundement, is loue out of a pure hart, a good conscience, and faith vnfeined.
II. Holy cogitations and motions of the spirite. Paul praieth. 1. Thes. 5.23. that the Thessalonians may be holye, not onelye in body and soule, but also in spirite. Ephe 4.23.
III. A conflict against the euill affections & lusts of the flesh. Rom. 7.22. I reioyce in the Law of God, in regard of the inward man. v. 23. But I see another Law in my members, rebelling against the Law of my minde, and making me captiue to the Lawe of sinne, which is in my members. v. 24. Miserable man that J am, who shall deliuer me from this bodie of death. 2. Cor. 12.7, 8, 9.
Chap. 30. Of the vse of the Law.
THe vse of the Law in vnregenerate persons is threefolde.
[Page] The first is, to lay open sinne, and make it known. Rom. 3.20. By the workes of the Law shall no flesh be iustified in his sight: for by the Lawe commeth the knowledge of sinne.
The second vse is accidentarily, to effect and augment sinne, by reason of the flesh, the which causeth man to decline from that which is commaunded, and euer to encline to that which is prohibited. Rom. 7.8. Sinne tooke occasion by the commaundement, and wrought in me all maner of concupiscence: for without the Law sinne is dead. verse 9. For I once was aliue without the Lawe: but when the commaundement came, sinne reuiued. v. 10, But I died, and that commandement, which was ordeined vnto life, was found to be vnto me vnto death.
The third vse is, to denounce eternal damnatiō for the least obediēce, without offerīg any hope of pardon. This sentence the law pronounceth against offenders, & by it, partly by threatning, partly by terrifying, it reigneth and ruleth ouer man. Rom. 3.19. We know that whatsoeuer the Law saith, it saith to them which are vnder the law, that euery mouth may be stopped, and all the worlde be culpable before God. Gal. 3.10. As many as are of the workes of the Lawe, are vnder the curse: for it is writter. Cursed is euery one that continueth not in al that is written in the book of the law to do them. 2. Cor. 3.7. If the ministration of death writtē with letters, and engrauen in stones was glorious. v. 8. How shall not the ministration of the spirit be more glorious? ver. 9. For if the ministration of condemnation were glorious, &c.
The ende why sinne reigneth in man, is to vrge [Page] sinnes to flye vnto Christ. Gala. 3.22. The Scripture hath concluded al vnder sin, that the promise by the faith of Christ should be giuen to them that beleeue. Verse. 24. Wherefore the Law was our Schoolemaster to Christ. Heb. 12.18, 19, 20.
The countenance of this power of the lawe is perpetuall, vnlesse a sinner repent: and the very first act of repentance so freeth him, that he shall no more be vnder the law, but vnder grace. 2. Sam 12.13. Then said Dauid to Nathan, I haue sinned against the Lord: wherfore Nathan said to Dauid, the Lord also hath forgiuen thy sin, and thou shalt not dye. Rom 6.14. Sinne shall not haue dominion ouer you, for ye are not vnder the Law, but vnder grace.
If therfore thou desirest seriouslye eternall life: first take a narrow examination of thy selfe, and the course of thy life, by the square of Gods Law: then set before thine eyes the curse that is due vnto sin, that, thus bewailing thy miserie, and dispairing vtterlye of thine owne power, to attaine euerlasting happines, thou maist renounce thy self, and be prouoked to seeke, and sue vnto Christ Iesus.
The vse of the Law in such as are regenerate is farre otherwise: for it guideth them to new obedience in the whole course of their life, which obedience may be acceptable to God by Christ. Rom. 3.31. Do we therefore through faith make the law of none effect? God forbid: nay we rather establish the law. Psal. 119.24. Thy testimonies are my delight, they are my counsellers. ver. 105. Thy word is a Lanterne to my feet, and a light vnto my pathes.
Chap. 31. Of the couenant of grace.
HItherto concerning the couenont of workes. and of the Law, who followeth the couenant of Grace.
The couenant of Grace is that whereby God freely promising Christ, and his benefites, exacteth again of man, that he would by faith receiue christ, and repent him of his sinnes. Hose. 2.18. In that day will I make a couenant for them, &c. ver. 19. And J will marry thee to me for euer: yea, I will marrie thee vnto me in righteousnes and iudgement, and in mercy, and in compassion. ver. 20. I will euen marrie thee vnto me in faithfulnes, and thou shalt know the Lord. Ezech. 36.25. I will poure clean water vpon you, and ye shalbe clean: yea from all your filthines, and from all your idoles will I clense you. ver. 26. And J will giue you a new hart, and a new spirit wil I put within you. ver. 27. And cause you to walke in my statutes. Mal. 3.1. The Lord whom ye seeke shall speedily come to his temple, euen the messenger of the couenant whom ye desire: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hostes.
This couenant, is also named a testament: for it hath partly the nature & properties of a testament or will. First, it is confirmed by the testator. Heb. 9.16. When a Tastament is, there must be the death of him that made the testament. v. 17. For the testament is confirmed when men are dead: for it is yet of no force, so long as he that made it is aliue. Secondly, in this couenant, we do not offer much, and promise small to God, [Page] but in a maner do only receiue: euen as the last wil and testament of a man, is not for the testators, but the heires commoditie.
The couenāt albeit it be one in substance, yet it is distinguished into the old and new Testament.
The old Testament or couenant, is that, which in tipes and shadowes prefigured Christ to come, and to be exhibited.
The new testamēt declareth christ alredy come in the flesh, and is apparantly shewed in the Gospell.
The Gospell is that part of Gods worde, which conteineth a most worthie and welcome message: namelye, that mankinde is fullye redeemed by the blood of Iesus Christ, the onely begotten Sonne of God, manifest in the flesh: so that now, for all such as repent, and beleue in Christ Iesus, there is prepared a full remission of all their sinnes, together with saluation and life euerlasting. Iohn. 3.14. As Moses lifted vp the serpent in the wildernes, so must the sonne of man be lift vp. v. 15. That who so beleeueth in him, should not perish, but haue euerlasting life. Act. 10.43. To him also giue al the prophets witnes, that through his name, al that beleue in him shall receiue remission of sinnes.
The end and vse of the Gospell is. 1. To manifest that righteousnes in Christ, wherby the whole law is fully satisfied, and saluation attained. 2. It is the instrumēt, and as it were the conduit pipe of the holy ghost, to fashion and deriue faith into the soule; by which faith they which beleeue, do as with an hand apprehend Christes righteousnes. Rom. 1.16. J am [...] ashamed of the Gospell of Christ, for it is the power of [Page] God to saluation to as many as beleeue: to the Iew first, & then to the Grecian. v. 17. For the iustice of God is reuealed by it from faith to faith. Iohn. 6.63. It is the spirite which quickneth, the flesh profiteth nothing, the wordes which I speake are spirite and life.
The gospel preached, is in the flourishing estate of Christs church, that ordinarie means to beget faith: but in the rumous estate of the same, when as by apostacie, the foundations therof are shaken, and the clear light of the word is darkned, then this worde read or repeated, yea, the very sound thereof being but once heard, is by the assistance of Gods spirite, extraordinarily effectuall, to them whom God wil haue called out of that great darknes into his exceeding light. Rom 10.14. How shall they call on him, in whō they haue not beleeued? And how shal they beleue in him, of whō they haue not heard? And how shal they hear without a preacher? Act. 11.19. And they which were scattered abroad, because of the affliction that arose about Steuen, walked throughout till they came to Phenice, and Cyprus, and Antiochia, preaching the word to no man but to the Iewes onely. v. 20. Now some of them were men of Cyprus, & of Cyren, which whē they were come into Antiochia, spake vnto the Grecians, & preched the lord Jesus. v. 21. And the hand of the Lord was with them, so that a great number beleeued and turned vnto the Lord. Ioh. 4.28. The woman then left her water pot, and went her way into the Citie, and saide to the men. v. 22. Come, see a man which hath told me all things that euer I did: is not he the Christ? then they went out of the Citie, and came vnto him. v. 39. Now many of the Samaritans beleued in him, [Page] for the saying of the woman which testified. He hath told me al things that euer I did. ver. 4. And many mo beleeued, because of his own word. ver. 42. And they said vnto the woman. Now we beleeue not because of thy saying: for we haue heard him our selues, and know that this is indeed the Christ the Sauiour of the worlde. Rom. 10.18. I dem [...]und, haue they not heard? no doubt their sound went out through all the earth, and then words into the ends of the worlde. Thus we may see, how many of our forefathers, and ancestours in the mids of poperye obteined eternall life. Reuela. 12.13. The dragon was wroth with the woman, and went and made warre with the remnant of her seede, which kept the commaundements of God, and haue the testimonye of Iesus Christ. Sam. 11.4. What saith the diuine oracle? J haue reserued to me seauen thousand men, which neuer bowed knees to Baal.
Chap. 32. Of the Sacraments.
THus much of the preaching of the word: now follow the appendants to the same: namelye, the Sacraments
A sacrament is that, wherby Christ and his sauing graces, are by certaine externall rites, signified, exhibited, and sealed to a Christian man. Rom. 14.11. He receiued the signe of circumcision, as the seale of the righteousnes of the faith which he had, when he was [...]ncircumcised. Gen. 17.11 Ye shall circumcise the for [...] of your flesh, and it shalbe a signe of the couenant [...] and you.
[Page]We must not therefore surmise that there is any inherent force or efficacie of sanctifying, in the visible and externall signe of the sacrament, as the bath waters haue to cure diseases: for the power of sanctification, is appropriate onely to the holie Ghost: and Christ hath ordeyned the signe to signifie grace, not to conferre it.
In euery Sacrament we must obserue the partes, and the mutuall relation that partes haue one to another.
The partes of a Sacrament are, eyther the externall signes, or the thing signified, that is, the substance of the Sacrament.
The externall signe is, either some prescript and sensible matter, or the externall action in the vse of the same.
The thinges signified in the Sacrament, are eyther Christ and his benefites, or the internal action that is about Christ.
The internall action, is the action either of God, or of faith.
The action of God is his offering, applying, and sealing vp of Christ and his benefites in the heartes of the faithfull.
The action of faith is the consideration, desire, apprehension, and receiuing of Christ in the Sacrament.
The mutuall relation of the partes of a Sacrament, is an agreeable vnion and respect, of externall & internall, both things with things, & actions with actions, according to Gods holy institutions [Page] by which it is made a Sacramēt, because the signes incurring into the externall senses, doe by a certaine proportion mooue a Christian minde to consider the things signified, and also to apply them vnto their holy end.
This mutuall, and as I may say, sacramentall relation, is the cause of so many figuratiue speeches, and metonymies, which are vsed: as, when one thing in the sacrament is put for an other. As,
I. The signe is vsed for the thing signified. Exo. 12.11. Ye shall eate it (namely the Lambe) in haste, for it is the Lordes passeouer. Ioh. 6.51. I am that liuing bread which came downe from heauen: If any eate of this bread, he shall liue for euer, and the bread which I will giue is my flesh, which I will giue for the life of the world. 1. Cor. 5.7. Christ our Passeouer is sacrificed for vs. 1. Cor. 10.17. We that are many, are one bread, and one bodie, because we are all partakers of one bread.
II. The name of the thing signified is giuen to the signe: as, The bread is Christs bodie, the cuppe is Christs bloud. 1. Cor. 11.24. Mat. 26.28.
III. The effect of the thing signified is giuen to the signe as circumcision is a couenant. Gen. 17.10. Act. 7.8. The cup is the new testament in Christs bloud. Luk. 22.16. Baptisme is the washing of the new birth.
IIII. That which properlye belongeth to the signe, is attributed to the thing signified. Deut. 10.16. Circumcise the fore skin of your harts. Ioh. 6.35. Vnlesse ye eate the flesh of the Sonne of man, and drinke his blood, ye shall haue no life in you.
[Page]Hence it appeareth that there is small or no cause why the Papists should so vrge transubstantiation, and the Lutherans consubstantiation as they doe.
Chap. 33. Of Baptisme.
THere are two Sacraments. 1. Cor. 10.1. I would not haue you ignorant, that all our Fathers were vnder the cloude, and all passed through the sea. verse 2. And were all baptized vnto Moses in the cloude, and in the sea. v. 3. And did all eat the same spirituall meat. ver. 4. and dranke all the same spirituall drinke: (for they dranke of the spirituall Rocke that followed them, which Rocke was Christ.) Tertull. 4. booke contra Marcion. August. de Symbol. ad Catechum. 4. book 6. Chap.
The first Sacrament is that, whereby Christians are imitiated, and admitted to the Church of God: and this is Baptisme.
The second Sacrament, whereby the Church is preserued and nourished, is the Lords Supper.
Baptisme is a Sacrament, by which such as are within the couenant are washed with water, in the name of the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghoste: that being thus engraffed into Christ, they may haue perpetual felowship with him. Mat. 28.19. Go teach all nations, baptizing them in the [...] of the Father, the Sonne, and the holye Ghost. Matth. 16.16. He that beleeueth, and is baptized, shalbe s [...] [Page] he that beleeueth not, shalbe condemned. 1. Corinth. 1.13. Is Christ deuided? was Paul crucified for you? either were ye baptized into the name of Paul. verse 14. I thanke God I baptized none of you but Chrispus, and Gaias. verse 15. Least any should say, I had baptized into mine owne name.
Within the couenant are all the seede of Abraham, or the seede of the faithfull. These are eyther of ryper yeares, or Infantes.
Those of riper yeares, are all such as adioyning themselues to the visible Church, doe both testifie their repentance of their sinnes, and hold the foundations of religion, taught in the same Church. Matth. 3.6. And they were baptized of him in Iorden, confessing their sinnes. Act. 8.36. As they went they came to a water: then the Eunuch saide, See, here is water, what hindereth me to be baptized? verse 37. Then Philip saide, If thou beleeue with all thine heart, thou maiest: he saide, I beleeue that Jesus Christ is the sonne of God. verse 38. And they went downe into the water, both Philip & the Eunuch, and he baptized him. Exod. 12.48. If a stranger dwell with thee, and will obserue the passeouer of the Lord, let him circumcise all the males that belong vnto him, and then let him come and obserue it, and then he shalbe as one that is borne in the lande: for none vncircumcised person, shall eate thereof.
Infantes within the couenant, are such, as haue one at the least of their parents faithfull. 1. Cor. 7.14. The vnbeleeuing husband is sanctified by the wife, and the vnbeleeuing wife is sanctified by the husbande, [Page] else were your children vncleane, but now they are holy. Rom. 11.16. If the first fruites be holy, so is the whole lump [...]: and if the roote be holy, so are the branches. Gen. 17.7. I will establish my couenant betweene me & thee, and thy seede after thee, in their generations, for an euerlasting couenant, to be God vnto thee, and thy seede after thee. verse 13. Hee that is borne in thine house, and he that is bought with money, must needes be circumcised: so my couenant shalbe in your flesh, for an euerlasting couenant. Act. 16.31. They said, Beleeue in the Lord Iesus, and thou shalt be saued and thy whole housholde.
To be baptized into the Name of the father, &c. after the receit of the outward signe of washing, is to be made one of Gods familie, which is his Church, and to be partaker of the priuiledges therof. Gen. 48.16. The Angell which hath deliuered me from all euill, blesse the children, and let my name be named vpon them, and the name of my fathers, Abraham and Izhak, that they may growe as fish into multitude, in the middes of the earth. Esay. 4.1. In that day shall seuen women take holde of one man, saying, We wil eate our owne bread, and we will weare our owne garmentes: onely let vs be called by thy name, and take away our reproch.
By this it is manifest, that in this washing of baptisme, there is sealed and propounded a maruellous solemne couenant and contract: first of God with the baptized, in that God the Father vouchsafed to receiue him into fauour, the Sonne to redeeme him, the holy Ghost to purifie and regenerate him: [Page] secondly of the baptised with God, who promiseth to acknowledge, inuocate, and worship none other God, but the true Iehouah, which is the Father, Sonne, and holy Ghost.
The externall and visible matter of baptisme is water: for the minister may not baptize with anie other liquor, but onely with naturall water.
This was the iudgemēt of the Primitiue Church. For when as a certaine minister, for want of water, tooke sande, and baptized one with that, the partie thus besanded, was further baptized, the former being esteemed of none effect. Niceph. hist. 3. booke. 33. chap.
The externall forme of baptisme, is the ministers washing of the baptized, according to the prescript rule of Gods word. Rom. 10.14.
The ancient custome of baptizing, was to dip, and as it were, to diue, all the body of the baptized in the water, as may appeare in Paul, Rom. 6. and the Councils of Laodicea, & Neocaesarea: but now especially in cold countries, the Church vseth only to sprinckle the baptized, by reason of childrens weakenesse: for very few of ripe yeares, are now adaies baptized. We neede not much to marueile at this alteration, seeing charitie and necessitie may dispense with ceremonies, and mitigate in equitie the sharpenesse of them.
Thing sensible. | Water. | The vnion of the signe and the thing signified. | Christes blo [...]d, and figuratiuely all Christ. | Things spirituall. | ||||
Sprinkling or dipping in the water. | 1. Forgiuenes of sinnes and imputation of Christes iustice. | |||||||
[...]all Baptisme. T [...]e | Minister, to wash the vncleane bodie in the Name of, &c. the | 2. Mortification of sinne by the force of Christes death. | Gods spirituall washing i [...] regeneration. | Inward bapti [...] the | ||||
Continuance in water. | The progresse and continuance in mortification. | |||||||
Actions sensibl [...] of the | Arising from water. | Vi [...]ification and sanctifie action through Christes resurrection. | Actions spirituall and inward. | |||||
Receiuer to | Giue his body to be washed. | To consecrate him selfe to God, and forsake the flesh, deuill, and world. | Receiuer | |||||
Receiue that washing. | To feele the inward washing of the spirite. |
[Page]Rebaptizing is at no hand to be admitted, for as in naturall generation, man is once onely borne; so must he be in the spirituall generation.
Therefore they that are baptized of a minister, which is an heretike, not yet disgraded from that calling, (if the externall forme of administration be obserued) must not be baptized againe of the Church of God: especially, if after baptisme they haue beene made partakers of the Lordes Supper: onely they ought to be instructed in the true faith. Euseb. eccles. hist. 7. booke 8. chapter, sayth. There was in our Prouince an auncient professor of the faith, yea before I was created Bishop, nay before my predecessor Heraclas: who, when he was present at the baptisme of some, and heard what questions they were asked, and what answere they returned, foorthwith come weeping vnto me, and humbling himselfe before me, confessed that he was baptized by an heretike: yet in regard of that administratiō which he saw in our church, he accounted that, no baptisme, in that the confession there vsed, was fraught with blasphemies. This also be added, that he was for this offence so sore grieued, that he durst not so much as lift vp his eies vnto heauen: wherefore he most earnestly besought me, that he might be clensed and purified with the baptisme of our Church, and so receiue the gift of the holy Ghost. The which notwithstanding, I durst not presume to administer, but s [...] was sufficient for him, that he had beene so long a professor amongest vs, and that at the receite of the Lordes Supper, he answered. Amen. These thinges I tolde him were of force enough to purge him. And therfore [Page] I aduised him, to rest himselfe in his former fa [...] and conscience alreadie sufficiently purified, especially in that he so long was partaker with vs in the Sacramentes. Augustine booke 3. chapter 2. contra Petiliani literas.
The right vse of baptisme is this. When inwardly in thine heart thou sensibly feelest, that through the heate of concupiscence, thou art moued to cō mit some sinne, then beginne to haue some holy meditation of that solemne vow, which thou diddest make to God in Baptisme.
Againe, if through infirmitie, thou fallest once or often into some sinne, still haue recourse vnto Baptisme, that there thou maiest againe receiue courage to thy soule. For although baptisme bee but once onely administred, yet that once testifieth that all a mans sinnes past, present, and to come, are washed away. 1. Pet. 3.20. Ephes. 5.25, 26, 27. Therefore baptisme may be truely termed the Sacrament of repentance, and as it were, a board to swimme vppon, when a man shall feare the shipwracke of the soule. Marke 1.4. 1. Tim. 1.19. Rom. 6.4, 6.
Last of all, see thou neuer rest, till such time as thou haue a feeling of that renuing power, signified in baptisme: namely, the power of Christes death mortifying sinne, and the vertue of his resurrection, in the renouation of the Spirite.
Chap. 34. Of the Lordes Supper.
THe Lordes Supper, is a Sacrament, wherewith, in the signes of bread and wine, such as are engraffed into Christ, are in him daily, in a spirituall manner, nourished to eternall life. 1. Cor. 11.23, 24, 25. Rom. 6.5.
¶
Such as will, in an holy sort prepare themselues to celebrate the Lordes Supper, must haue
First, a knowledge of mans fall, and of the promised restauration into the couenant by Christ. 1. Corinth. 11. [...]6. So often as ye shall eate this bread, and drinke of this cuppe, ye shall shew the death of the Lord till he come. verse 29. and discerne his bodie.
Secondly, true faith in Christe for euery man receiueth so much▪ as he beleeueth he receiueth. Heb. 4.2. For vnto vs was the Gospell preached, as also vnto them: but the worde, that they heard, profited not them, because it was not mined with faith in those that heard it. Furthermore, true repentance of their sins▪ Esay. 16.6 [...]. He that killeth a bullocke, is as if he slowe a man: he that sacrificeth a sheepe, as if he cut off a dogs necke: he that offereth an oblation, as if he offred s [...]es bl [...]d: he that remembreth increase, [...] if he blessed [...] [...]e: yea, they haue chosen their owne waies, and their [...]le delighteth in their abominations. Psal. 26.6. [...] wash mine handes in innocencie, O Lorde, and so come before thine altar.
Things sensible. |
|
The relation of the partes of the Lords Supper. |
|
Thinges spirituall. | The [...] and i [...] actions of | |
The sensible and externall actions of the | Minister to | Take bread and wine in his handes. | To seale Christ, to beare the office of a Mediator. Iohn [...] 6.7. | God. | ||
Consecrate the bread and wine by repeating the promise, and prayers made for that end. | To send Christ to be a Mediatour, for which he was sealed from all eternitie. | |||||
Breake bread, and powre out wine. | The execrable passion of Christ, and effusion of his bloud. | |||||
Giue the bread and wine into the receiuers hands. | To offer Christ to all, euen to the hypocrites, but to giue him only to the true Christians. | |||||
Take the bread, and cup in his hand. | To apprehend Christ by faith. | The christian receiuer | ||||
Christian receiuer▪ to | Eate the bread, and drinke the wine, for the nourishment of his bodie. | To apply Christ vnto him, that the true vnion & Communion with Christ may be encreased. |
This Table is to be referred to this marke ¶
[Page]Thirdly, renued faith and repentance, for daily and new sins committed vpon infirmitie: because euery new sinne requireth a newe act, both of repentance and faith: and this renouation must be seene, by our reconciliation of our selues to our neighbour, for iniuries and wrongs. Matth. 5.23. If thou bring thy gifte to the altar, and there remembrest that thy brother hath ought against thee, ver. 24. Leaue thy gifte before the altar, and goe, first be reconciled to thy brother, then come, and offer thy gift. If thou canst come furnished with these things absteine not from the Lords Table, by reason of thy many infirmities.
It being thus prepared. thou feelest that thou hast a corrupt and rebellious heart, know this: that then thou art well disposed to the Lords table, whē thou art liuely touched with a sense of thy crooked disposition. Luke 4.18. The Spirite of the Lorde is vpon me, because he hath annointed me, that I should preach the Gospell to the poore: he hath sent me, that I should heale the broken hearted, that I should preach deliuerance to the captiues, and recouering of sight to the blinde, that I should set at libertie them that are bruised. Matth. 15.24. He answered, and saide, I am not sent, but to the lost sheepe of the house of Israell. The Lordes Supper, is a medicine to the diseased and languishing soule: and therefore men must as well seeke to purifie, and heale their hearts in it, as to bring pure and sound hearts vnto it.
If thou feele in thy selfe, some great defect and want of faith, pray vnto God earnestly, that [Page] he will vouchsafe to encrease it. Marke 9.24. The father of the child crying with teares, saide, Lord, I beleeue, helpe mine vnbeliefe.
If thou canst not doe this thy selfe, vse the ayde of the faithfull, which may by their faith carry thee as men did the sicke of the palsie vpon their shoulders, and layd him before Christ. Mark. 2.3.
If thou come not furnished on this manner to the Lords Table, thou shalt be adiudged guiltie of the bodie & bloud of Christ: as he is guiltie of high treason, who doth counterfeit or clippe the Princes coyne. 1. Cor. 11.27. He that eateth this bread, and drinketh this cuppe vnworthily, shalbe guiltie of the bodie and bloud of Christ.
Chap. 35. Of the degrees of executing Gods decree of Election.
WE haue hitherto declared the out-warde meanes, whereby Gods decree is executed. Nowe followe the decrees of executing the same.
The degrees are in number two. The loue of God, and the declaration of his loue. Ephes. 1.6. To the praise of the glorie of his grace, wherewith he hath made vs accepted in his bloud. verse 9. And hath opened vnto vs the mysterie of his well, according to his good pleasure, which he hath purposed in him.
Gods loue is that, whereby God dooth freely loue all such as are chosen in Christ Iesus, though in themselues altogether corrupt. 1. Iohn 4.19. We [Page] loue him, because he loued vs first. Rom. 5.8. God setteth out his loue towards vs, seeing that, while we were yet sinners, Christ dyed for vs. verse 10. For if when we were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the death of his sonne, much more we, being reconciled, shalbe saued by his life.
The declaration of Gods loue is two folde. The first, towards infantes elected to saluation: the second, towards men of ryper yeares.
The declaration of Gods loue towards infants, is on this manner.
Infants already elected, albeit they, in the womb of their mother before they were borne, or presently after, depart this life, they, I say, being after a secrete, and vnspeakeable manner by Gods Spirit engraffed into Christ, obtaine eternall saluation. 1. Cor. 12.13. By one Spirite we are all baptized into one bodie, whether Iewes, or Grecians, or bonde, or free, and haue beene all made to drinke into one Spirite. Luk. 1.35. The Angell answered, and said vnto her, the holy Ghost shall come vpon thee, and the power of the most High shall ouershadowe thee: therefore also that holy thing, which shalbe borne of thee, shalbe called the sonne of God. 41. And it came to passe, as Elizabeth heard the salutation of Marie, the babe sprange in her belly. And Elizabeth was filled with the holy Ghost. verse 64. And his mouth was opened immediately, and his tongue loosed, and he spake and praised God. ver. 80. And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirite. Ie [...]. 5. Before I formed thee in the wombe, I knewe thee, and before thou camest out of the wombe, I sanctified thee.
[Page] The declaration of Gods loue, in those of yeares of discretion, hath especially foure degrees. Rom. 8, 30. 1. Cor. 1.30.
Chap. 36. Concerning the first degree of the declaration of Gods loue.
THe first degree, is an effectuall calling, whereby a sinner being seuered from the worlde, is entertayned into Gods familie. Ephess. 2.17. And came, and preached peace to you, which were a farre off, and to them that were neere. 19. Now therefore ye are no more strangers and forreners, but citizen [...] with the Saintes, and of the houshold of God.
Of this, there be three partes. The first is Election, which is a separation of a sinner, from the cursed estate of all mankinde. Ioh. 15.19. If ye were of the world, the world would loue his owne but because yee are not of the world, but I haue chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.
The second is, the donation or free gift of the father, whereby he bestoweth the sinfull man vpon Christ, & Christ againe vpon the sinfull man. Rom. 8.32. He spared not his owne sonne, but gaue him for vs. Esay. 6.9. Vnto vs a child is born, & vnto vs a sonne is giuen. Ioh. 17.2. Thou hast giuen him power vpon all flesh, that he should giue eternal life to al them, whō thou hast giuen him. v. 6. I haue declared thy name to the mē which thou gauest me out of the world: thine they were, and thou gauest them me, and they kept thy word. ver. 7. [Page] Now they know that all thinges, what so euer thou hast geuen me are of thee. Ioh. 10.29. My father, which gaue them me, is greater then all, and none is like to take them out of my fathers handes.
The third, is an vnion, or coniunction, which is the ingraffing of such, as are to bee saued, into Christ, and their growing vp together with him: so that after a peculiar manner, Christ is made the head, and euerie repentant sinner, a member of his mysticall bodie. Ioh. 27.20. I pray not for these alone, but for them also which shall beleeue in me, thorough the [...] word. ver. 21. That they all may be one, as thou, O Father, art in me, and I in thee: euen that they may be also one in vs. Ephes. 5.30. We are members of his bodie, of his flesh, and of his bones. Ioh. 15.1. I am that true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. 2. Euery branch th [...] beareth not fruit in me, he taketh away: and euery one that beareth fruite, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit. Eph. 2.20. Built vpon the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles, whose corner stone is Iesus Christ himselfe. 21. In whom all the building coupled together, groweth vnto an holy temple in the Lord. 2 [...]. In whom ye are also built together, to be the habitation of God by the Spirite.
This, albeit it be a most neere, and reall vnion, yet we must not thinke, that it, by touching, [...] ture, or as it were, by souldering of one soule with another, neither by a bare agreement of the soules among themselues but by the cōmunion, & operation of the same spirite, which being by nature [...] nite, is of sufficient ability to conioyne those things [Page] together, which are of themselues far distant from ech other: the like, we see in the soule of man, which cōioyneth the head with the foote. Ephes. 2.22. 2. Pet. 1.4. Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs, that by them ye should be partakers of the godly nature, in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust. Phil. 2.1. Jf there be any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of loue, if any fellowship of the spirite, &c.
God executeth this effectuall calling by certain meanes.
The first, is the sauing hering of the word of God, a which is, when the said word outwardly is preached, to such an one as is both dead in his sins, and doth not so much as dream of his saluation. b And 1. of all, the Law, shewing a man his sinne, and the punishment thereof, which is eternall death: afterward the Gospell, shewing saluation by Christ Iesus, to such as beleeue. c And inwardlye the eyes of the minde are enlightened, d the hart & eares opened, that he may see, hear, and vnderstand the preaching of the woord of God. a Ezech. 16.6. When I passed by thee, I sawe thee polluted in thine owne blood, and I saide vnto thee, when thou wast in thy blood, thou shalt line. Esay 55.1. Ho, euery one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and ye that haue no siluer, come buye and and eate: come, I say, and buye wine and milke without siluer, and without money. Iohn. 1.12. As many as receiued him, to them he gaue this priuiledge, that they should become the Sonnes of God: namely, to them which beleeued in his name. b Rom. 7.7. I knew not sinne, but by the [Page] Lawe, for J had not known lust, except the Law had said, thou shalt not lust. c 1. Ioh. 2.27. But the annointing, which ye receiued of him, dwelleth in you: and ye neade not that any man teach you: but as the same Annointing teacheth you of all things, and it is true, and is not lying, and, as it taught you, yee shall abide in him. d Act. 16.14. A certaine woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the Citie of the Thyatirians, a worshipper of God, heard vs, whose hart God opened, that she attended to the things, that Paul spake. Psal. 40.6. Thou art not delighted with sacrifice and burnt offrings, but mine cares hast thou opened Ioh. 6.44. No man can come vnto me, except the father which hath sent me, draw him: and J will raise him vp at the last day. Esay. 54.6. The Lord hath called thee, being as a woman forsaken, and afflicted in spirit, and as a young wife, when thou wast refused, saith the Lord.
The secōd, is the mollifying of the hart, the which must be brused in peeces, that it may be fitte to receiue Gods sauing grace offered vnto it. Eze. 11.9. I wil giue them one hart, and J wil put a new spirite within their bowels, and J will take the stonie hart out of their bodies, and wil giue them a hart of flesh.
There are for the brusing of this stonye harte, foure principal hammers. 1. The knowledge of the law of God. 2. The knowledge of sin, both original, and actual, and what punishment is due vnto them. 3. Corruption, or pricking of the hart, namelye, a sence and feeling of the wrath of God for the same sinnes. 4. An holy desperation of a mans own power, in the obtaining of eternall life. Acts 2.37. When they heard these thinges, they were pricked in hart, and [Page] saide vnto Peter, and the rest of the Apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we doe? ver. 38. Peter said vnto thē, Repent, and be baptized euery one of you in the name of Jesus into the remission of sinnes and ye shall receiue the gift of the holy Ghost. Luke. 15.17. Then he came to him selfe, and said, How many hired seruants at my Fathers haue bread enough, and dye for hunger? ver. 18. I will rise and goe to my Father, and say vnto him, father, I haue sinned against heauen, and before thee, vers. 19. And am no more worthie to be called thy sonne: make me as one of thy hired seruants, &c. Mat. 15.24. He answered, and saide, I am not sent, but to the lost Sheepe of Jsraell.
The third, is faith, which is a miraculous and supernaturall facultie of the hart, apprehending Christ Iesus, being applyed by the opperation of the holy Ghost, and receiuing him to it self. Ioh. 1.12.6.35. Jesus saide vnto them, I am the bread of life, he that commeth vnto me shall neuer hunger, and he that beleeueth in me, shall neuer thirst. Rom. 9.30. What shall we say then? The Gentiles which followed not righteousnes, haue attained vnto righteousnes, euen the righteousnes which is of Faith.
Christ is receiued when euery seuerall parson doth particularly apply vnto himselfe, Christ with his merites, by an inward perswasion of the hart, which commeth none other way, but by the effectuall certificate by the holy Ghost, concerning the mercye of God in Christ Iesus. 1. Corinth. 2.12. We haue receiued not the spirite of the world but the spirit, which is of God, that we might know the thinges that are giuen to vs of God. Ezech. 12.10. I will powre the [Page] Spirite of grace, vpon the house of Dauid, and vpon the inhabitants of Ierusalem: and they shall looke vnto me whome they haue wounded. Rom. 9.16. His spirite beareth witnes to our Spirite, that we are the sonnes of God. Ephe. 1.13. In whom also ye haue trust, after that ye heard the word of truth, euen the Gospell of your saluation, wherin also after that ye beleeued, ye were sealed with the holy spirite of promise. 2. Cor. 1.22.
In the work of faith, there are 4. degrees, or motions of the heart, linked and vnited together and are worthie the consideration of euery Christian.
The first, is knowledge of the Gospell, by the illumination of Gods spirite. Esay. 53.11. By his knowledge shall my righteous seruant iustifie many. Iohn. 17.3. This is life eternall, that they know thee to be the onely very God, and whom thou hast sent Iesus Christ.
To this, in such as are truely humbled, is annexed a serious meditation of the promises in the Gospell, stirred vp by the sencible feeling of their owne beggerie.
And after the foresaid knowledge in all such as are enlightened, commeth a generall faith, whereby they subscribe to the trueth of the Gospell. Heb. 4.2. Ʋnto vs was the Gospell preached, as also vnto them: but the word that they heard, profited not them, because it was not mixed with faith in those that heard it. 1. Tim. 1.19. Hauing faith & a good conscience, which some haue put away, and as concerning the faith, haue made Shipwracke. 1. Tim. 2.4. Who will that all men should be saued, and come vnto the knowledge of the trueth.
This knowledge, if it be more full and perfect, [Page] is called in Greeke [...] that is, the full assurance of vnderstanding. Col. 2.2. Th [...] their harts might be comforted, and they knit togither in loue, and in all riches, of the full assurance of vnderstanding, to know the mystery of God, euen the Father, and of Christ. Rom. 14.14. J know and am perswaded through the Lord Jesus, that there is nothing vncleane of it selfe. Luke. 1.1. For as much as many haue taken in hand to set forth the story of those things, whereof we are fully perswaded. 1. Thes. 1.5. Our Gospell was vnto you, not in word only, but also in power, and in the holy Ghost, and in much assurance.
The second, is hope of pardon, wherby a sinner, albeit he yet feeleth not that his sinnes are certainly pardoned, yet he beleeueth that they are pardo [...] ble. Luk. 15.18. I wil goe vnto my father, and say, father, I haue sinned against heauen, and against thee, and a [...] [...] more worthie to be called thy Sonne, make me as one of thine hi [...]ed seruants.
The third, is an hungring and thirsting after that grace, which is offered to him in Christ Iesus, as a man hungreth and thirsteth after meate and drink. Iohn. 6.35. and 7 37. Reuel. 21.6. And he saide vnto me, It is done, I am oe and [...], the beginning and the end. I will giue to him that is a thirste, of the well of the water of life freely. Mat. 5.6. Blessed are they which hunger and thirst after righteousnes, for they shalbe satisfied.
The fourth, is the approching to the throne of grace, that there flying from the terrour of the Lawe, he may take hold of Christ, and finde fauour with God. Heb. 4.16. Let vs therefore goe boldelye to [Page] the throne of grace, that he may receiue mercie, and finde grace to helpe in time of neede.
This approching hath two partes. The first, is an humble confession of sinnes before God particularly, if they be knowen sinnes, and generally, if vnknown: this done, the Lord forth with remitteth all our sinnes. Psal. 32.5. I thought, I will confes against my selfe my wickednes vnto the Lord, and thou forgauest the punishment of my sinne. Selah. 2. Sam. 12.13. Dauid said to Nathan, J haue sinned against the Lord: wherfore Nathan said to Dauid, the Lord hath taken awaye thy sinne, thou shalt not dye. Luke. 15.19.
The second, is the crauing pardon of some sins, with vnspeakable sighes, and in perseuerance. Luk. 15.21. Act. 8.22. Repent of this wickednes, & pray God, th [...] if it be possible, the thought of thine hart may be forgiuen thee. Rom. 8.26. The Spirite helpeth not infirmities: for we know not what to pray as we ought: but the Spirit it selfe maketh request for vs, with sighes, which can not be expressed.
The fift arising of the former, is an especiall perswasion imprinted in the hart by the holye Ghost, wherby euery faithfull man doth particularlye apply vnto himselfe, those promises which are made in the Gospel. Mat. 9.2. They brought vnto him a man sick of the palsie: and when Jesus saw their faith, he saide vnto the sicke of the palsie, Sonne, be of good comfort, thy sinnes are forgiuen thee. Mat. 15.28. O woman, great is thy faith, be is vnto thee, as thou desirest.
This perswasion, is, and ought to be in euery one, euen before he haue any experience of Gods mercies. [Page] Mat. 15.23. A Woman, a Cananite, came out of the same coastes, and cryed, saying vnto him haue mercye on me, O Lord the Sonne of Dauid: my daughter is miserably vexed with a diuell, &c. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27. Ioh. 20.29. Iesus said vnto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou beleeuest: blessed are they which haue not seene, and haue beleeued. Heb. 11.1. Faith is the ground of things hoped for, and the euidence of things which are not seene. In philosophie, we first see a thing true by experience, and afterward giue our assent vnto it: as in Naturall philosophie, I am perswaded that such a water is hot, because, when I put mine hand into it. I perceiue, by experience, an hot qualitie.
But in the practise of faith, it is quite contrary. For first, we must consent to the word of God, resisting all doubt and diffidence, and afterward will an experience, and feeling of cōfort follow. 2. Cro [...] 20.20. Put your trust in the Lord your God, and ye shall be assured: beleue his Prophets, and ye shal prosper. They therfore do very ill, who are still in a doubt of their saluation, because as yet they feele not in thēselues, especiall motions of Gods spirite.
Thus much concerning the way which God vseth in begetting of faith. There are beside this, 2. notable degrees of faith. The one is, the lowest, and as I maye speake, the possitiue degree: the other is the highest, or superlatiue.
The lowest degree of faith, is called [...], a little or weak faith, like a grain of mustard seed, or smoking flaxe, which can neither giue out heat nor flame, but onely smoake. Math. 8.25. His Disciples [Page] awaked him, saying, Saue, master, we perish. 26. And he said vnto them, Why are ye fearefull, O ye of little faith. Mathew 7.20. Jf ye haue faith as much as a gra [...]ne of mustarde feede, ye shall say vnto this mountaine, mooue, and it shall remoue. Esay. 42.3. The smoking flaxe shal be not quench.
Faith is then saide to be weake and feeble, when as, of those fiue degrees aboue mencioned, either the first, which is knowledge, or the fift, which is application of the promises, is verye feeble, the rest remaining strong. Rom. 14.2. One beleeueth that he maye eate all thinges, and another which is weake, eateth hearbes. ver. 3. Let not him that eateth, despise him that eateth not: and let not him which eateth not, iudge him which eateth: for God hath receiued him. The Apostles although they beleeued, that Christ was that Sonne of the liuing God: yet they were ignorant of his death and of his resurrection. Mat. 16.16. Ioh. 6.69. Mat. 17.22. Luke. 9.49. They vnderstoode not that woorde: for it was hidde from them, so that they could not perceiue it. Actes. 1.6. They asked him, saying, Lord wilt thou restore at this time the kingdome of Jsraell?
For the better knowledge of this kinde of faith, we must obserue these two rules.
I. A serious desire to beleeue and an endeauour to obteine Gods fauour, is the head of faith. Mat. 5.6. Bless [...] are they which hunger & thirst after righteousnes, for they shalbe satisfied. Reuel. 21.6. I will giue to him that is a thirst, of the well of the water of life freely. Psal. 145.19. He will fulfill the desire of thē that f [...]de [Page] him: he also will heare their crye, and will saue them. I [...] in such as begin to be renued, the wil lieth not idle, but being moued by the holy Ghost, striueth with doubtfulnes, and distrust, and endeuoureth to giue her assent to the sweete promises made in the Gospell, and in the sence of her weaknes, desireth assistance from aboue.
II. God doth not despise the least sparke of faith, if so be, it, by little and little doo encrease, and men vse the meanes to increase the same. Luke. 17.5. The Apostles saide vnto the Lord, encrease our faith. verse 6. And the Lord saide, if ye had faith as much as a graine of mustard seede, and should say vnto this Mulberye tree, plucke thy selfe vp by the rootes, and plant thy selfe in the sea, it should euen obey you. Man must therefore stirre vp his faith, by meditation of Gods woord, serious prayers, and other exercises belonging vnto faith.
The highest degree of faith, is [...], a full assurance, which is not onely certaine and true, but also a full perswasion of the hart, whereby a Christian maketh full and resolute account that God loueth him, and that he will giue to him by name, Christ, and all his graces pertaining to eternall life. Romans 4.20. Neither did he doubt of the promise of God through vnbeleefe, but was shrengthened in the faith, and gaue glory to God. verse 21. Being fully assur [...] [...]hat he, which had promised, was able also to doo it. Rom. 8.38. I am perswaded, that neither life, nor death, &c. can seperate vs from the loue of God which is in Christ Iesus. Psal. 23.6. Doubtles, kindenes and mercy shall follow me all the daies of my life. 1. Sam. 17.36. Thy seruants shew [Page] both the Lion and the beare: therfore this vncircumcised Philistine shalbe as one of them, seeing he hath railed on the hoste of the liuing God. Man commeth to hie degree, after the sence, obseruation, and long experience of Gods fauour and loue.
Chap. 37. Concerning the second degree of the declaration of Gods loue.
THe second degree, is Iustification, whereby such as beleue are accounted iust before God, through the obedience of Christ Iesus. 2. Cor. 5.21. He hath made him to be sinne for vs, which knew no sin: that we should be made the righteousnes of God in him. 1. Cor. 1.30. Rom. 5.19. As by one mans disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one, (that is, Jesus christ. ver. 17.) shall many also be made righteous.
Iustification hath two parres: Remission of sins, and Imputation of Christs righteousnes.
Remission of sins, is that parte of iustification, wherby he that beleeueth, is freede from the guilte and punishment of sinne, by the merites of the passion of Christ. Col. 1.21, 22. You hath he now reconciled in the body of his flesh through death, to make you holye, and vnblameable, and without fault in his sight. 1. Pet. 2 24. Who, in his own flesh, bare our sinnes in his body, on the tree, that we being deliuered from sin, should liue in righteousnes, by whose stripes ye were healed.
Imputation of righteousnes, is the other part of Iustification, whereby such as beleeue, hauing the guilt of their sins couered, are accounted iust in the [Page] sight of God, through Christs righteousnes. 2. Cor. 5.21. Psal. 32.1. Blessed is he whose wickednes is forgiuen and whose sin is couered. Rom. 4. the whole chap. Phil. 3.9. I haue counted all things losse, and doe iudge them to be domage, that I might win Christ, and might be found in him, that is, not hauing mine owne righteousnes, which is by the law, but that which is through the faith of christ, euen the righteousnes which is of God through faith.
The forme of iustification, is as it were a kinde of translatiō, of the beleeuers sins vnto Christ, and againe, Christs righteousnes vnto the beleeuer, by meanes of Gods diuine imputation. As is apparant in this picture following.
[Page] Iustification hath annexed vnto it adoption, wherby al such as are predestinated to be odopted, receiue power, to be actually accounted the sonnes of God by Christ. Ephe. 1.5. Who hath predestinate vs, to be adopted through Iesus Christ, vnto himselfe, according to the good pleasure of his will.
By meanes of adoption, God hath bestowed many notable priuiledges vpon his children. I. They are the Lords heires apparant. Rom. 8.17. If we be children, we be also heires, euen the heires of God.
II. They are fellow heires with Christ, yea kings. Rom. 8.17. Reuel. 1.6. And made vs Kings & Priests, euen to God his Father.
III. All their afflictions, yea euen their wantes, and offences, are turned to fatherly chastisementes, inflicted vpon them for their good. Rom. 8.28. We know that all thinges worke together for the best, vnto thē that loue God. ver. 36. It is written, for thy sake are we killed all the day long we are counted as Sheepe for the slaughter. ver. 37. Neuertheles, in all these things, we are more then conquerours through him that loued vs. Psal. 89.32. I will visite their transgression with the rod, and their iniquitie with strokes. v. 33. Yet my louing kindenes wil I not take from him. 2. Cor. 12.7. There was giuen vnto me a prick in the flesh, the messenger of Satan to buffet mee, because I should not be exalted out of measure. 2. Sam. 7.14. I wil be to him a father, and he shall be to me a sonne: and if he sinne, I wil chasten him with the rod of men, and with the plagues of the children of men.
IIII. They haue dominion ouer all creatures. 1. Cor. 22.23. Whether it be Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, [Page] or the worlde, or life, or death, whether they be things present or things to come, euen all are yours. Heb. 2.7. Thou madest him little inferiour to the Angels, thou crownedst him with glory, and honour, and hast set him aboue the workes of thine hands. 8. Thou hast put all things in subiection vnder his feete.
Last of all, they may haue the angels as ministring spirits attending on them for their good. Heb. 1.14. Are they not all ministring spirites, sent forth to minister for their sakes which shalbe heires of saluation? Psal. 34.7 The Angels of the Lord pitch round about them that feare him, and deliuereth them.
Chap. 38. Concerning the third degree of the declaration of Gods loue.
THe third degree is Sanctification, wherby such as beleeue, being deliuered from the tirannye of sinne, are by little and little renued in holinesse, and righteousnes. 1. Ioh. 3.9. Whosoeuer is born of God, sinneth not: for his seede remaineth in him, neither can he sinne, because he is borne of God. Rom. 8.1. There is no condemnation to those which are in Christ Jesus, which walke not after the flesh, but after the spirite.
Sanctification hath two paates: Mortification, and Viuification.
The mortification of sinne is the firste parte of sanctification, whereby the power of sin is abated, & crucified in the faithful. Ro. 6.2. How shal we that are dead to sin, liue yet therein? 3. Know ye not that all we which haue beene baptized into Jesus Christ; [...] [Page] bene baptized into his death? 4. We are buried then with him by baptism into his death, that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead, by the glory of the Father, so we also should walk in newnes of life. Eccl. 5.6, 7, 11, 12, 13. Gal, 5.24. They which are Christs haue crucified the flesh, with the affections and lustes thereof.
The means that work mortification, is the death and buriall of Christ, from whence proceedeth such a vertue, as doth both keep vnder the strength that it cānot break out as it would, and in man as it were in a graue, doth cause it to dye & not putrifie. Rom. 6.6. Our olde man is crucified with him, that the body of sinne might be destroyed.
Viuification is the second parte of sanctification: wherby inherent holynes being begun, is still augmented and enlarged. First, we receiue the firste fruites of the spirit, then a continual encrease of thē. Ephe. 4.23. Be renued in the spirit of your minde. v. 24. And put on the new man which after God is created in righteousnes, and true holynes. Eph. 2.1. And you that he quickned, that were dead in trespasses and sinnes. Gal. 2.20. Thus J liue, yet not I now, but Christ in me: and in that I now liue by the flesh, I liue by the faith of the sonne of God, who hath loued me, and giuen himselfe for me. Rom. 8.23. We which haue the first fruites of the spirite, euen we doo sigh in our selues, waiting for the adoption, euen the redemption of our bodies. 1. Cor. 15.45. The first man Adam was made a liuing soule, and the second man Adam was made a quickned spirite.
The efficient cause of viuification is the holye Ghost, who doth by his diuine power conuey himselfe [Page] into the beleeuers harts, and in them createth holines. Iob. 33.24, 25. Then will he haue mercy vpon him, and will say, deliuer him, that he goe not downe into the pit: for I haue receiued a reconciliation. Then shal his flesh be as fresh as a childes, and shal return as in the daies of his youth. Rom. 8.9. Now ye are not in the flesh, but in the spirit, because the spirit of God dwelleth in you: but if any man haue not the spirite of Christ, the same is not his. ver. 11. But if the spirit of him that raised vp Iesus from the dead dwell in you, be that raised vp Christ from the dead, shall also quicken your mortall bodies, because that his spirite dwelleth in you.
The preseruatiue of viuificaton, is a vertue deriued from Christes resurrection, to those that are quickned, which maketh them to rise vp to newnes of life. Phil. 3.10. That J may know him, and the vertue of his resurrection.
Furthermore, this inherent holines is to be distinguished into parts, according to the seuerall faculties of the bodie and soule of man. Thessa. 5.23. The very God of peace sanctifie you throughout: And I pray God, that your whole spirit, soule, and bodye may be kept blameles, vntil the cōming of our Lord Iesus Christ.
I. The holynes of the minde, which is the illumination thereof, to the knowledge of the will of God. Coloss. 1.9. We cease not to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be fullye filled with knowledge of his will, in all wisedome and spirituall vnderstanding, 1. Cor. 12.8. To one is giuen by the spirite, the speach of wisdome, to another the speach of knowledge, by the same spirite.
[Page] Illumination, is either spirituall vnderstanding, or spirituall wisedome.
Spirituall vnderstanding, is an illumination of the minde, wherby it acknowledgeth the knowen truth of the word of God.
Spirituall wisedome, is also an illumination of the minde, whereby the same trueth, is applied to the good ordering of particular both things & actions, as persons, place, and times require.
These two, haue these effects which follow.
1. To discerne betweene good and euill. Heb. 5.14. Strong meat belongeth to them that are of age, which through long custome haue their wits exercised, to discearne both good and euill. Phil. 1.10. That ye may discearne things that differ one from another.
2. To discerne of spirits. 1. Ioh. 4.1. Derely beloued beleeue not euery spirite, but trie the spirites whether they are of God. 1. Thes. 5.21. Trie all things, and keepe that which is good. Acts. 17.11. These were more noble men, then they which were at Thessalonica, which receiued the word with all readines, and searched the Scriptures dayly, whether these things were so.
3. To meditate vpon the woord and workes of God. Psal. 1.2. But his delight is in the law of God, and in that Law doth exercise himselfe day and night. Psal. 119.15. J wil meditate in thy precepts, and consider thy waies. Psal. 107. the whole Psalme.
4. To discerne and acknowledge a mans own inward blindnes. Psal. 119.33. Teach me, O Lord, the way of thy statutes, and I wil keep it vnto the end. ver. 18. Open mine eyes, that I may see the wonders of thy Law.
[Page] II. The sanctitie of the memorie, is an abilitie to keepe a good thing, when it is offered to the minde, and as neede serueth, to remember it. Psal. 119.11. I haue hid thy promise in mine heart, that I might not sinne against thee. Psal. 16.7. I will prayse the Lord who hath giuen me counsell: my reynes also teach me in the nights. Luk. 2.51. His mother kept all these thinges in her heart.
III. The sanctitie of conscience, which is a grace of God, wherby a mans conscience excuseth him for all his sinnes, after they are forgiuen him in Christ, as also of his vpright walking in the whole course of his life. 1. Tim. 1.19. Hauing faith and a good conscience, which some hauing put away, &c. 1. Cor. 4.4, I know nothing by my selfe: yet am I not therby iustified. Act. 23.1. Paule saide, I haue in all good conscience, serued God vntill this day. Act. 24.16. I endeuour my selfe to haue alway a cleare conscience, toward God and toward men. Psal. 26.1, 2, 3. Iudge me, O Lord, for I haue walked in mine innocencie, my trust hath beene also in the Lord: therefore shall I not slide. Proue me, O Lord, and try me, examine my reynes and mine heart. For thy louing kindnes is before mine eyes, therefore haue I walked in thy truth.
Hence, in all godly men ariseth the inward peace of God, and the outwarde alacritie in the countenance. Phil. 4.7. The peace of God which passeth al vnderstanding, shall preserue your hearts and mindes in Iesus Christ. Prou. 28.1. The wicked flee, when none pursueth: but the righteous are bold as a Lyon.
IIII. Sanctitie of will, whereby man beginneth [Page] to will that which is good, and to refuse the contrarie. Therefore in this estate, the will is partly freed from bondage, partly in bondage to sinne. Philip. 2.13. It is God which worketh in you, both the will and the deede, euen of his owne pleasure. Rom. 7.18. I knowe that in me, that is, in my flesh, dwelleth no good thing: for to will is present with me, but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good, &c. verses 19, 20, 21, 22.
V. Sanctitie of affections, is the right moouing of them. 1. Thess. 5.23. Rom. 7.24.
Affections of most especiall note, are these:
I. Hope, whereby men with sighinges, looke for the accomplishing of their redemption. Rom. 8.23.
This hope, when it is once strong and liuely, hath also her [...], that is, full assurance, as faith hath. Coloss. 1.23. If ye continue grounded and stablished in the faith, and be not mooued away from the hope of the Gospell, whereof ye haue heard, &c. 1. Pet. 1.3. Blessed be God, euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ, which, according to his abundant mercie, hath begotten vs againe vnto a liuely hope, by the resurrection of Iesus Christ from the dead.
II. Feare of offending God, because of his mercie. 1. Pet. 1.17. If ye call him father, which without respect of person, iudgeth according to euery mans work, passe the time of your dwelling here in feare. Ps. 103.4. There is mercie with thee that thou maiest be feared.
III. A base account of all worldly things, in respect of Christ Iesus. Philip. 3.7. But the things that [Page] were aduantage to me, I accounted losse for Christs sake. verse 8. Yea doubtlesse, I thinke all things but losse, for the excellent knowledge sake of Christ Iesus my Lord, for whom I haue counted all things losse, and doe iudge them to be doung, that I might winne Christ.
IIII. The loue of God in Christ, which is like vnto death, and as a fire that can not be quenched. Canticles 8.6. Loue is strong as death, ielousie is cruell as the graue, the coles thereof are fire coles, and a vehement flame.
V. A feruent zeale to Gods glorie. Rom. 9.3. I would wish my selfe to be separate from Christ, for my brethren, that are my kinsmen, according to the flesh.
VI. An anguish of minde for the sinnes of the worlde. Psalm. 119.136. Mint eyes gush out with teares, because men keepe not thy Lawe. 2. Pet. 2.7. And deliuered iust Lot, being vexed with the vncleanly conuersation of the wicked. ver. 8. For he being righteous, and dwelling among them, in seeing and hearing, vexed his righteous soule from day to day, with their vnlawfull deedes.
VII. Exceeding great ioy in the holy Ghost. Rom. 14.17. The kingdome of God is not meate and drinke, but righteousnes, and peace, and ioy in the holy Ghost.
6. Sanctitie of bodie, whereby it is a fit instrument for the soule to accōplish that which is good. Rom. 6.19. At ye haue giuen your members seruants to vncleannesse, and to iniquitie, to commit iniquitie: so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnesse in holinesse.
Chap. 39. Of Repentance and the fruites thereof.
FRom sanctification Repentance is deriued; [...] no man can repent, before he haue begunne to hate sinne.
Repentance is, when a sinner turneth vnto the Lord. Act. 26.20. He shewed first vnto them of Damascus, and at Ierusalem, and through all the coastes of Iudea, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turne to God, & to doe workes worthy amendment of life. 1. Iohn. 3.3. Euery man that hath this hope in him, purgeth himselfe, as he is pare.
This is performed, when as any one, by the instinct of the holy Ghost, doth purpose, will, desire, and endeuour to relinquish his former sinnes, and to become a new man. Psal. 119.112. I haue applyed my heart to fulfil thy statutes alway, euen vnto the end. 1. Iohn 3.3. Act. 11.23. Who when hee was come, and had seene the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted all, that with purpose of heart, they would cleane vnto the Lord.
The fruite of repentance, is a Christian conuersation, wherein are brought foorth fruites worthie amendment of life. Matth. 3.8. Bring ye therefore fruites worthy of repentance.
A Christian conuersation, is such a course of life, whereby we following Christes example, doe by him, performe new obedience to God. Matth. 11.29. Take my yoke on you, and learne of mee, that [...] [Page] meeke and lowly in heart: And ye shall finde rest vnto your soules. 1. Pet. 4.1. For as much as Christ hath suffered for vs in the flesh, arme your selues likewise with the same minde, which is, that he which hath suffered in the flesh, hath ceased from sinne. 1. Pet. 2.21. For hereunto are ye called, for Christ also suffered for vs, leauing vs an ensample that we should follow his steppes. 1. Pet. 3.10, 11. If any man long after life, & to see good dayes, let him refraine his tongue from euill, and his lippes that they speake no guile. Let him eschewe euill and doe good, let him seeke peace and follow after it.
There are two partes of new obedience: the deniall of our selues, and the profession of Christ. Matth. 16.24. If any man will follow me, let him forsake himselfe, take vp his crosse, and follow me.
The deniall of our selues, consisteth partly in Christian warrefare, partly in the patient bearing of afflictions.
Chap. 40. Of Christian warrefare.
CHristian warfare, is concerning the right way of fighting in the spirituall battell.
The partes thereof, are the preparation to battell, and the combate it selfe.
To the preparation, we must vse the complete armour of God. Ephes. 6.13. For this cause, take vnto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to resist in the euill day, and hauing finished all thinges, stand fast.
The partes hereof, are especially sixe. I. Truth. [Page] II. Iustice. III. Euangelicall obedience. IIII. Faith. V. The worde of God. VI. Continuall and feruent prayers with watching. Ephes. 6.14. Stande therefore, and your loynes girded about with veritie, and hauing on the breastplate of righteousnesse. verse 15. And your feete shodde with the preparation of the Gospell of peace. verse 16. Aboue all, take the shield of faith, wherewith ye may quench all the fierie dartes of the wicked. verse 17. And take the helmet of saluation, and the sworde of the spirite, which is the word of God. verse 18. And pray alwayes with al manner prayer and supplication in the spirite, and watch thereunto with all perseuerance and supplication for all Saintes. 1. Pet. 5.8. Be sober, and watch, for your aduersarie the deuil, as a roaring lyon, walketh about, seeking whom he may deuour.
The combate is a mutuall conflict of them that fight spiritually.
The warriours, are the Tempter and the Christian souldier. Ephes. 6.12. For we wrestle not against flesh and bloud, but against principalities, against powers, and against the worldly gouernours, the princes of the darkenesse of this world, against spirituall wickednesses, which are in hie places.
The tempter, is the prince or his helpers. The prince is Satan and his angels, which are spirituall wickednesses, in hie things. His helpers are the flesh and the world.
The conflict of all these, is temptation, wherby man is prouoked to commit such wickednesse, as is hurtfull to the saluation of his soule. 1. Pet. 2.11. [Page] Dearely beloued, I beseech you, as strangers & pilgrimes absteine from fleshly lusts, which fight against the soule.
In the souldier, two things are to be considered: his resisting, and his fall.
Resistance is an action, whereby the souldier doth withstand temptation, through grace working inwardly in him. 1. Iohn. 2.14. I write vnto you babes, because ye haue knowen the father. I haue written to you fathers, because ye haue knowen him that is from the beginning. J haue writtē to you young men, because ye are strong, & the word of God abideth in you, & ye haue ouercome the wicked. 1. Pet. 5.8. Ephes. 6.16. Ps. 91.13. Thou shalt walke vpon the lyon and aspe: the young lyon and the dragon shalt thou tread vnder feete.
To confirme this, these preseruatiues which follow are very necessarie.
I. When thou art tempted to sinne, do not only absteine from it, but earnestly loue and followe after the contrary. Ioh. 8.44.
II. Neuer yeeld or consent to Satans wordes, whether he speake the truth, accuse falsely, or flatter dissemblingly. Iohn. 8.44. Ye are of your father the deuill, and the lustes of your father ye will doe: he hath beene a murtherer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him: when he speaketh a lie, then speaketh he of his owne, for he is a liar, and the father thereof. Mark. 5.7. And cryed with a loud voyce, and saide, What haue I to doe with thee, Iesus, the sonne of the most high God. Act. 16.17. She followed Paul and vs, and cryed, saying, These men are the seruants of the most high God, which shew [Page] vnto vs the way of saluation. August. Serm. 241.
III. One temptation is to be looked for after another, and then especially, when our enemie after he hath set his snares, is at rest: for the deuill neuer maketh an end of his malice. 1. Pet. 5.8.
The fall is, whereby the souldier through infirmitie fainteth, being subdued by the power of the enemie. Gal. 6.1. Brethren, if a man be fallen by oc [...] sion into any faule, ye, which are spirituall, restore s [...] a one with the spirite of meeknesse, considering thy selfe, hast thou also be tempted.
To this appertayneth the spirituall remedie. A remedie, is a thing hauing aptnesse to restore him which is fallen, to his former estate. Gal. 6.1.
And here two things must alwayes be thought on.
I. If there be a willing minde, euery one is accepted for that grace which he hath, not for that which he hath not. 1. Cor. chap. 8. verse 12. For if there be first a willing mend, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according [...] h [...] he hath [...].
II. In all these thinges, whosoeuer will leade a godly life in Christ, the power of God is to bee made perfect through their infirmities. 2. Cor. 12. 9. And he said vnto me, my grace is sufficient for thee, for my power is made perfect through weakenesse: verie gladly therefore will I reioyce rather in [...]ine infirmitie, that the power of God may dwell in me. vers. 10. Therefore J take pleasure in infirmities, in reproches, in necessities, in persecutions, in anguish for Christes [...] whom I am weake, th [...]n am I strong.
Chap. 41. Of the first assault.
ASsaultes are threefold.
The first is, about the Christian mans effectuall calling. The temptation is, the enterprise of the deuill to make blinde mans minde, and to harden his heart, least the word of God should worke in him to saluation. Matth. 13.4. And as he sowed, some fell by the way side, and the foules came and deuoured them vp. verse 5. And some fell vpon stan [...] ground, where they had not much earth, and a [...]o [...] they sprange vp, because they had no depth of earth. verse 6. And when the sunne rose vp, they were parched, and for lacke of rooting withered away. verse 7. And some fell among thornes, and the thornes sprung vp and choked them. ver. 19. Whensoeuer a man beareth the word of the kingdome, and vnderstandeth it not, the euill one commeth, and catcheth away that which was sowen in his heart: and this is he which hath receiued the seede by the way side.
A resistance in those that are called, is wrought by the the spirite of God, that causeth men to lend their eares to heare, and doth ingraffe the worde in their heartes, that the immortall seede of regeneration may spring in them. Psalme 4.6. Iohn. 6.44. Acts. 16.14. Iam. 1.21. Wherefore lay apart all filthinesse, and superfluitie of maliciousnesse, and receiue with meckenesse the worde that is graffed in you, which is able to saue your soules. 1. Pet. 1.22. Seeing your soules are purified in obeying the truth through the [Page] spirit, to loue brotherly without faining, loue one another with a pure heart feruently. 1. Iohn. 3.9. Whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not: for his seed remaineth in him, neither can he sinne, because he is borne of God. A resistance in those that are to be called, is when in a sincere heart they doe ioyne the word which they haue heard, with faith. Luk. 8.15. But that which fell in good ground, are they which with an honest and good heart heare the word and keepe it, and bring forth fruit with patience. Heb. 4.2.
Heere are certaine preseruatiues to be noted.
I. Premeditation of the power and vse of the worde. Eccles. 4.17. Take heed to thy feete, when then entrest into the house of the Lord, and be more neere to heare, then to giue the sacrifice of fooles, for they know not that they doe euill. Chap. 5.1. Be not rash with thy mouth, nor let thine heart be hastie to vtter a thing before God: for God is in the heauens, and thou art on the earth: therefore let thy wordes be few.
II. Diligent attention of the minde. Act. 16.14.
III. An hungering desire of the heart. Ioh. 7.37. Now in the last and great day of the feast, Iesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst let him come to me and drinke.
IIII. Integritie of life. Psal. 26.6.
V. The casting away of euill affections. Iam. 1.22. And be ye doers of the word, and not hearers onelie, deceiuing your owne selues.
VI. The inward consent and agreement of the heart with the word preached. Act. 2.37.
VII. An hiding of the word in the heart, least [Page] we should sinne. Psal. 119.11. I haue hid thy word in mine heart, that I might not sinne against thee.
VIII. A trembling at the presence of God in the assembly of the Church. Isa. 66.2. For all these things hath mine hand made, and all these things haue been saith the Lord, and to him will I looke, euen to him that is poore, and of a contrite spirite, and trembleth at my words. Act. 10.33. Then sent I for thee immediatlie, and thou hast well done to come: now therefore are we all heere present before God, to heare all things that are commanded thee of God.
The fall, is either a coldnes in receiuing the word, and a neglect thereof, or else a falling into errours.
The remedie for this, is subiection, which must be made to the iudgement and censure of the brethren, and ministers. Reuel. chap. 3. vers. 15. I know thy workes, that thou art neither colde nor hote: I would thou werest either cold or hot [...]. Galat. chap. 6. vers. 2. 1. Timot. chap. 1. vers. 20. Of whom is Hymeneus and Alexander, whome I haue deliuered vnto Satan, that they might learne not to blaspheme.
Chap. 42. Of the second Assault.
THe second assault is concerning faith.
The temptation is an illusion which the deuill casteth into the hearts of godlie men: as when he saith, thou art not of the number of the elect: thou art not Iustified: thou hast no such: thou must certenly be condemned for thy sins. Mat. 4.3. [Page] Then came to him the tempter, and saide, If thou be the sonne of God, command that these stones be made bread.
Helpes which the deuill abuseth for the strengthening of such illusions, are these.
I. Aduersitie, as dangers, losses, persecutions, ielousie, grieuous offences, &c. Psal. 73.12. L [...], these are the wicked, yet prosper they alway and increase in riches. 13. Certainely I haue clensed mine heart in vaine, & washed mine hands in innocencie. Iob. 13.23. How many are mine iniquities and sinnes? shew me my rebellion and my sinne. 24. Wherefore hidest thou thy face & takest me for thine enemie? 25. Wilt thou breake a leafe driuen to and fro? and wilt thou pursue the drie stubble?
II. The remembrance of sins past. Iob. 13.26. For thou writest bitter things against me, and makest me to possesse the iniquities of my youth.
III. A feeling of death euen alreadie at hand.
The resistance is made by a true faith, applying Christ with all his merites particularly, after this maner. I assuredly beleeue that I shall not be condemned, & that I am elected, & iustified in Christ. Esa. 53.11. He shall see the trauaile of his soule, & shall be satisfied: by his knowledge shall my righteous seruant iustifie many, for he shall beare their iniquities. Rom. 8.38. For I am perswaded that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, 39. Nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature shall be able to separate vs from the loue of God, which is in Christ Iesus our Lord.
The preseruatiue is in temptation, not to behold [Page] faith but the obiect of faith, which is Christ. Phil. 3.12. Not as though I had alreadie attained vnto it, either were alreadie perfect: but I follow if that I may comprehend that, for whose sake also I am comprehended of Christ Iesus. 13. One thing I doe, I forget that which is behinde, and endeuour my selfe to that which is before. 14. And follow hard toward the marke, for the price of the hie calling of God in Christ Iesus. Iohn. 3.14. And as Moses lift vp the serpent in the wildernesse, so must the sonne of man be lift vp.
The falling, is doubtfulnesse, and distrust of our election, and of Gods mercie. Psal. 77.6. J called to remembrance my song in the night: I communed with mine owne heart, and my spirite searched diligently. 7. Will the Lord absent himselfe for euer? and will he shew no more fauour? 8. Is his mercie cleane gone for euer? doth his promise faile for euermore? Ps. 22.1. My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me, and art so farre from my health, and from the wordes of my roaring?
The remedie is double.
First, the operation of the holy spirit stirring vp faith and increasing the same. Phil. 1.6. I am perswaded of this same thing, that he that hath begunne this good worke in [...]ou, will performe it vntill the day of Iesus Christ. Luke. 17.5. And the Apostles saide vnto the Lord, Increase our faith.
The second is, an holy meditation, which is manifolde.
I. That it is the cōmandement of God that we should beleeue in Christ. 1. Ioh. 3.23. This is then his commandement, that we beleeue in the name of his sonne [Page] Iesus Christ, and loue one another, as he gaue commandement.
II. That the Euangelicall promises are indefinite, and do exclude no man, vnlesse peraduenture any man do exclude himselfe. Isa. 55.1. Ho, euery one that thirsteth, come yee to the waters, and yee that haue no siluer, come, [...]uie and eate: come, I say, buie wine and milke without siluer, and without money. Math. 11.28. Come vnto me, all yee that are weary and laden, and I will ease you. Iohn. 3.15. That whosoeuer beleeueth is him, should not perish, but haue eternall life.
III. That doubtfulnes and despaire, are most grieuous sinnes.
IIII. That contrarie to hope, men must vnder hope beleeue with Abraham. Roman. cha. 4. ver. 18. Which Abraham aboue hope beleeued vnder hope, that he should be the father of many nations: according to that which was spoken to him, so shall thy seed be.
V. That the mercy of God, and the merite of Christes obedience, are infinite. Isa. 54.10. For the mountaines shall remooue, and the hilles shall fall downe: but my mercie shall not depart from thee, neither shall my couenant of peace fall away, saith the Lorde, that hath compassion on thee. Psalm. 103.11. For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth, so great is his mercy toward them that feare him. 1. Iohn. 2.1. My babes, these things write I vnto you, that ye sinne not: and if any man sinne, we haue an aduocate with the Father, Iesus Christ the Iust. verse. 2. And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes: and not for ours onely, but also for the sinnes of the whole worlde. Psalm. 130.7. Let Jsrael waite on [Page] the Lord: for with the Lord is mercie, and with him is great redemption.
VI. That God measureth the obedience due vnto him, rather by the affection and desire to obey, then by the acte and perfourmance of it. Rom. 8.5. For they that are after the flesh, sauour the things of the flesh, but they that are after the spirit, the things of the Spirit. ver. 7. Because the wisedom of the flesh, is enimitie against God: for it is not subiect to the lawe of God, neither indeed can be. Rom. 7.20. Nowe if I doe that I would not, it is no more I that doe it, but the sinne that dwelleth in me. verse. 21. I finde then by the Law, that when I would do good, euill is present with me. 22. For I delite in the Lawe of God, concerning the inner man.
VII. When one sinne is forgiuen, all the rest are remitted also, for remission being giuen once, without any prescription of time, is giuen for euer. Rom. 11.29. For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance. Actes. 10.43. To him also giue all the Prophets witnesse, that through his name, all that beleeue in him, shall receiue remission of sinnes.
VIII. That grace and faith are not taken away by falles of infirmitie, but thereby are declared and made manifest. Rom. 5.20. Moreouer, the Law entred therevpon, that the offence should abound: neuerthelesse, when sinne abounded, there grace abounded much more. 2. Cor. 12.8. For this thing I besought the Lord thrise, that it might depart from me.
Chap. 43. Of the third Assault.
THe third Assault is, concerning Sanctification. The temptation, is a prouoking to sinne, according as the disposition of euery man, and as occasion shall offer it selfe. 1. Chron. 21.1. And Satan stoode vp against Israel, and prouoked Dauid to number Israel. Iohn 13.2. And when supper was done, the deuill had now put in the hart of Iudas Iscariot, Simons sonne, to betray him.
In this temptation, the deuill doth wonderfully diminish and make lesse those sins, which men are about to commit, partly by obiecting the mercy of God, and partly by couering or hiding the punishment which is due for the sinne.
Then, there are helpes to further the deuill in his temptation.
First, the flesh which lusteth against the spirite, sometimes by begetting euill motions and affections, and sometimes by ouerwhelming and oppressing the good intents and motions. Gal. 15.17. For the flesh lusteth against the spirite, & the spirite against the flesh: and these are contrarie one to another, so that ye can not doe the same things that ye would. verse 19. Moreouer, the works of the flesh are manifest, which are adulterie, fornication, vncleannes, wantonnes. ver. 20. Idolatrie, witchcraft, hatred, debate, emulations, wrath, contentions, seditions, heresies, verse 21. Enuie, murthers, drankennesse, gluttonie, and such like, whereof I [Page] tell you before, as I also haue tolde you before, that they which doo such thinges, shall not inherite the kingdome of God. Iames. 1.14. But euerye man is tempted, when he is drawne away by his own concupiscence, and is entised.
Secondly, the worlde, which bringeth men to disobedience, through pleasure, profit, honour, and euill examples. Ephes. 2.3. Among whome we also had our conuersation in time past, in the lustes of our flesh, in fulfilling the will of the flesh, and of the minde, and were by nature the children of wrath, as well as others. 1. Iohn 2.16. For all that is in the world, as the lustes of the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the father, but is of the worlde.
Resistance is made by the desire of the spirite, which woorketh good motions and affections in the faithfull, and driueth foorth the euill. Galla. 5.22. But the fruite of the spirite is loue, ioy, peace, long suffering, gentlenes, goodnes, faith. Verse. 23. Meekenes, teemperancie: against such there is no law. Ver. 24. For they that are Christs, haue crucified the flesh, with the affections and the lustes thereof. Vers. 26. Let vs not be desirous of vaine glory, prouoking one another, en [...]ying one another.
The preseruatiues are these, whereby men are strengthened in resisting.
I. To account no sinne, light or small. Gal. 5.9. A little leauen doth leauen the whole lumpe. Rom. 6.23. For the wages of sinne is death, but the gift of God is eternall life, through Iesus Christ our Lord.
II. To auoide all occasions of sinne. To these [Page] rather agreeth the prouerb vsed of the plague. Longe, tarde, citò: that is, Aloofe, slowly, quickely. 1. Thess. 5.22. Absteine from all appearance of euill. Iude. vers. 23. And others saue with feare, pulling them out of the fire, and hate euen the garment spotted by the flesh.
III. To accustome thy selfe to subdue the lesser sinnes, that at the last thou maist also ouercome the greater. Rom. 13.4.
IIII. To applye thy selfe to thy appointed calling, and alway to be busilie occupied about some thing in the same.
V. To oppose the Law, the iudgments of God, the last iudgement, the glorious presence of God, and such like, against the rebellion and loosenes of the flesh. Pro. 28.14. Blessed is the man that feareth alway; but he that hardneth his hart, shall fall into euill. Gen. 39.9. There is no man greater in this house then I, neither hath he kept any thing from me, but only thee, because thou art his wife: how then can I doe this great wickednes, and so sinne against God.
In this temptation the fall is, when a man being preuented, falleth into some offence. Gal. 6.1.
Here Satan doth wonderfullye make greeuous the offence committed, and doth accuse and terrifie the offender with the iudgements of God. Mat. 27 3. Then when Iudas which betraied him, saw that he was condemned, he repented himselfe, and brought againe the thirtie peeces of siluer, to the cheefe preests and elders, v. 4, Saying, I haue sinned, betraying the innocent blood: but they saide, What is that to vs? see thou to it. Vers. 5. And when he had cast down the siluer peeces in the Temple, [Page] he departed, and went and hanged himselfe.
The remedie is, a renued repentance, the beginning wherof is sorow in regard of God, for the same sinne: the fruites hereof are especiallye seauen. 2. Cor. 7.9. Now I reioyce not that ye were sorie: but that ye sorrowed to repentance: for ye sorowed godly, so that in nothing ye were hurt by vs. ver. 10. For godly sorow, causeth repentance vnto saluation, not to be repented off: but worldly sorow causeth death. ver. 11. For be bold, this thing that yee haue beene godlye sorie, what great care hath it wrought in you: yea, what clering of your selues: yea, what indignation: yea, what feare: yea, how great desire: yea, what zeale: yea, what punishment: in all thinges ye haue shewed your selues, that ye are pure in this matter.
I. A desire of doing well.
II. An Apollogie, that is, a confession of the sin before God, with a requiring of pardon for the offence. Psalm. 32.5. Then I acknowledged my sinne vnto thee, neither hid J mine iniquitie: for I thought, J wil confesse against my selfe my wickednes vnto the Lord, and thou forgauest the punishment of my sinne. 2. Sam. 12.13 Then Dauid said vnto Nathan, J haue sinned against the Lord, and Nathan said vnto Dauid, The Lord also hath put away thy sinne, thou shalt not die.
III. Indignation against a mans self for his offence.
IV. A feare not so much for the punishment, as for offending the Lord. Psal. 130.3. If thou straight he markest iniquitie, O Lord, who shall stand?
V. A desire to be fully renued, and to be deliuered from sinne.
VI. A feruent zeale to loue God, and to embrace [...] [Page] and keepe all his commaundements.
VII, Reuenge, wherby the flesh may be tamed and subdued, least at any time afterward, such offences be committed.
Chap. 44. Of the patient bearing of the Crosse.
THe patient bearing of the Crosse, teacheth how Christians should vndergoe the burden.
The Crosse, is a certaine measure of afflictions, appointed by God, to euery one of the faithfull. Math. 16.24. If any man will follow me, let him forsake himselfe, take vp his crosse, and follow me. Coloss. 1.24. Now reioyce I in my sufferings for you, and fulfill the rest of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh, for his bodies sake, which is the Church.
We ought to take vp this Crosse willingly, euen with both handes, when it shall please God to lay it vpon vs.
And after we haue taken it vp, we must beare it with patience and perseuerance. Coloss. 1.11. Strengthened with all might, through his glorious power, vnto all patience, and long suffering with ioyfulnes. Luk. 21.19. Possesse your soules with patience.
The preseruatiues of patience, are I. Strength by the holy Ghost. Philip. 4.13. I am able to doe all thinges through the helpe of Christ, which strengthneth me. Phil. 1.29. It is giuen to you for Christ, that not only ye should beleeue in him, but also suffer for his sake.
II. An holy Meditation, which is manifolde: [Page] 1. That the afflictions of the faithfull, come not by chaunce, but by the counsell and prouidence of God, which disposeth all things in a most excellent sort. Gen. 45.4, 5. It was God that sent Joseph into Egypt. 2. Sam. 16.10. The Lorde biddeth Shemei curse Dauid. Psal. 119.71. It was good for me, that I was afflicted, that J might learne thy statutes. 2. That albeit afflictions are grieuous, yet are they good and profitable. For they are helpes, whereby men being humble for their sinnes before God, obtaine peace, and holinesse of life. 2. Cor. 1.9. We receiued sentence of death in our selues, because we should not trust in our selues, but in God, which raysed the dead. Isa. 26.16. Lord, in trouble haue they visited thee, they powred out a prayer, when thy chastening was vpon them. Hos. 5.15. J will go, and returne to my place, till they acknowledge their fault, and seeke me: in their affliction they will seeke me diligently. Psal. 78.34. When we slue them, they sought him, and they returned, and they sought God earely. Ier. 31.18. J haue heard Ephraim lamenting thus, thou hast corrected me, and J was chastised as an vntamed calfe: conuert thou me, and J shalbe conuerted. Hebr. 12.11. No chastisement for the present seemeth ioyous, but grieuous: but afterwarde, it bringeth the quiet fruite of righteousnesse vnto them, which are therby exercised. Psal. 30.5. Weeping may abide at euening, but ioy commeth in the morning. 3. That God hath promised fauour, mittigation of punishments, his presence, & deliuerance. Phil. 1.29. 1. Cor. 10.13. God is faithfull, who will not suffer you to be tempted aboue measure, but with tentation will giue deliuerance. [Page] 2. Sam. 7.14. Psal. 50.15. Call vpon me in time of trouble, and J will deliuer thee, and thou shalt glorifie me.
4. That in all troubles of the faithfull, Christ is a companion. 1, Pet. 4.13. Reioyce, that ye are partakers of the afflictions of Christ. 2. Cor. 4.10. Euery where we beare about in our body the dying of Christ, that the life of Jesus might also be made manifest in our bodies. Col. 1.24. 5. That the Angels are ready to defend such as feare God. Psal. 34.8.2. King. 6.16. Fear not, there are more with vs, then against vs.
Chap. 45. Of the calling vpon God.
THus much concerning the deniall of our selues, now followeth the profession of Christ. In which we consider either Christ himselfe, or his members: namely, the faithfull. Mat. 25.20. Ʋerily, J say vnto you, in as much as ye did it [...]on [...] of the least of my brethren, ye did it vnto me.
That profession which directly cōcerneth Christ, is either continuall, or only in the [...]e of danger.
Continuall, is the calling vpon the name of God, and ought euer to be perfourmed of vs, in the name of christ Iesus our mediator. 1. Cor. 1.2. To the church of God which is at Corinthus, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, in euery place, both their Lord and ours. Act. 9.14. He hath authoritie from the hic preest, to bind all that call vpon thy name. Col. 31.7. Whatsoeuer ye shall doe in word or in deed, doe it in the name of the Lord Jesus, giuing thankes to God, and the Father by him.
[Page] The calling vpon Gods name, is by praier or thankesgiuing. Phil. 4.6. Jn all things let your requestes be shewed vnto God, in praier and supplication, with giuing of thankes.
Praier hath two partes, Petition, and Assent. Mar. 11.24. J say vnto you, whatsoeuer ye desire when ye pray, beleeue that ye shall haue it, and it shalbe done vnto you.
Petition, is the first part of praier, wherby we, according to the rule of Gods worde, aske his helpe, for the obtaining of such necessaries as we want. 1. Iohn. 5.14 This is the assurance that we haue in him, that if we ask any thing according to his wil, he hereth vs.
In euery petition, we must expresse two things. I. A sence of our wantes. II. A desire of the grace of God to supply those want [...] 1. Sam. 1.10. She was troubled in her minde, and praied vnto the Lord, & wept sore. Dan. 9.4. And J praied to the Lord my God, and made my confession, saying. verse 5. We haue sinned, and haue committed iniquitie, &c. verse. 16. O Lord, according to all thy righteousnes, J beseech thee, let thine anger and thy wrath be turned from thy Cittie Jerusalem, &c. to the 20. verse. Psal. 130.1. Out of the deepe I called to thee, O Lord. 1. Sam. 1.15. Then Hannah answered, and said, nay my Lord, but J am a woman troubled in spirite. J haue drunke neither wine nor strong drinke, but haue poured out my soule before the Lord, &c. 16. v. Psal. 143.6. I stretch forth mine hands vnto thee, my soule desireth after thee, as the thirstie land.
Assent, is the second parte of praier, whereby we beleeue and professe it before God, that he, in his [Page] due time, wil graunt vnto vs those our requestes, which before we haue made vnto his Maiestie. 1. Ioh. 5.14, 15. This is the assurance that we haue in him, that if we aske any thing according to his will, he heareth vs. And if we know that he heareth vs, whatsoeuer we aske, we know that we haue the petitions, that we haue desired of him. Matth. 6.13. Leade vs not into temptation, but deliuer vs from euill. For thine is the kingdome, thine is the power, and thine is the glorie, for euer and euer, Amen.
As for the faithfull, howsoeuer they in their prayers, bewray many infirmities: yet no doubt, they haue a notable sense of Gods fauour, especiallye, when they pray zealously, and often vnto the Lord. Iam. 5.16. Pray one for an other, that ye may be healed: for the prayer of a righteous man auaileth much, if it be feruent. Luke. 1.13. The Angell saide vnto him, Feare not, Zacharias: for thy prayer is heard. Ionah. 4.1. Jt dispeased Jonah exceedingly, and he was angry. v. 2. And Jonah prayed vnto the Lord, and saide, J pray thee, O Lord, was not this my saying, when J was yet in my countrie? therefore J preuented it to flee vnto Tarshish: for J knew that thou art a gratious God, and mercifull, slowe to anger, and of great kindnesse, and repentest thee of the euill. Rom. 8.26. Gen. 19.18. Lot sayde vnto them, doe not so, J pray you, my lordes, &c. Psal. 6.1. O Lorde, rebuke me not in thine anger, neither chastise not in thy wrath, &c. vers. 2, 3, 4, 5. Psal. 8.9. Psal. 20.5. Psal. 35.9.18.28. Psal. 16.7.
Thankesgiuing, is a calling vpon Gods name, whereby we, with ioy, and gladnesse of heart, doe [Page] praise God for his benefites either receiued, or promised. Psalm. 45.1. Mine hart will vtter foorth a good matter, I will intreat in my woords of the King: my tung is as the pen of a swift writer. Ephe. 5.20. Giuing thankes alwaies for all things vnto God, euen the Father, in the name of our Lord Iesus Christ. Psal, 36.8, 9. How excllēt is thy mercye, O God? therefore the children of men trust vnder the shadow of thy wings, they shalbe satisfied with the fatnesse of thine house, and thou shalt giue them drinke out of the riuer of thy pleasures. Coloss. 3.16.
Chap. 46. Of Christian Apologie, and Martyrdome.
THe profession of Christ in daungers, is either in word, or deede.
Profession in word, is called Christian Apologie, or the confession of Christ. Rom. 10.10. With the hart, man beleeueth vnto vnrighteousnes: and with the mouth, man confesseth to saluation. Psal. 22.23. J will declare thy name vnto my brethren: in the middes of the Congregation will I praise thee.
Christian Apologie, is the profession of Christ in worde, whē as we are ready with feare, and meeknes, to confesse the trueth of christian religion, so often as need requireth, and the glory of God is endaungered, euen before vnbeleeuers, especially, if they be not past all hope of repentance. 1. Pet. 3.15. Sanctifie the Lord God in your harts, and be redy alwais to giue an answere to euery man, that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you: Verse. 16. And that [Page] with meekenes and reuerence, hauing a good conscience, that when they speake euill of you, as of euill doors; they may be ashamed, which blame your good conuersation in Christ. Actes 7. the whole Chapter. Steuen there maketh an Apologie for himselfe. Mat. 7.6. Giue not that which is holye to dogges, nor cast your pearles before Swine: least they tread them vnder their feete, and turning againe, all to rent you.
Profession, which is indeed, is called Martyrdome. Martyrdome is a parte of Christian profession, when as a Christian man doeth, for the doctrine of faith, for iustice, and for the saluation of his brethren, vndergoe the punishment of death, imposed vpon him by the aduersaries of Christ Iesus. Mat. 6.18, 27, 28. Iohn tolde Herode. It is not lawfull for thee to haue thy brothers wife. And immediatlye the King sent the hangman, and gaue him charge that his head should be brought: so he went and beheadded him in the prison. 2. Cor. 12.15. I will most gladlye bestowe, and be bestowed for your soules, though the more I loue you, the lesse am I loued.
Notwithstanding, it is lawfull for Christians to flee in persecution, if they finde themselues not sufficiently resolued, and strengthened by Gods spirit to stand. Mat. 10.23. When they persecute you in one Cittie, flee into another. Ʋerilye, I saye vnto you, ye shall not haue finished all the Citties of Israell, till the Sonne of man come. Iohn 10.39. Again they studied to apprehend him, but he escaped out of their handes. Actes 9.30. When the brethren knew it, they brought him to Cesar [...], and sent him foorth to Tarsus. 1. Kinges 18.13. Was it [Page] that told my Lord, what I did when Iesabel slew the Prophets of the Lord, how J hidde an hundreth men of the Lordes Prophets, by fiftyes in a caue, and fedde them with breade and water? Actes 20.22. Now behoulde, I goe bound in the Spirite vnto Ierusalem, and knowe not what thinges shall come vnto me there.
Chap. 47. Of edification, and Almes among the faithfull.
THat profession of Christ, which concerneth his members, namely, the saints and faithfull ones, is either edification or almes.
Edification, is euerye particular duetye towardes our brethren, whereby they are furthered either to growe vp in Christ, or els are more surelye vnited to him. Rom. 14.19. Let vs follow those thinges which concerne peace, and wherwith one may edifie another.
To Edification these thinges which follow appertaine.
I. To giue good example. Mat. 5.16. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorifie your Father which is in heauen. 1. Pet. 2.12. Haue your conuersation honest among the Gentiles, that they which speake euill of you as of euill doers, may by your good workes which they shall see, glorifie God in the day of thy visitation.
II. To exhort. Heb. 3.13. Exhort one another daylye [Page] while it is called to daye, least any of you be ha [...] through the deceitfulnes of sinne. Romans 1.12. That I might be comforted together with you thorough our mutuall faith, both yours and mine.
III. To comfort. 1. Thess. 5.14. Comfort the feeble minded, beare with the weake, be patient towards al men. Iames. 5.16. Acknowledge your faults one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed. ver. 20. He that conuerteth a sinner from going astray out of his way, shall saue a soule from death, and shall hide a multitude of sinnes. 1. Thess. 4.18. Comfort your selues one an other, with these words.
IIII. To admonish. Rom. 15.14. I my selfe am perswaded of you brethren, that ye also are full of goodnes, and filled with all knowledge: and are able to admonish one an other. 1. Thess. 5.14. We desire you, brethren, admonishe them that are vnrulie.
They shall obserue an holy maner of admonition, who in the spirite of meekenes, and as it were, guiltie of the like infirmitie themselues, doe admonish foorth with all their brethren of such faultes, as they certainlye knowe by them, and that out of Gods worde. Gal. 6.1. Brethren, if any man by occasion be fallen into any fault, ye, which are spiritual, restore such an one in the spirite of meeknes, considering thy selfe, least thou also be tempted. Matth. 5.7. Thou hipocrite, cast [...] first the beame out of thine own eie, and then shalt thou se [...] to take the mo [...]e out of thy brothers eye. 2. Timoth. 4.2. Preach the word, be instant in season and out of season improue, rebuke, exhort, with al long suffering, and doctrine. Mat. 18.15. If thy brother trespasse against thee, go [...] and [Page] tell him his fault betweene thee and him alone: if he heare thee, thou hast won thy brother. Rom. 15.14. 2. Tim. 4.2. Leuit. 19.17. Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thine hart, but thou shalt plainlye rebuke thy neighbour, and suffer him not to sinne.
Reliefe peculiar to the godly among themselues, is a duetye, whereby the rich do out of their plenty supplye the wantes of the poore, both according to their ability, & sometimes beyond their ability. 2. Corin. 8.3. To their power (I beare record) yea, beyond their power they were willing. Acts. 2.44, 45. All that beleeued were in one place, and had all things commō: and they solde their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as euery one had need.
Chap. 48. Of the 4. degree, of the declaration of Gods loue: and of the estate of the elect, after this life.
THe fourth degree of the declaration of Gods loue, is Glorification. Rom. 8.30.
Glorification, is the perfect transforming of the Saints into the image of the Sonne of God. Phil. 3.21. Who shall change our vile body, that it may be fashioned like vnto his glorious body, according to the working, wherby he is able euen to subdue all things vnto himselfe. 1. Cor. 15.44. It is sowen a naturall body, and is raised a spirituall bodie: there is a naturall bodye, and there is a spirituall bodye. 45. As it is also written, The first man Adam was made a liuing soule: the last Adam was made a quickening spirite. Verse. 49. And as we haue borne [Page] the image of the earthly, so shall we beare the image of the heauenly. Psal. 17.15. I wil beholde thy face in righteousnes, and when I awake, I shalbe satisfied with thine image.
The beginning of glorification, is in death, but it is not accomplished and made perfect, before the last day of Iudgement.
The death of the Elect, is but a sleepe in Christ, a wherby the body and soule is seuered. The body, b that after corruption it may rise to greater glorie. The soule, that it c being fully sanctified, may d immediatlye, after departure from the bodye, be transported into the kingdome of heauen.
a 1. Cor. 15.18. If Christ be not raised, they which are asleepe in Christ, are perished. Actes. 70.60. When he had thus spoken, he slept. b 1. Cor. 15.36. O foole, that which thou sowest is not quickened, except it dye. c.Reuel. 21.27. There shall enter into it, none vncleane thing, neither whatsoeuer worketh abhomination or lyes: but they which are written in the Lambes booke of life. Rom. 7.25. I my selfe in my minde serue the Lawe of God, but in my flesh the Lawe of sinne. d Luke. 23.42. He saide to Iesus, Lord, remember me, when thou commest into thy Kingdome. Verse 43. Then Iesus saide to him, this day shalt thou be with me in Paradise. Reuel. 14.13. Then I heard a voice from heauen, saying vnto me. Write, Blessed are the dead, which hereafter dye in the Lord. Euen so saith the spirite: for they rest from their labours, and their workes follow them.
The faithfull neede not to feare death, because Christ hath taken away the sting thereof. 1. Cor. 15.55. O death where is thy sting! O graue, where is thy victory! [Page] ver. 56. The sting of death is sinne: and the strength of sinne, is the law. ver. 57. But thankes be to God, which hath giuē vs victory through our Lord Iesus Christ. Heb. 2.15. That he might deliuer all them, which for feare of death, were all their life time subiect to bondage.
Soules being once in heauen, remaine there till the last day of iudgement, where they partly magnifie the Name of God, and partlye doe waite, and praye for the consummation of the kingdome of glorie, and full felicitie in body and soule. Reuel. 5.8. And when he had taken the booke, the foure beastes, and the foure and twenty Elders fell downe before the Lambe, hauing euery one harpes and golden vials full of odours, which are the praiers of the Saintes. Verse 9. And they sang a new song, saying, thou art worthie to take the booke and to open the seales thereof: because thou wast killed, and hast redeemed vs to God, by the blood out of euerye kinred, and tongue, and people, and nation. Reuel. 14.2. I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harpes. ver. 3. And they sung as it were a new song before the throne: Reuel. 6.10. And they cryed with a lowd voice, saying, how long, Lord, holy and true? doost not thou iudge and auenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?
Chap. 49. Of the estate of the Elect, at the last day of iudgement.
THe last day of iudgement, shall be on this manner.
I. Immediatlye before the comming of [Page] Christ, a the powers of heauen shall be shaken: the Sunne and Moone shall be darkened: and the stars shall seeme to fall from Heauen: b at which sight the Elect then liuing shall reioyce, but the reprobate shall shake euery ioynt of them a Mat. 24.29. Immediatly after the tribulation of those dayes, shall the Sunne be darkened, the Moone shall not giue her light, the Starres shall fall from heauen, and the power of heauen shall be shaken: Verse 30. And then shall appeare the signe of the Sonne of man in heauen: and then shall all the kinreds of the earth mourne, and they shall see the Sonne of man come in the Cloudes of heauen, with power and great glorye. b Luke. 21.26. Mens hartes shall faile them for feare, and for looking after those thinges, which shall come on the worlde. Verse. 28. And when these thinges begin to come to passe: then looke vp and lift vp your heads, for your redemption draweth neere. 2. Tim 4.8. Hence foorth is laid vp for me the crowne of righteousnes, which the Lord, the righteous iudge shall giue me at that day: and not to me onlye, but vnto all thē also that loue his appearing.
II. Then the heauens, being all set on fire, shall with a noise, like to that of Chariot wheeles, suddenly passe away, and the elements, with the earth, and all therin, shalbe consumed with fire. 2. Pet. 3.12. Looking for, and hasting vnto the comming of the day of God, by which the heauens being set on fire shalbe dissolued, and the elements shall melt with heate. Ver. 13. But we looke for new heauens, and a newe earth, according to his promise, wherin dwelleth all righteousnes.
At the same time, when as all these thinges [Page] shall come to passe, a the sound of the last trumpet shalbe heard, sounded by the Archangell. b And Christ shall come suddenly in the cloudes, with power, and glorie, and a great traine of Angels. a Matt. 24.31. And he shal send his Angels with a great sound of a trumpet. 1. Thess. 4.16. The Lord himselfe shall descend from heauen with a showte, euen with the voice of the Archangell, and with the trumpet of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first. b Matth. 24.30. 1. Thess. 4.17. Then shall we, which liue and remaine, be caught vp with them also in the cloudes, to meete the Lord in the ayre, and so shall we euer be with the Lord.
III. Now at the sound of the trumpet, the elect, which were dead, shall arise with their bodies: and those very bodies, which were turned to dust, and one part rent from another, shall by the omnipotent power of God, be restored, and the soules of them shall descend from heauen, and bee brought againe into those bodies. As for athem, which then shall be aliue, they shall be changed in the twinckling of an eye, and this mutation shall be in steed of death. At that time, the bodies shall receiue their full redemption: b and all the bodies of the Elect, shall be made like the glorious bodie of Christ Iesus, and therefore shall be spirituall, immortall, glorious, and free from all infirmitie. a 1. Cor. 15.52. We shall not all sleepe, but we shall be chaunged in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. bverse. 43. It is sowen in dishonour, it is raised in honour: it is sowen in weakenesse, it is raised in power. verse. 44. It is sowen a naturall bodie, it is raised a spirituall bodie, &c.
[Page]IIII. Last of all, when they are all conuented before the tribunall seate of Christ, he will foorthwith place the Elect, seuered from the Reprobate, and taken vp into the ayre, at his right hand, and to them being written in the booke of life, will hee pronounce this sentence. Come ye blessed of my Father, possesse the kingdome prepared for you from the foundation of the worlde. Matt. 25.33. He shall set the sheepe on his right hand, and the Goates on the left. 1. Thess. 4.17. Reuel. 20.12.15. Whosoeuer was not found written in the booke of life, was cast into the lake of fire.
Chap. 50. Of the estate of the Elect after iudgement.
THe last iudgement being once finished, the elect shall enioy immediatly blessednesse in the kingdome of heauen.
Blessednesse is that, whereby God himselfe is all in all his elect. 1. Cor. 15.28. When all things shall be subdued to him, then shall the Sonne also himselfe be subiect vnto him, that did subdue all things vnder him, that God may be all in all. And it is the reward of good workes: not because workes can merite, but by reason of Gods fauour, who thus accepteth works, and in respect of the merite of Christes righteousnes, imputed to the elect. Rom. 6.23. The wages of sinne is death, but eternal life is the gift of God, through Iesus Christ our Lorde. 2. Timoth. 4.8. Reuel. 22.12. Beholde, I come shortly, and my reward is with me, to [Page] giue euery man according at his worke shall be.
Blessednesse hath two partes: Eternall life, and perfect glorie.
Eternall life, is that fellowship with God, awhereby God himselfe, is, through the Lambe Christ, life vnto the Elect. For in the kingdome of heauen, the elect shal not need meate, drinke, sleepe, aire, heate, colde, phisicke, apparrell, or the light of the Sunne and Moone: b but in place of all these, shall they haue in them Gods Spirite, by which immediately they shall be quickened for euer. a Iohn. 14.23. If any man loue me, he will keepe my worde, and my Father will loue him, and we will come vnto him, and dwell with him. 1. Iohn. 4.15. Whosoeuer confesseth that Iesus Christ is the Soone of God, God dwelleth in him, and hee in God. Reuel. 21.3. And I heard a voyce, saying, Behold, the Tabernacle of God is with men, and hee will dwell with them: and they shall be his people, and God himselfe shall be their God with them. vers. 23. And that Cittie hath no neede of Sunne or Moone to shine in it: for the glorie of God did light it, & the lambe is the light of it Reuel. 22.2. In the middes of the streete of it, and of either side of the riuer, was the tree of life, which bare twelue manner of fruits, and gaue fruit euery moneth: & the leaues of the tree serued to heale the nations with. vers. 5. And there shalbe no night there, and they neede no candle or light of the sunne: for the Lorde giueth them light, and they shall reigne for euermor [...]. b1. Corinth. 15.45. Rom. 8.11. If the spirit of him, that raised vp Iesus from the dead, dwel in you, he that raised vp Christ from the dead, shall also quicken your mortall [Page] bodies, because that his spirit dwelleth in you.
Perfect glorie, is that wonderfull excellencie of the Elect, whereby they shall bee in a farre better estate then any heart can wish. This glory consisteth in three pointes. I. In that they shall still behold the face of God, which is his glorie and maiestie. Reuel. 22.4. And they shall see his face, and his name shalbe in their foreheads. Psal. 17.15. I will behold thy face in righteousnes and when I awake I shalbe satisfied with thine image. II. In that they shalbe most like to Christ, namely, iust, holy, vncorruptible, glorious, honourable, excellent, beautifull, strong, mightie, and nimble. 1. Ioh. 3.2. Dearely beloued, now are we the sonnes of God, but yet it dooth not appeare what we shall be: and we know that when he shall appeare, we shall be like him: for we shall see him as he is. Philip. 3. verse. 21. Who shall change our vile bodie, that it may be fashioned like vnto his glorious bodie, according to the working, whereby he is able euen to subdue all things to himselfe. III. They shall inherit the kingdome of heauen, yea the new heauens, and new earth shalbe their inheritance. 1. Pet. 1.4. God hath begotten you to an inheritance immortall and vndefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserued in heauen for you. Mat. 25.34. Then shall the King say to them on his right hand, Come ye blessed of my Father, possesse a kingdome prepared for you, before the foundations of the worlde were laide. Reuel. 5.10. Thou hast made vs vnto our God, Kings and Priests, and we shall reigne on the earth. Reuel. 21.7. He that ouercommeth, shall inherite all things, and I will be his God, and he shall be my sonn [...].
[Page] The fruite that commeth from both these parts of blessednesse, is of two sorts: Eternall ioy, and the perfect seruice of God. Psal. 16.11. Thou wilt shewe me the path of life, in thy presence is the fulnesse of ioy: and at thy right hand there are pleasures for euermore. Psal. 36.8. They shall be satisfied with the fatnesse of thine house, and thou shalt giue them drinke one of the riuer of thy pleasures. verse. 9. For with thee is the well of life, and in thy light shall we see light.
The parts of Gods seruice, are Praise, & Thanksgiuing. Reuel. 21.3. And I heard a great voice out of heauen, saying, behold, the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them: and they shalbe his people, and God himselfe shalbe their God with them. Chapter. 5.12. Saying with a loude voyce, Worthie is the Lambe, that was killed to receiue power, and riches, and wisedome, and strength, and honour, and glorie, and praise, &c. verse. 13. Chapter. 11.17. The foure and twentie Elders, which sate before God on their seates, fell vpon their faces, and worshipped God, saying, Wee giue thee thankes, Lord God Almightie, which art, and which wast, and which art to come: for thou hast receiued thy great might, and hast obtained thy kingdome.
The manner of perfourming this seruice, is to worship God by God himselfe immediately. In heauen there shall neither be Temple, ceremonie, nor Sacrament, but all these wantes shall God himself supply together with the Lambe, that is, Christ. Reu. 21.22. I saw no Temple therein, for the Lord God Almightie, and the Lambe are the Temple of it.
This seruice shalbe daily and without intermission. [Page] Reue. 7.15. They are in the presence of the throne of God, and serue him day and night in his Temple.
A Corollarie, or the last conclusion.
THus God, in sauing the Elect, doeth clearely set foorth his Iustice and Mercie. His Iustice, in that he punished the sins of the Elect, in his Sonnes owne person. His mercie, in that he pardoned their sinne, for the merites of his sonne. Ephes. 1.18. That the eyes of your vnderstanding may be lightened, that ye may know what the hope is of his calling, and what the riches of his glorious inheritance is in his Saints, 19. And what is the exceeding greatnes of his power toward vs, which beleeue, according to the working of his mightie power. verse. 20. Which he wrought in Christ. cha. 3.18. That ye may be able to comprehend with all saints, what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height: 19. And to know the loue of Christ.
All these things the Lord himselfe hath thus decreed, and in his good time will accomplish them, to the glorious praise of his name. Prou. 16.4. The Lord hath made all things for his owne sake: yea euen the wicked for the day of euill.
Chap. 51. Concerning the order of the causes of saluation according to the doctrine of the Church of Rome.
THere are two things requisite to obtaine saluation: Predestination, & the Execution thereof.
[Page]Predestination is a fore-ordaining of the reasonable creature to grace in this life, and glorie in the life to come. Sebast. Catta. Enchirid. tract. 1. cap. vlt.
This in regard of the first effects thereof, which are vocation, election, and ordination to eternall life, hath the cause of it in God, namely his will: but in regard of the last effect, which is, the execution of such an ordinance, and the obtaining of eternall life, it hath the cause of it from man. But for the more euident declaration of this, these seauen conclusions must be set downe.
I. The Predestination, and Reprobation of God, doe not constraine or inforce any necessitie vpon the will of man.
II. God hath predestinated all men, that is, hee hath appointed and disposed all men, so as they might obtaine eternall saluation.
III. Man is neither by necessitie nor chance saued or condemned, but voluntarily.
IIII. God hath Predestinated some, other hath he reiected.
V. Those whom God hath predestinated by his absolute predestination, which cannot be lost, they shall infallibly die in grace: But they which are predestinate by that predestination which being according to presēt iustice, may be lost by some mortall sinne which followeth, are not infallibly saued, but oftentimes such are condemned, & loose their crown & glory. Hence ariseth that positiō of theirs, that hee which is iustified may be a reprobate, and [Page] perish eternally. Torrensis Aug. Confess. 2. book. 4. chap. 20. sect. Therefore predestination is not certaine, seeing it may be lost.
VI. God alone doeth know the certaine and set number of them which are predestinate.
VII. There is one set number of them which are predestinate, or reprooued, and that can neither be encreased nor diminished.
The execution of Predestination, is either in infants, or those of yeeres of discretion.
Concerning infants, the merite of Christ is applied vnto them, by baptisme rightly administred: so that whatsoeuer, in originall corruption, may truly and properly be accounted for sinne, it is not only, as I may say, not pared away, or not imputed, but vtterly taken away. For there is nothing that God can hate in such as are renued. Concil. Trid. 5. sect. 5. can.
Neuerthelesse they are vrged to confesse, that there remaineth yet in such as are baptized concupiscence, or the relikes of sinne. The which seeing it is left in men for them to wrestle withall, it hath not power to hurt such as yeeld not vnto it.
The execution of predestination in such as are of riper yeeres, hath sixe degrees.
The first is vocation, whereby men, not for their owne merites, but by Gods preuenting grace through Christ, are called to turne vnto God.
The second is, a preparation to righteousnesse, whereby men, through the inherent power of free will, doe apply themselues to sanctification, after [Page] that the same power is stirred vp by the holy Ghost. For free will is onely somewhat diminished, & not extinguished: and therefore so soone as the holy Ghost toucheth, & enlighteneth the heart, it worketh together with the same spirit, freely assenting vnto the same. This preparation hath seauen degrees. Biel. 4. book. 14. dist. 2. quest.
The first is faith, which is a knowledge and an assent, whereby men agree that those things are true which are deliuered concerning God, and his will, reuealed in the word of God.
This is the foundaion of iustification, and prepareth the heart: because it stirreth vp free wil that it may affect the hart with those motions by which it is prepared to iustification.
I. The first act of faith is to apprehend the vglines of sinne, and the wages thereof.
II. After this followeth a feare of Gods anger, and of hell fire.
III. Then begin men to dislike, and in some sort to detest sinne.
From these ariseth a certaine disposition which hath annexed vnto it, the merite of congruitie, yet not immediate nor sufficient, but imperfect.
IIII. At the length, faith returneth to the contemplation of Gods mercies, and beleeueth that God is readie to forgiue sinnes by the infusion of charitie into those, which are before sufficiently prepared and disposed.
V. Out of this contemplation proceedeth the act of hope, whereby faith beginneth to desire and [Page] to waite on God, as the cheefest good.
VI. Out of this act of hope ariseth loue, whereby God is loued aboue all things in the world.
VII. After this loue followeth a newe dislike, and detestation of sinne, not so much in regarde of feare of the punishment in hell fire, as in regarde of the offence to God, who is simply loued more then all other things.
VIII. After all these followeth a purpose of amendment of life: and heere comes in the merit of congruitie, that is sufficient: or els, the immediate, sufficient and last disposition before the infusion of grace.
The third degree of predestination, is the first iustification, whereby men of vniustare are made iust, not onely through the remission of their sinnes, but also by a sanctification of the inwarde man, by his voluntarie receiuing of grace and giftes.
The efficient cause of this iustification, is the mercy of God, and the meritorious passion of our Sauiour Christ, whereby he purchased iustification for men. The instrumentall cause is baptisme. The formall cause is not that iustice, which was inherent in Christ, but which he infuseth into man: and that is especially hope and charitie.
The fourth degree is the second iustification whereby men are of iust, made more iust: the cause hereof is faith, ioyned with good workes.
It is possible for such as are renewed, to keepe the commandements: And therefore it is false that is iust [...] committeth so much as a veniall s [...]ne, [Page] in his best actions, much lesse, that he deserueth eternall death for the same.
The fift degree is the reparation of a sinner by the sacrament of Penance. The which is as it were, the second boord after a shipwracke. The cause why this reparation is necessarie, is, because men loose the grace of iustification by euery mortall sinne.
The last degree is the fruite of Iustification: which is nothing els, but the meritorious rewarde of good workes, namely eternall life, which the good workes of such as are in the estate of grace do ex condigno, that is, of sufficient worthines deserue.
Thus much concerning the degrees of executing Predestination. Now followeth the applying of predestinatiō particularly to the persons of men.
No man, so long as he liueth in this mortall life, ought so much to presume on the secret mysterie of God predestination, as to determine vndoubtedly that he is in the number of them whom God hath ordeined to eternall happines. For no man, without especiall reuelation can knowe, whome God hath chosen to be his heires. Sess. 6. c. 12.
The errours.
This doctrine of the Church of Rome, is in truth, a blasphemous doctrine, & to be no better accounted off, then as a gibbet, which is set vp to torment and to racke the consciences of men: But I will onely touch in a worde, the maine absurdities of this their doctrine.
[Page]I. They make the name of Predestination proper onely to the Elect, as though God had not predestinated the reprobate, but onely foreknowen that such should bee reprobates: fearing least in so doing, they should make God a cause, why the reprobates are damned. But Gods foreknowledge may as well be termed such a cause, as his predestination. Actes. 2.23. And Augustine acknowledgeth Gods predestination, as well in the reprobate as Elect. For, in his 15. booke of the Citie of God, 1. chap. he maketh all men Cittizens of one of these two Citties, heauen and hell. The Cittizens of the one, are predestinate to reigne with God perpetually, the other, to suffer eternall punishment with the deuil and his Angels.
II. They teach, that Gods predestination is mutable: and so as that hee, whome God hath predestinate to life, may for all that be condemned: and he, who in Gods foreknowledge is a reprobate, may afterward obtaine eternall life. All this is flat contrary: for God hath vndoubtedly & vnchangeably decreed, what shal become of euery man, who shalbe saued, and who shalbe condemned. Rom. 11.29. The gifts and calling of God, are without repentance. Math. 24.24. There shall arise false Christes, and false prophets, and shall shew great signes and wonders, so that (if it were possible) they should deceiue the very Elect. Rom. 8.33. Who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods chosen? it is God that instifieth, verse. 34. Who shall condemne? It is Christ which is dead, &c. vers. 35. Who shall separate vs from the loue of Christ? 2. Tim. [Page] 2.19. This foundation standeth sure, The Lord knoweth who are his. Againe, if we graunt this, it must needs follow that the foreknowledge of God may be deceiued, his will altered, & his power weakned. The which is most blasphemous to thinke, or say. Finally, by this meanes, euery man should be vncertaine of his predestination to life: and so that excellent and onely sure groundworke of full assurance o saluation, is not onely sore shaken, but quite and cleane ouerturned.
III. They teach, that God hath predestinate all to saluation: but Paul, 2. Thes. 2.10. faith plainely, that there are certaine men ordeined to destruction, whō he distinguisheth from the Elect, vers. 13.2. Tim. 2.20. In a great house, there are not onely vessels of gold, and of siluer, but also of wood & of earth, and some for honour, and some for dishonour. Math. 20.16. There are many called, but fewe chosen. And of so great a number of the Iewes, a remnant onely are saued. This also serueth to set out Gods goodnes, in that his benefit is not common to all men. For we vsually admire nothing, but that which is rare.
IIII. They teach, that predestination, in regard of the last effect thereof, hath his cause in man: namely, in his free will and workes. For whom God hath foreseene, that they would willingly receiue the grace of God offered them in Christ, & which would lead their liues according to the commandements, them did he predestinate: not by reason of their workes, but of his free grace, yet so, as that he had an eie or respect vnto the good works which [Page] they would do. This their brainesick imagination, Paul vtterly ouerthroweth, when he teacheth. Eph. 1.4. that God hath chosen the Ephesians before the foundations of the world were laid, not because he did foresee that they would be holy, but that they should be holy & without blame before him in loue. Tit. 2.12. Furthermore, seeing there is nothing either aboue God, or greater then God, it is palpable impietie to set downe any cause of his wil, which should be either without, or aboue himselfe. Therefore we doe not without good cause deny, that Gods foreknowledge of faith, and good workes in any, can be a motiue why God should decree, that some men should be saued.
V. They say, that Baptisme truely administred, doth not onely wash away the guiltinesse, but also the corruption of original sinne, in such sort, as that after it is no more accounted a sinne. But contrariwise, it is most certaine, that, howsoeuer the guiltines of sinne be taken away, yet that naturall pollution and corruption, is not by and by extinguished, but curbed, as it were, and kept vnder, that it beare not a ful sway in man. For if it were otherwise, why should Paul so bewaile his originall corruption, as he doth, I see, saith he, an other law in my members, rebelling against the law of my minde, and leading me captiue to the lawe of sinne, which is in my members: miserable man that I am, who shall deliuer me from this bodie of death? And the same Paul, Rom. 7.13. calleth originall sinne, the worker of death.
Againe, concupiscence is the very root of actuall [Page] sinne: therefore it must needes be properly a sinne, euen after Baptisme. Iames. 1.14. Lastly, vnlesse concupiscence were of the same nature with sinne, that vehement and earnest combate betweene the flesh and the spirit, would presently cease.
VI. They teach, that the power of freewil, which man receiued of God, to doe that which is good, is onely lessened before true conuersion, and not extinguished: and therfore that it is possible for man, to prepare himselfe for Iustification. But the Scripture saith, that a naturall man cannot perceiue the things which are of God, much lesse will them. 1. Cor. 2.14. And [...] the same we are taught, Eph. 2.1. that men are [...] [...]eake, or sicke, but dead in sinne.
VII. W [...]re as they say, that the holy Ghost doo [...] stirre vp the will, to well dooing: it is apparan [...]e. For 1. Cor. 12.3. No man can say that Iesus is Lord, but by the holy Ghost. And, Phil. 2.13. It is God which worketh in you, to doe, and to will. And no man can come to the Sonne, except the Father draw him. To conclude, how cā there be any spark of goodnes in him, who is anew to be fashioned after God, in righteousnes & true holines. Eph. 4.24.
VIII. They teach, that in man there is a natural preparation to Grace: and that it dooth by a merit, which is of sufficient worthines, deserue iustification. This position sauoureth of more then Sathanicall pride. For can any man thinke, (vnlesse he be besides himselfe) that hee, who deserueth infinite thousand damnations, can deserue the least droppe of grace? 2. Cor. 3.5.
[Page]IX. They teach, that that faith, which they make to be the maine pillar of mans iustification, is nothing else, but a knowledge and illumination of the minde, concerning the trueth of Gods word. The which if it be so, I would faine know why the deuil might not be saued, who hath this faith, which is the ground of iustification with thē: & yet, albeit he haue this faith, no man wil be so simple, as to think, that he is, or can be, accounted one of the faithfull.
X. They maintaine, that the loue of God, commeth before reconciliation with God, which is made in the worke of iustification: but contrarily, vnlesse we were surely perswaded of Gods loue to vs, in the iustifying and sanctifying, it were impossible for vs to loue God. 1. Ioh. 4.14. We loue him, because he loued vs first. Euen as we see that the sun by his heat, must first warme the aire, before the aire by any heate of his, can warme our bodies.
XI. They say, that the formall cause of iustification, is inherent iustice. But albeit, this infused and inherent iustice, hath indeed his vse, and commendations, and reward: neuerthelesse, because it is in this life, by reason of the flesh, imperfect, and polluted, (as Esay speaketh) it cannot stand before Gods iudgement seate, and acquite any man from the sentence of condemnation, so as he might become heyre of eternall life.
They will heere further say, that God dooth accept this inherent righteousnes, as a mercifull father. This I graunt, neuertheles, Gods iustice must bee satisfied, or else wee are damned. Wherefore [Page] Christs obedience, apprehended by a true and liuely faith, is to be accounted the true essence of iustification. In temptation and the combate with sinne and Satan, faith doth not reason thus: Now I haue charetie and inherent iustice, and therfore God wil receiue me into his mercy; But faith dooth rather looke directlye to the Sonne of God, who was sacrificed for vs, and sitteth at the right hand of the Father, making intercession for vs: to him dooth faith flie, and is perswaded that for his cause, our sinnes are pardoned, and we reconciled to God, and that we are accounted iust, not by any inherent qualitie, but by the merite of Christs death and passion. Rom. 5.19.
XII. That deuised subtiltye of second Iustification, is a meere delusion of the deuill. For first, the word of God alloweth none other iustification but one: there is one onelye iustice, and one onelye satisfaction of the wrath of God. Secondlye, if the increase of inherent iustice, were a sufficient cause, to distinguishe iustification, they might as well make an hundreth iustifications, as two. Thirdlye, where as they say, that men are iustified by good works, it is both false and rediculous. False, 1. All workes, yea those which are done after we are receiued into Gods fauour, are excluded from iustifying. Eph. 2.10, Rom. 3.28. We conclude that a man is iustified by faith, without the workes of the Law. Where Paul speaketh not of ceremoniall, but of morall woorkes doone vnder grace. 2. The cause of the cause, is the cause also of that, which is caused, but [Page] grace without works is the cause of predestination, which is the cause of iustification: therefore grace without woorkes, shall much more be the cause of iustification. I say it is also ridiculous, because to affirme that inherent iustice maye be increased by good workes, which are the fruite thereof, is as if one should saye, that the Vine is more strong and liuelye by bearing Grapes: and that the inward brightnes of the sunne is made greater, by sending forth of beames. That saying of Luther is most true: Good works maketh not a man iust, but a iust man maketh good workes. For good fruit maketh not a good tree, but declareth it to be good, but a good tree must needs make good fruit.
XIII. They affirme, that euerye mortall sinne extinguisheth grace, the which, if we may beleeue Gods woord, is farre otherwise. Iohn. 6.37. All that the Father giueth me, shall come to me: and him that commeth to me, J cast not away. Mat. 16.16. Thou art Peter, and vpon this rocke will J builde my Church, and the gates of hell shall not preuaile against it. 1. Iohn. 2.19. They went out from vs, but they were not of vs: for, if they had beene of vs, they would haue continued with vs. Rom. 5.1. We being then iustified, we haue peace with God. Now how can this be true, if he, that is once iustified may fall from grace.
XIIII. They affirme, that workes doo of sufficient worthines, merit eternall life. Here we must consider, that, if any worke be meritorious, it must first be equiualent and proportionall to the iustice of God: secondly, God must receiue it vpon desert, not vpon fauour: Now for our workes, look to the [Page] holyest, and they are verye imperfect: and if so be they were in perfection answerable to the law, yet were they no more, then we are bound by duetye to perfourme. And indeede nothing can merite ought at Gods handes, but the woorkes of Christ. For the humanitie of Christ giueth the matter of a meritorious worke: and his deity, whereunto his humanity is, by an hypostaticall vnion vnited, ministreth sufficient merit and worthines to the same worke. This also may we adde, that the doctrine of workes, doth greatly darken the merit of Christ: because the obtaining of eternall life is detracted from Christes death and obedience, and attributed to workes. For (say these men) Christ by his passion deserued that man should be iustified, but man being iustified, deserued by his workes eternall life. Augustine hath a notable sentence against this their doctrine in his 10. sermon de verbis Apostoli. If God (saith he) made vs men, and we our selues made vs good men, we haue made somewhat better then that which God hath made. For a man that is saued is better then any man. If therfore God made thee a man, and thou didst make thy selfe a good man, that which thou didst make, is better then that which God made. Lift not thy self against God, submit rather thy selfe and reuerence him.
XV. They say, that without especiall reuelation, no man knoweth whether he be predestinate. But it is out of all contrauersie, that God by his Spirite, word, and effects of predestination, giueth certain testimonies to such as are his children, that they are elect and shalbe saued. 1. Cor. 1.12. We haue not received the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God, [Page] that we might know the things which are giuen vs of God. Luke. 10.20. Reioyce that your names are written in the booke of life. But no man can reioyce for any good which he assuredly knoweth not.
Chap. 52. Of the decree of Reprobation.
THus much shall suffice for the decree of Election: now followeth the decree of Reprobation, whereby God in his iust iudgement hath determined eternally to reiect some, to the praise of his iustice. 1. Pet. 2.8. Being disobedient, vnto the which thing they were ordained. Iude. 4. There are certain men crept in which were before of olde ordeined to this condemnation, vngodly, &c. 1. Thessa. 5.9. He hath not appointed vs to wrath, but to obtaine saluation by our Lord Iesus Christ. Rom. 9.22. What if God would to shew his wrath, and to make his power known, suffer with long patience the vessels of wrath prepared to destruction.
Some, fearing least they should make God an vniust and cruell God, refer this worde Predestination onelye to the elect: as for the reprobate, they hold that God doth not predestinate them, but only foreknow that they should be condemned. Of this minde is Heming. Syntag. chap. of Predestination: and Iacobus Andreas. These men turne the causes of saluation and damnation vpside down: following this order.
-
[Page]Gods decree, wherby he would that all men should be saued in Christ.
- The fall of Adam, not preordeined of God, but only foreknowen
- Predestination, wherby God purposed with himselfe to iustifie, and pertually to glorify certain of Adams posteritye, freelye of his owne mercye, not by their faith or workes, which he fore saw.
- Gods foreknowledg of mans incredulitie, and cōtumacie, wherby the rest of Adams posteritie refuse that grace which is offered in the Gospell.
- The decree of reprobation, whereby God foreknowing their cō tumacye, adiudgeth them to eternall damnation.
- The fall of Adam, not preordeined of God, but only foreknowen
An vniuersall vocation, wherby grace & saluation is offred to al men without exception.
But this description halteth right down, as may be proued by many reasons. First, it is vntrue, that God would haue al men saued in christ. For no man can be saide to be elected, if God will that all men should be elected in christ. For election is a singling out of some from others: and he that electeth or chooseth, cannot be said to receiue all: neither can he that taketh all, be saide to make choise of a few. Wherfore, as all men agree that there is a decree of election: so by the law of contraries we must conclude, that there is in like order and place, the decree of reprobation opposite vnto it.
If any man reason out of 1. Tim. 2.4. That God would that all men should be saued. He must know, that this sentence is not generallye ment of all men, but indefinitely of some. And therefore it must not be vnderstoode of euerye singular and particular man, but of euery singular estate and condition of man. Reuel. 5.9. Christ redeemed his by his blood out of euery kinred, and tung, and nation, and people. And he is said Mat. 4.23. To haue cured euery disease, that is, euery kinde of disease▪ And Rom. 5.18. As by the offence of one, the fault came on all men to condemnation: so by the iustifying of one, the benefite abounded toward al men, to the iustification of life. 19. For as by one mans disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one, shall many also be made righteous. In this place we must note, that the words (all men) are indifinitelye put for many. August. in Enchirid. ad Laurent. [Page] c. 103. The Scripture (saith he) that speaketh of God, that he would haue all to be saued, not as though there were none whom he would haue condemned, seeing he would not shew his miracles to thē, who if he had shewed to them any, they would as he himselfe saith, haue repented: But we must vnderstand by all men all sortes of men, whether kinges or subiects, or any other condition whatsoeuer, &c. And in his booke de Corrept. & Gratia. c. 14. It is said, that he will haue all to be saued, namely, such as are predestinate to saluation, because of all sorts of men some are predestinate, as it is spoken of the Pharasies, Ye [...]ithe euery herb. Whereas Peter saith. 2. Pet. 3.9. God would haue no man to perish, but all men to come to repentance, this must be vnderstood of al the elect: because he speaketh of such as are faithfull, & sanctified.
As for the place in Ezek. 18.23. God will not the death of a sinner: we must holde this, that (God will) is not, as it is the ouerthrowe and destruction of his creature: yet may he be said to will it another way: namely, as death is a punishment, and meanes to declare the iustice of God.
Now in that Iohn saith. 1. Iohn. 2.2. That Christ is a propitiation for the sinnes of the whole worlde: his meaning is not, that all the world shalbe saued, but that the elect, chosen out of all the world, shal haue Christ their propitiatour. For so saith Christ himselfe, that he asketh not for the world, but for thē whom the father hath giuen him out of the world. Now it cannot be, that he should be a propitiation for them, for whom he doth not vouchsafe to pray.
Secondly it is false that God will haue none damned. [Page] For seeing that some men are condemned, it must needes be either with his will, or without his will. If without his will, then violence shalbe offred to the will of God, something being doone against it, which is impious once to thinke, if with it God must needes change his minde, which cannot be. Neither is there any cause why we should think that God is an accepter of persons, if so be he ordaine any to condemnation: because he was not moued hereunto by any inherent circumstance of any mans person: neither oweth he ought to any man, and may do with his own that which seemeth good vnto him.
Neither must any thinke that hereby God hateth his creature: for he decreede to destroye his workemanship, not because he hated it, but vpon iust causes known to him, he ordeined it to be subiect to his hatred. And God doth not actually hate any thing for ought but sinne. That saying of Aug. to Simpl. is a true saying. When God maketh the wicked, whom he doth not iustifie, vessels of wrath, he dooth it not to hate that which he made: for in that he made them vessels, they haue their vse, namely, that by their paines to which they were ordeined, the vessels of honour might reap profit. God therfore doth not hate them, in that they are men, or vessels, neither any thing that he made in them by creation, or ordination. For God hateth nothing which he hath made. But in as much as he made them vessels of destruction, he did it to instruct others. As for their impietie which he neuer made, that he hateth vtterlye. As therefore a iudge hateth theft in a man, but he dooth not [Page] hate his punishment that he is sent to worke in the mines. For the theefe doth the first, the Judge the latter: so God, whereas of the company of them which perish, he maketh vessels of perdition, he dooth not therefore hate that which he doth, that is, the condemnation of those which perish in their due punishment for sinne.
If any oppose against this, the place of Mal. 2.10. That God is the Father of all: they must consider that it is to be vnderstoode of Gods Church: out of which all the corrupt posteritye of Adam are the sonnes of wrath, and children of Satan. Ephes. 2.2. Ioh. 8.44. Last of all this reason must not be vrged, that God created any to the end he might destroye them. For the ende of euerye mans creation is the glorye of God: to the manifestation whereof the wicked were ordeined. Pro. 16.4.
Thirdly, wheras they say, that God did onelye foreknow, and not from eternitie decree, the fall of Adam, it is most impious. For there is not the verie least thing in nature, but it commeth to passe by Gods decree. Mat. 10.30. Yea, those actions which are sin, the Lord hath in his counsell determined of thē. Act. 4.28. Therfore, if any be of this mind, they either ouerturn Gods prouidence and counsel, or at the least, make it to be but a fond & idle speculatiō.
Fourthly, this is a preposterous doctrine, namely, that God did firste foreknow the fall of mankinde in Adam: and after that ordained such as he foreknew, to death or life. For the end is alwaies first in the intent of the agent. Again, the fall of Adam is a subordinate means, wherby God doth execute the [Page] decree of predestination. Therefore no man may think, that God first tooke counsell of the meanes wherby his decree might be accomplished, and afterward considered of the thing to be accomplished, that is, of the decree of his election and reprobation.
Last of all, it is not true, that all men are called to saluation: and that therefore that grace which is in Christ, is offred to all: and that God decreed to reiect some, for their vnbeliefe which he foresawe in them. For many children of faithfull parents haue died before they had any vse of reason at all: ye many thousands of riper yeres, which haue not had so much as a glimmering of Christ. Act. 14.16. Andalbeit a man should neuer contemne the Gospell, yet the corruption of originall sinne, were enough to condemne the whole world. Againe, that great admiration of Paul. Rom. 9.20. O man, who art thou which pleadest against God? sheweth manifestly that the cause why God decreed to reiect some is vnsearchable, and that it dooth not depend vpon his foresight, that such would spurne against the grace offered them in the Gospell. Aug. hath a fit speech for this purpose. Epist. 105. Who, saith he, created the reprobate, but God? and why? because it was his good pleasure? But why was it his pleasure? O man, what art thou which disputest with God?
Chap. 53. Concerning the execution of the decree of Reprobation.
[Page]IN the execution of this decree, there is to be considered, the foundation or beginning, and the degrees or proceeding therof.
The foundation of executing the decree of reprobation is the fal of Adam, by which fal he was subiect both to sin & dānation. Ro. 11.32. For God hath shut vp al [...] in vnbeliefe, that he might haue mercye on all. 1. Pet. 2.8. Here we must note, that God hath so decreed to condemne some, as that notwithstanding all the fault and guilt of condemnation remaineth in the men only.
Further, whom God reiecteth to condemnation, those he hateth: this hatred of God is, whereby he detesteth & abhorreth the reprobate whē he is fallen into sin, for the same sin. And this hatred which God hath to man, comes by the fal of Adam: and it is neither an antecedent or a cause of Gods decree, but only a consequent and followeth the decree.
Reprobates are either infants, or men of riper age.
In reprobate infants, the execution of Gods decree is this: assoone as they are borne, for the guilt of originall and naturall sinne being left in Gods secret iudgement vnto themselues, they dying are reiected of God for euer. Rom. 5.14. But death reigned from Adam to Moses, euen ouer them also that sinned not after the like maner of the transgression of Adam, which was the figure of him that was to come. Ro. 9.11. For yet the children were borne, and when they had neither done good nor euill, that the purpose of God might remaine according to election, not by workes, but by him that calleth.
[Page]Reprobates of riper age, are of 2. sorts, they that are called (namelye by an vneffectuall calling) and they that are not called.
In the Reprobates which are called, the execution of the decree of reprobation hath 3. degrees, to wit, an acknowledgement of Gods calling, a falling away againe, and condemnation.
The acknowledgement of Gods calling, is, wherby the Reprobates for a time doe subiect thēselues to the calling of God, which calling is wrought by the preaching of the word. Matth. 22.14. For many are called, but few are chosen. And of this calling there are fiue other degrees.
The first, is an enlightning of their mindes, wherby they are instructed of the holy Ghost to the vnderstanding and knowledge of the worde. Heb. 6.4. For it is impossible that they which were once lightned, &c. 2. Pet. 2.20. For if they, after they haue escaped from the filthines of the world, through the knowledge of the Lord, and of the sauiour Iesus Christ, are yet tangled againe therin, and ouercome, the latter end is worse with them then the beginning.
The second, is a certaine penitencie, wherby the reprobate, I. Doth know his sin. II. Is pricked with the feeling of Gods wrath, for sin. III. Is greeued for the punishment of sin. IIII. Doth confesse his sin. V. Acknowledgeth God to be iust in punishing sin. VI. Desireth to be saued. VII. Promiseth repentance in his miserie or affliction, in these words. I will sin no more. Mat. 27.3. Then when Iudas which betraied him saw that he was condemned, he repented [Page] himselfe, and brought againe the thirtie peeces of siluer, to the cheefe Preests and Elders. Heb. 12.17. For ye know how that afterward also when he would haue inherited the blessing, he was reiected: for he found no place to repentance, though he sought the blessing with teares. 1. King 21.27. Now when Ahab heard those wordes, he rent his clothes, and put sackcloth vpon him, and fasted, and laye in Sackecloth, and went softlye. Nomb. 23.10. Let me dye the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his. Psalm. 78.32. For all this they sinned still, and beleeued not his wonderous woorkes. Verse 33. Therfore their daies did he consume in vanitie, and their yeeres hastily. Verse 34. And when he slew them, they sought him, and they returned, and sought God earlye. Ver. 35. They remembred that God was their strength, and the most high God their redeemer.
The third degree is, a temporarie faith, wherby the reprobate doth confusedly beleeue the promises of God, made in Christ, I saye, confusedlye, because he beleeueth that some shall be saued, but he beleeueth not that he himselfe particularly shalbe saued, because he being content with a generall faith, doth neuer apply the promises of God to himselfe: neither doth he so much as conceiue any purpose, desire, or endeauour to apply the same, or any wrestling or striuing against securirie or carelesnes and distrust. Iam. 2.19. Thou beleuest that there is one God, thou doest well: the deuils also beleeue it, and tremble. Matth. 13.20. And he that receiued seede in the stonye ground, is he which heareth the woord, and incontinentlye with ioy receiueth it. 21. Yet hath he no roote in himselfe, [Page] and dureth but a season. Ioh. 2.23. Now when he was at Jerusalem at the Passeouer in the feast, many beleeued in his name, when they saw his miracles which he did. v. 24. But Iesus did not commit himselfe vnto them, because he knew them all.
The fourth is, a tasting of heauenly gifts: as of Iustification, and of Sanctification, and of the vertues of the world to come. This tasting is verilye a sence in the harts of the reprobates, whereby they doe perceiue and feele the excellency of Gods benefits, notwithstāding they do not enioy the same. For it is one thing to taste of dainties at a banquet, & another thing to feed & to be nourished therby. Heb. 6.4. For it is impossible, that they which were once lightned, and haue tasted of the heauenlye gifte, and were made partakers of the holy Ghost.
The fift degree, is the outward holynes of life for a time, vnder which, is comprehended the zeale in the profession of Religion, a reuerence and feare towards Gods ministers, and amendment of life in many thinges. Mark 6.20. For Herod feared Iohn, knowing that he was a iust man and an holy, and reuerenced him, and when he heard him, he did many thinges, and heard him gladly. Actes 8.13. Then Simon himselfe beleeued also, and was baptized, and continued with Philip, and wondred when he saw the signes and great miracles which were done. Hose. 6.4. O Ephraim, what shall I do vnto thee? O Iudah, how shall I entreate thee? for your goodnes is as a morning cloud, and as the morning dew, it goeth away.
The second degree of the execution of Gods [Page] counsell of reprobation, in men of ripe age which are called, is a falling away againe, which for the most part is effected and wrought after this manner. First, the reprobate is deceiued by some sinne. Secondlye, his hart is hardned by the same sinne. Thirdlye, his hart being hardned, it becommeth wicked and peruerse. Fourthly, then followeth his incredulitie and vnbeliefe, whereby he consenteth not to Gods word, when he hath heard & knowen it. Fiftly, an Apostacie or falling away from faith in Christ, dooth immediatlye followe this vnbeliefe. Heb. 3.12, 13. Take heede brethren, least at any time there be in any of you an euill hart, and vnfaithfull, to depart away from the liuing God. 1. Tim. 1.19.
This Apostacie, is sometimes sinne against the holye Ghost, which is, when any man willinglye through obstinate malice, dooth speake blasphemye against Christ and his diuine truth, which he hath certainly knowen. This obstinacie of the hart ariseth from the olde and engraffed affections, hatred, enuye, and malice, directly against God himselfe and Christ. It hath his name, not because it is committed against the person of the holy spirite, but because it is done against the gift of the holye Ghost, namelye, Illumination. This cannot be forgiuen, because it excludeth all faith and repentance. Heb. 6.4 and chap. 10. ver. 26. For if we sinne willingly after that we haue receiued the trueth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes.
After Apostacie followeth pollutiō: which is the very fulnes of all iniquity, altogither contrarye to [Page] sanctification. Gene. 15.16. And in the fourth generation, they shall come hither againe, for the wickednes of the Amorites is not yet full.
The third degree, is damnation, wherby the reprobates are deliuered vp to eternall punishment. The execution of damnation beginneth in death, and is finished in the last iudgement. Luke. 16.22. And it was so, that the begger died, and was caried by the Angell into Abrahams bosome, the rich man also died, and was buried. ver. 23. And being in hell tormentes, he lift vp his eyes and saw Abraham a farre off, and Lazarus in his bosome.
The execution of the degree of reprobation in Infidels, which are not called, is this. First, they haue by nature ignorance and vanitie of minde. After that, followeth hardnes of hart, whereby they become void of all sorow for their sinnes. Then commeth a reprobate sence, which is, when the naturall light of reason and of the iudgement of good and euill is extinguished. Afterward when the hart ceaseth to sorrow, then ariseth a committing of sin with greedines. Then commeth pollution, which is the fulnes of sinne. Lastlye, a iust reward is giuen to all these, to wit, fearefull condemnation. Ephes. 4.18. Hauing their cogitation darkened, and being strangers from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them, because of the hardnes of their hartes. Rom. 1.28. For as they regarded not to know God, euen so God deliuered them vp vnto a reprobate minde, to doe those things which are not conuenient.
Chap. 54. Of the state and condition of the Reprobates when they are dead.
THe death of the Reprobate, is a separation of the body and the soule: of the bodie, that for a time it may lie dead in the earth: of the soule, that it may feele the torments of hell, euen vntill the time of the last iudgement: at which time the whole man shall be cast into the most terrible and fearefull fire of hell. 1. Pet. 3.19. By the which he also went, and preached vnto the spirites that are in prison, Luke. 8.2. Peter. 2.4. For if God spared not the Angels that sinned, but cast them downe into hell, and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation.
The reprobates when they die, doe become without sence and astonied, like vnto a stone: or else they are ouerwhelmed with a terrible horrour of conscience, and despairing of their saluation, as it were, with the gulfe of the sea ouerturning them. 1. Sam. 25.37. Then in the morning when the wine was gone out of Nabal, his wife told him those wordes, and his heart died within him, and he was like a stone. verse. 38. And about ten daies after the Lorde smote Nabal that he died. Math. 27.5. And when hee had cast downe the siluer peeces in the temple, he departed, and went and hanged himselfe.
CHAP. 55. Of the condemnation of the Reprobates at the last iudgement.
IN the last iudgement, at the sound of the trumpet, the liuing being stricken with horrour and feare, shall be changed in a moment, the dead shall rise againe to condemnation: both the liuing and the dead shall then haue immortall bodies, but without glorie: and they standing vpon the earth at the left hand of Christ the Iudge, shall heare the sentence of condemnation: Departe from mee, yee curssed into euerlasting fire, which is prepared for the deuill and his Angels. Iohn. 5.29. And they shall come foorth that haue done good, vnto the resurrection of life: but they that haue doone euill, vnto the resurrection of condemnation. Matth. 25.41. 1. Thess. 4.16. For the Lorde himselfe shall descend from heauen with a showte, and with the voyce of the Archangell, and with the Trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ shall rise first. verse. 17. Then shall wee, which liue and remaine, bee caught vp with them also in the cloude, to meete the Lorde in the aire: and so shall we be euer with the Lorde.
Chap. 56. Of the estate of the Reprobates in hell.
AFter that the sentence of condemnation is pronounced, then followeth euerlasting death: [Page] whereof this is the estate.
I. The Reprobates are separated from the presence and glorie of God.
II. They are punished with eternall confusion, and most bitter reproches: because all their secret wickednesses and sinnes are reueiled. 2. Thess. 1.9. Which shalbe punished with euerlasting perdition, from the presence of the Lord, and from the glorie of his power. Math. 5.8. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God. 1. Ioh. 2.28. And now little children, abide in him, that when he shall appeare, we may be bolde, and not be ashamed before him at his comming.
III. They haue fellowship with the deuill and his angels. Mat. 25.41.
IV. They are wholy in body and soule, tormented with an incredible horrour, and exceeding great anguish, through the sence and feeling of Gods wrath, powred out vpon them for euer. Isay. 66.24. And they shall go foorth, and looke vpon the carkaises of men, that haue transgressed against me: for their worme shall not die, neither shall their fire be quenched: and they shall be an abhorring vnto all flesh.
Hereupon is the punishment of those, that are condemned, called Hel fire, a worme, weeping, and gnashing of teeth, vtter darkenesse, &c. Reuel. 21.8. But the feareful, & vnbeleeuing, & the abominable, & murtherers, & whoremongers, & sorcerers, & idoloters, and all liars, shall haue their part in the lake, which burneth with fire and brimstone, which is the second death. Math. 13.42. And shall cast them into a fornace of fire, there shal be weeping & gnashing of teeth. Isa. 66.24.
A Corollarie.
ANd this is the full execution of Gods decree of reprobation, whereby appeareth the great iustice of God in punishing sinne: from whence also commeth Gods glorie, which he propoundeth to himselfe, as the last and cheefest end in all these thinges. Therefore let euery Christian propound the same end vnto himselfe. Rom. 9.14. What shall we say then? is there vnrighteousnesse with God? God forbid. verse. 15. For he said to Moses, I will haue mercy on him to whome I will shew mercie: and will haue compassion on him, on whom I will haue compassion. vers. 16. So then, it is not in him that willeth, nor in him that runneth, but in God that sheweth mercie. verse. 17. For the Scripture saith vnto Pharaoh, for this same purpose haue I stirred thee vp, that I might shewe my power in thee, and that my name might be declared throughout all the earth. 1. Corinth. 10.31. Whether therefore, ye eate or drinke, or whatsoeuer ye doe, doe all to the glorie of God.
CHAP. 57. Of the Application of Predestination.
THe right applying of Predestination to the persons of men, is very necessarie: and it hath two partes. The first, is the iudgement of particular predestination, and the second, is the vse of it.
[Page]The iudgement and discerning of a mans owne predestination, is to be perfourmed by meanes of these rules which follow.
I. The Elect alone, and all they that are elect, not onely may be, but also in Gods good time, are sure of election in Christ to eternal life. 1. Cor. 2.12, 2. Cor. 13.5.
II. They haue not this knowledge from the first causes of Election, but rather from the last effects thereof: and they are especially two: The testimonie of Gods Spirite, and the workes of Sanctification. 2. Pet. 1.10. Rom. 8.16.
III. If any doubt of this testimonie, it will appeare vnto them, whether it come from the Spirite of God, or their owne carnall presumption. First, by a full perswasion which they shall haue, for the holy Ghost will not barely say it, but perswadeth such, that they are the children of God, the which the flesh cannot in any wise doe. Secondly, by the manner of perswasion: for the holy Ghost draweth not reasons from the workes, or worthinesse of man, but from Gods fauour and loue: and this kinde of perswasion is farre different from that kinde, which Satan vseth. Thirdly, by the effects of that testimonie. For if the perswasion arise from presumption, it is a dead perswasion: but contrarily, it is most liuely and stirring, if it come from the holy Ghost. For such as are perswaded that they are elected, and adopted children of God, they will loue God, they will trust in him, and they will call vpon him with their whole heart.
[Page]IV. If the testimonie of Gods Spirit, be not so powerful in the elect, then may they iudge of their electiō, by that other effect of the holy Ghost: namly, sanctificatiō: like as we vse to iudge by heat that there is fire, when we cannot see the flame it selfe.
V. And of al the effects of sanctificatiō, these are most notable. I. To feele our wants, & in the bitternes of heart, to bewaile the offence of God in euery sin. II. To striue against the flesh, that is, to resist, & hate the vngodly motions thereof, & with griefe to thinke thē burthenous & troublesome. III. To desire earnestly and vehemently the grace of God, & merit of Christ to obtain eternall life. IIII. When it is obtained, to accounte it a most precious iewell. Phil. 3.8. V. To loue the minister of Gods word, in that he is a minister, & a christiā, in that he is a christian: and for that cause, if need require, to be ready to spēd our bloud with thē. Mat. 10.42. 1. Ioh. 3.16. VI. To cal vpon God earnestly, & with teares. VII. To desire & loue Christs comming, and the day of iudgemēt, that an end may be made of the daies of sin. VIII. To flie al occasions of sin, and seriously to endeuour to come to newnes of life. IX. To perseuer in these things to the last gaspe of life. Luther hath a good sentence for this purpose, He that will serue God, must (saith he) beleeue that which cannot be seene, hope for that which is deferred, & loue God, whē he sheweth himselfe an enemie, and thus remaine to the end. Now, if so be al the effects of the spirit are very feeble in the godly, they must know this, that God trieth them, yet so, as they must not therewith be [Page] dismayed, because it is most sure, that if they haue faith, but as much as a grane of mustard seed, and as weake as a young infant is, it is sufficient to ingraffe them into Christ, & therfore we must not doubt of their election, because they see their faith foeble, & the effects of the holy Ghost faint within them.
VI. Neither must he, that as yet hath not felt in his heart any of these effects, presently conclude, that hee is a reprobate: but let him rather vse the word of God, and the sacraments, that he may haue an inward sense of the power of Christ, drawing him vnto him, and an assurance of his redemption by Christes death and passion.
VII. No man may peremptorily set down, that he, or any other is a reprobate. For God dooth oftentimes prefer those, which did seeme to be most of all estraunged from his fauor, to be in his kingdom, aboue those, who in mans iudgemēt were the children of the kingdom. Hence is it, that Christ saith: The Publicanes and harlots goe before you: and, manie an one is called at the eleuenth houre, as appeareth by that notable exāple of the theefe vpon the Crosse.
The vses, which may be made of this doctrine of predestination, are very many. First, for our instruction, we are taught these things.
I. That there is neither any iustificatiō by works, nor any works of ours that are meritorious. For election is by the free grace of God: & therefore in like sort is iustification. For (as I said before) the cause of the cause, is the cause of the thing caused. And for this reason, is the worke of saluation, grace in [Page] the matter of saluation dooth challenge the whole worke to it selfe. Rom. 11.5. At this time there is a remnant through the election of grace. 2. Tim. 1.9. Who hath saued vs, and called vs with an holy calling, not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpose and grace, which was giuen to vs, through Christ Iesus, before the world was. Phil. 1.29. Vnto you it is giuen for Christ, that not onely yee should beleeue in him, but also suffer for his sake. Rom. 3.24. We are iustified freely by grace. Tit. 3.5. Not by the workes of righteousnesse, which we had done, but according to his mercie he saued vs. Ezech. 36.27. I will cause you to walke in my statutes. Roman. 6.23. The gift of God is eternall life.
II. That Astrologie, teaching, by the casting of Natiuities, what men will be, is ridiculous, and impious: because it determineth, that such shalbe very like in life, and conuersation, whome God in his predestination hath made vnlike. Iaakob and Esau, borne of the same parents, and almost in the same moment of time, (for Iaakob held Esau by the heele, as he was borne) were of most vnlike dispositions, and had diuers euents. The like may wee see in all twinnes, and others which are borne at the same time.
III. That God is most Wise, Omnipotent, Iust, and mercifull. O the wonderfull riches, both of the wisedome and knowledge of God! how vnsearchable are his iudgements, and his waies past finding out! Ephesi. 1.5. Who hath predestinate vs, to bee adopted through Iesus Christ vnto himselfe, according to the [Page] good pleasure of his will.
Secondly, beeing the seruants of Christ, we are admonished.
I. To fight against all doubting and diffidence of our saluation, because it neither dependeth vpon workes, nor faith, but vpon Gods decree which is immutable. Math. 24.24. Luk. 10.20. Reioyce that your names are written in the booke of life. Rom. 8.33. Who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods chosen? it is God that iustifieth, who shall condemne? 2. Tim. 2.19. This teacheth, that the anker of hope must be fixed in the trueth, and stabilitie of the immutable good pleasure of God: so that albeit our faith be so tossed, as that it is in danger of ship wracke, neuerthelesse it must neuer sinke to the bottome, but euen in the middes of daunger, take holde vpon repentance, as on a board, and so recouer it selfe.
II. To hubmle our soules vnder the mightie hand of God: For we are as clay in the hand of the potter. Rom. 9.21. They through infidelitie are broken off, but thou standest through faith. Be not his minded but feare.
III. To giue all glorie to God. 2. Thes. 2.13. Wee ought to giue thankes alway to God for you brethren, beloued of the Lord, because that God hath from the beginning chosen you to saluation.
IIII. To beare crosses patiently. Rom. 8.29. Those which he knewe before, he also predestinate, to be made like to the image of his Sonne. This likenesse to Christ, is in bearing afflictions. Phil. 3.10. That I may knowe him, and the vertue of his resurrection, and [...] [Page] saued. And by Paul, Yee which are baptized, haue put on Christ. Dauid being armed with the like comfort from his circumcision, feared not to ioyne battell with that great Gyant Goliah: and if this were not so, it must needes followe, that Baptisme were nothing else but an idle ceremonie, and also the persons of the Trinitie would bee thought lyers. Wherefore those afflicted men, when Satan assaulteth them, must resist him with these wordes: Departe from mee Sathan, thou hast neither parte nor portion in the inheritance of my soule, because I am baptized in the Name of the holy Trinitie, and so am truely made the Sonne of God by adoption. And are these the strong weapons, which so many times, and in so many wordes, haue beene obiected against me by D. Andreas? and whereby hee hath gotten the victorie? but because this his reason is somewhat intricate, I will explane it after this sorte. First, for the place of Scripture which he alledgeth, namely, that God is greater then our hearts. It is so farre from comforting an afflicted conscience, that it will rather driue him to despaire. Neither dooth Ioh. 1. epist. 3.20. make mention of it, to ease such as are in despaire, shewing vnto them by that sentence, the greatnesse of Gods mercies: but rather that he might thereby, euen bruise in pieces, the hearts of proud persons, when they consider the greatnes of Gods maiestie. And for the other place, when as a man doubteth of his saluation, and feeleth no testimonies of faith in himselfe, (for such an one we here speake of) what comfort, thinke you, [...] [Page] is baptized, shalbe saued? For he would rather reason contrarily, thus: I indeed am baptized, yet for all that I beleeue not, and therefore my baptisme is not auaileable, I must needs be condemned. For the saying of August. in his treatise vpon Ioh. 6. is very true, who speaking of Simon Magus, saith, What good did it him to be baptized? Brag not therefore (saith he) that thou art baptized, as though that were sufficient for thee, to inherit the kingdom of heauē. As for the place of Paul, Gal. 3. I shewed plainely before, how D. Andreas did violently wrest it to his purpose.
Neither are his reasons, taken from the absurditie that would follow, of more force then the former, albeit he maketh thē especiall pillars to vnderprop the truth of his cause. For, I pray you, is God of lesse trueth, because his trueth is neglected, & derided of them that contemne it? Is the ceremonie of Baptisme therfore in vaine, because some refuse the grace offred in baptisme: others (if we may beleeue D. Andreas) reiect that grace when they haue receiued it? What? Is not the Gospel therfore the power of God to saluation, because it is to such as beleeue not the sauour of death to eternall death? May not the Supper of the Lord, be a pledge of Gods couenant, because so many abuse these holy signes, or (as D. Andreas is of opinion) the very body & bloud of our Sauiour Christ? And, that I may reason frō that which is true in the experience of euery childe, can the sunne be said to be without light, because they which are blind, and asleepe, haue no benefit by the light thereof, neither such as shut their eyes so close [Page] that they will not enioy the cōfort of the light? But amongst all, this one is most childish, that D. Andr. will make this his principal argument, namely, that in vaine did men, thus tempted, flie at all vnto Baptisme, vnlesse we conclude with him, that all such as are baptized, are in baptisme adopted the sonnes of God. For first, if this were a good consequēt in baptisme: it were in vaine, for such an afflicted conscience, to gather vnto himselfe a testimonie from the word of God, & the other Sacrament of the Lords Supper, vnlesse we make all those to be in like sort regenerate, and adopted, vnto whom the word of God is preached, and the Lordes Supper administred: either of which, for D. Andreas to affirme, is a bolde vntrueth.
But to omit this, what if we graunt this which D. Andr, requireth concerning Baptisme? may not for all that, any that is so tempted, by Satans pollicie, refel this great comforter, by his own argument? after this sort. I wil graunt D. Andr. your question: suppose I haue been baptized, & adopted the sonne of God: yet seeing you teach, that the grace of God is not so sure but that I may fal frō the same, as indeed I feele that I haue greeuously fallen, what do ye now els but lift me vp with one hand to heauen, & with the other cast me downe into hel? What meane you therefore to teach me those things which are so far from easing me, as that contrarily, they doe more and more lay out vnto me, mine abominable & vngratefull heart? See nowe what sure consolation, consciences greeuously afflicted may reape by this [Page] doctrine of their comforter D. Andreas.
Now if any be desirous to know, what spirituall comfort is most meet to be ministred vnto consciences so troubled, I will shewe them that which is grounded vpō a sure foundation, & which I my self haue often found to be true in mine owne experience: the which also I purpose to handle more largelie, for the benefit of the christian reader. First therfore we teach, contrarily to that which D. Andreas doth most falsely obiect against vs, that the eternall decree, or as Paul speketh the purpose of God, must not be sought in the bottomlesse counsell of God, but rather in the manifestation of it, namely in his vocation, by the word & sacraments. This I speake of such as are of yeeres of discretion, as they must needs be, whom we seeke to comfort in this place.
Now because that externall vocation, is not proper onely to the elect (for many are called, but few are chosen) but such a vocation as is effectuall, that is, whereby the vnderstāding is not onely enlightned, with the sauing knowledge of God, but in the will also there is created, a true, though not a perfect hatred of sinne, from whence ariseth an abhorring of sinne, and loue of that which is good, or rather a desire to will, and doe that which is right. Therefore when we see one thus dangerouslie tempted, wee applie vnto his afflicted conscience, that true Nepenthes, and comfortable & restoratiue medicine, which is taken from Gods effectuall vocation, as it were out of an Apothecaries boxe.
If therefore I haue to doe with such an one, [Page] [...] [...]ed by the preaching of the Gospell, or if hee were called, yet seemeth both to himselfe & others neuer to haue regarded him that called: and hence concludeth that hee is not in the nomber of them whō God hath purposed to take pity vpon: I forthwith tell him, that Satan plaieth the Sophister, in teaching him thus to conclude: for this his reason is as vntrue, as if a mā looking at midnight, & seeing that the sun is not then risen, should therfore affirme that it would neuer rise. And this is that which when I obiected to D. Andreas. pag. 482. He very boldly corrupting my meaning, printed this as mine assertion, Say vnto a man that is afflicted, the sun is risen, although as yet it be not risē. But I teach not lies, howsoeuer this deprauation of my words came frō D. Andr. printers, or himselfe. And whereas D. Andr. excepted, that this consolation were to no purpose, because he that was afflicted might doubt, whether this sunne would euer rise or not: I answered to him, that which the printers haue quite left out, and which I will now therefore more fully repeate. I was wont therefore to tell the party thus troubled, after he had forsaken his false and deuelish position: that although an externall vocation were not of force enough to appease an afflicted conscience, yet it was of sufficient force and efficacie against the deuill. For I tell him that they which neuer had external nor internal calling, they (if we regard an ordinary caling) must needs perish: but whosoeuer is once called, he hath set as it were his foot in the first entry into the kingdō of heauen: [Page] and vnlesse it be by his owne default, he shall come afterward into the courtes of God, and so by degrees into his Maiesties pallace. And for the confirmation of this, I vse diuers waies. For why, say I, doubtest thou of his good will towards thee, who in mercy hath sent me a minister to call thee vnto him? thou hast no cause, vnlesse thou alledge the number of thy sinnes. If this be all, why, oppose the infinite greatnes of Gods mercy against thy sinnes, who hath sent me to bring thee vnto him. The Lord vouchsafeth to bring thee into the way of the elect, why art thou a stumbling block vnto thy self? and refusest to followe him? If thou feelest not as yet inwardly in thy selfe to be stirred forward, pray that thou maiest be. Know this for a most sure trueth, that this desire in thee is a pledge of Gods fatherlye good will towards thee. He neither can, nor will be wanting to this which he hath stirred vp in thee. After these exhortations, I shew him, how some are called at the eleuenth houre, how the Gentiles, after many thousand yeeres were called to be Gods people, how the theefe was saued vpon the crosse: these and many other remedies I vsed, whereof, I neuer remember that I repented me.
But If I deale with such as haue before obeyed the Lords calling, and either by reason of some greuous sinne into which they haue fallen, or because they haue absented themselues from the Church of God, or in that they, refusing publike and priuate admonitions, haue bene offenciue to the Church, [Page] or, which in mine experience, hath befallen many very good and godly persons, whilest they satisfie not themselues, they are so altogither busilie conuersant in reprehending and iudging themselues, that they for a while forget the mercy of God, with these, to omit such as for some naturall infirmities, are, if they procure not speedie helpe of some expert Minister most daungerouslye tempted, with these (I say) I vse this order.
First, I desired, that they intimate vnto me, that which especiallye greeueth them, and as I vnderstand both the thing, and measure therof by them: I take especiall care of this, that they being already ouermuch cast down, that I then, by the seuere denunciation of the Lawe, doe not quite ouerturne them: yet so, as that I doe not altogither withdraw them either from condemning their former sins, or the meditation of Gods Iudgement: And so, as much as I can, I temper the words of consolation, as that I nothing cloake Gods anger against them for their sinnes.
After I haue thus prepared thē, I then demaund, whether they haue bene euer in this case, or no? Nay, (say they for the most part) the time was, whē I was in great ioy and peace of conscience I serued the Lord, thē was I an vnhappie person, ful of faith, full of hope: But now wretch that I am, I haue lost my first loue, and there is nothing vexeth me more then to remember those times past. But (say I) whether consideration is more greeuous vnto thee, the apprehension of Gods iudgments, or the dislike of [Page] thy selfe, that thou shouldest offend so gratious and so louing a father? Both, say they, but especially the latter. Therfore (say I) sinne also displeaseth thee in that it is sin, namely, because it is euil, and God who is goodnes it selfe, is offended with it? It is euen as you haue told vs (say they) and I am now ashamed that so vile and wicked a wretch as my selfe, should come before so gratious & merciful a father. Then I tell them, that no man is offended, but rather is glad when he can iniury one whom he hateth: this they graunt, and withal say. God forbid, that albeit the Lord hate me, I in like sort should hate him, vnto whom if it were possible, I would be reconciled again. Then I ad this: Be of good comfort my deer brother, you are in good case. For who can loue God, especially whē he was wounded by him, who can bewaile the losse of his freendship, who can desire to come againe into his fauour, but he, whome God still loueth, although for a time he be angry with him? except peraduenture you haue not learned thus much, that the knowledge of our saluation commeth not from fleshe and bloud, but from God himselfe, who first vouchsafeth to instruct vs, and from Christ Iesus, manifesting the father vnto vs: and that is Gods blessing, that we do loue God, who loued vs first when we were his enemies. You haue therfor (my good brother) iust cause why you should be greatly displesed with many things past, but ther is no cause why you should despair. Briefly you haue inwardly, & as it were dwelling with you euidēt testimonies of your reconciliatiō with god: [Page] especially if you cease not to pray vnto him earnestly, who hath laid the foundation of repentance in you, to wit, a dislike of sinne, and a desire to be reconciled vnto him. The sheepe which wandred out of the folde ceased not to be a sheepe, albeit it went a straye for a time: you now are that sheepe, to whome that faithfull Shepheard of all those sheep which the father hath committed to him, leauing those ninetie and nine, doth not so much by our ministerye, declare that he seeketh you, as hauing already sought you, though you, not seeking him, hath indeede found you. Knocke (saith he) and it shalbe opened vnto you. And haue you now forgotten those promises, which were so often made to them that repent? and also which they had experience of, who in the sight of the worlde were in a desperate case? But I, saith he, againe, feele no motions of the Comforter, I haue now no sence of faith, or hope: but I feele all the contrarie. Nay, say I, you deceiue your selfe, as I tolde you before. For it is the comforter alone, which teacheth you to hate sinne, not so much for the punishment, as because it is euill and disliketh God, albeit he shew not himselfe so fully at the first: because you had so manye waies greeuously offended him, as that he seemeth for a while quite to forsake you. And, that you haue not qutte lost him, but that he is as yet in some secret corner of your soule, from whence at your instant praiers he will shew himselfe vnto you, this will plainely declare vnto you, which I now admonish you of the second time. But let vs graunt as much as you say: yet, sure [Page] it is, that your faith was not dead, but onely possessed with a spirituall lyturgie. You liued in the wombe of your mother, and there were ignorant of your life. A drunken man, although he lose for a time the vse of reason, and also of his limmes, yet he neuer looseth reason it selfe. You would think that in winter the trees were dead, but they spring againe in the Summer season. At night the Sunne setteth, but in the next morning it riseth againe. And how often see we by experience, that he which at one time took the foile in a combate, at another did win the price? And know this, that in the spirituall combate of the flesh with the spirit, the like we may see in manye, partlye by reason of the weakenes of our nature, partlye through sloth to resist, and partlye for default to beware. To these he replyeth, for such temptations are hardly remoued, I would to God (saith he) I could perswade my selfe that these promises belonged to me. For my present estate constraineth me to doubt, whether I am the childe of God, or no.